Summary of your 'study carrel' ============================== This is a summary of your Distant Reader 'study carrel'. The Distant Reader harvested & cached your content into a collection/corpus. It then applied sets of natural language processing and text mining against the collection. The results of this process was reduced to a database file -- a 'study carrel'. The study carrel can then be queried, thus bringing light specific characteristics for your collection. These characteristics can help you summarize the collection as well as enumerate things you might want to investigate more closely. This report is a terse narrative report, and when processing is complete you will be linked to a more complete narrative report. Eric Lease Morgan Number of items in the collection; 'How big is my corpus?' ---------------------------------------------------------- 457 Average length of all items measured in words; "More or less, how big is each item?" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 86646 Average readability score of all items (0 = difficult; 100 = easy) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 72 Top 50 statistically significant keywords; "What is my collection about?" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 122 Mr. 117 India 115 God 108 Government 108 China 83 Manila 80 man 79 chinese 78 european 74 English 73 illustration 71 General 69 England 68 East 63 british 61 day 59 Indians 57 Spaniards 57 Majesty 57 Lord 56 great 54 spanish 53 Don 50 time 50 Japan 48 Sir 48 Chinese 48 Captain 47 Philippines 47 King 45 Governor 42 St. 42 San 42 Juan 42 España 40 Nueva 39 japanese 39 CHAPTER 38 Emperor 37 Islands 37 Europe 36 american 36 Colonel 32 Spain 32 Khan 32 Bengal 30 little 30 Jews 30 Egypt 29 christian Top 50 lemmatized nouns; "What is discussed?" --------------------------------------------- 77328 man 66461 time 60545 day 49925 year 42153 people 37544 place 35124 country 31804 order 31410 part 29461 way 29418 house 26588 city 25722 foot 25696 name 25530 life 25077 water 24673 island 24582 hand 24522 woman 24267 village 23803 side 21247 king 20659 work 20631 number 20196 one 20177 head 19438 land 19402 thing 18652 river 18588 child 17709 father 17602 government 17403 son 17000 mountain 16986 case 16696 night 16445 person 16387 tree 16355 power 16315 family 16171 mile 16161 town 15748 other 15661 province 15380 death 15078 war 14997 fact 14957 officer 14636 account 14379 word Top 50 proper nouns; "What are the names of persons or places?" -------------------------------------------------------------- 190663 _ 21325 India 18862 China 17517 de 15984 Manila 15307 Mr. 14634 Government 13824 God 13817 Majesty 12144 Jews 11454 General 11391 Chinese 11326 Japan 10220 | 9192 � 9032 Lord 8600 King 7899 Sir 7875 Indians 7441 Don 7272 English 7166 Spaniards 6861 Captain 6254 East 6104 II 6058 England 5973 Philippines 5884 Governor 5717 Japanese 5634 Khan 5615 Fray 5585 St. 5508 A.D. 5382 Egypt 5279 Emperor 5064 . 5035 Islands 4830 Europe 4803 San 4783 pp 4669 Christians 4597 Spain 4567 Juan 4534 i. 4383 Colonel 4379 Russia 4181 España 4179 British 4163 Asia 4090 June Top 50 personal pronouns nouns; "To whom are things referred?" ------------------------------------------------------------- 299264 it 241394 he 221463 they 196394 i 129959 we 121463 them 88161 him 45062 me 43416 you 40598 us 30677 she 22787 himself 21944 themselves 14207 her 9559 itself 7392 one 5931 myself 3394 ourselves 2502 herself 1270 thee 814 yourself 805 ours 684 theirs 616 mine 451 his 281 yours 207 thyself 148 ya 143 oneself 106 hers 73 ay 65 ye 61 s 45 yourselves 44 ''s 29 ii 27 thy 25 ''em 23 ng 22 u 18 em 16 iv 15 xi 14 nke 14 ib 11 je 8 hitherto 6 whereof 6 ha 5 sho Top 50 lemmatized verbs; "What do things do?" --------------------------------------------- 1416659 be 440746 have 93232 do 86623 make 67240 take 66322 say 57783 see 56746 come 56488 give 53853 go 42940 find 34731 know 33217 call 29743 leave 28046 send 26662 bring 26415 become 25325 follow 22588 get 22537 carry 22283 seem 20753 pass 19814 think 19395 receive 18168 use 18131 tell 17815 keep 17806 look 17779 hold 17116 show 17013 appear 16214 remain 15884 return 15799 put 15591 live 15401 begin 15358 fall 15343 reach 15037 pay 15009 stand 14913 write 13640 hear 13331 lie 13310 place 13153 set 12763 ask 12705 bear 12695 form 12695 die 12449 enter Top 50 lemmatized adjectives and adverbs; "How are things described?" --------------------------------------------------------------------- 192364 not 77854 so 68406 great 65805 other 63730 more 62985 very 54853 only 48000 up 45382 many 43081 then 42928 most 40920 now 40273 first 40257 well 38713 also 37226 out 36740 as 36683 much 34528 good 34244 little 33763 long 33105 same 31075 even 30974 such 28675 large 28254 own 27382 here 25854 small 24596 few 24051 old 23764 there 23428 high 23282 down 22825 still 21756 however 21243 far 20764 about 20449 never 19228 last 18698 again 18387 new 17110 away 17008 thus 16654 off 16090 several 15650 soon 15280 once 15187 too 15169 chinese 15082 always Top 50 lemmatized superlative adjectives; "How are things described to the extreme?" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9148 most 8398 good 6749 least 5251 great 3283 high 1667 large 1369 Most 1339 bad 1332 early 1231 fine 1229 near 1149 eld 1122 slight 1016 low 749 old 679 late 632 strong 631 small 588 rich 456 young 326 deep 324 poor 278 manif 232 long 222 full 215 simple 211 noble 202 hot 193 pure 170 common 167 able 161 dear 157 brave 154 short 153 wise 153 heavy 144 wild 137 bright 133 big 131 lofty 129 hard 127 easy 127 close 122 l 107 happy 106 grand 102 farth 98 wide 95 faint 95 dark Top 50 lemmatized superlative adverbs; "How do things do to the extreme?" ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 33780 most 1366 well 1341 least 34 near 31 hard 27 highest 18 long 17 worst 8 lest 8 greatest 5 early 4 youngest 4 lowest 4 infest 4 finest 4 farthest 3 ¦ 2 tempest 2 strongest 2 sayest 2 richest 2 oldest 2 lookest 2 hearest 2 goethe 2 fullest 2 easiest 2 comest 2 boldest 1 writhe 1 wished.--_rizal 1 warmest 1 vanities;--the 1 ugliest 1 ts''i 1 superb 1 suggested:-- 1 sudden,--as 1 species,--thirty 1 speakest 1 southernmost 1 sort,--rather 1 soon 1 soldier.--his 1 smallest 1 sentest 1 sang 1 rail;--the 1 radins_[10 1 quatrain:-- Top 50 Internet domains; "What Webbed places are alluded to in this corpus?" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 www.gutenberg.org 24 www.gutenberg.net 24 archive.org 12 www.archive.org 2 fax.libs.uga.edu 2 dp.rastko.net 1 link.library.utoronto.ca 1 jnul.huji.ac.il 1 creativecommons.org 1 books.google.com 1 aleph.nli.org.il Top 50 URLs; "What is hyperlinked from this corpus?" ---------------------------------------------------- 10 http://archive.org 4 http://www.archive.org 2 http://dp.rastko.net 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/57861/57861-h/57861-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/57861/57861-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53424/53424-h/53424-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53424/53424-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53093/53093-h/53093-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/53093/53093-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45915/45915-h/45915-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45915/45915-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45747/45747-h/45747-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45747/45747-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45247/45247-h/45247-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/45247/45247-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44409/44409-h/44409-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44409/44409-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/40243/40243-h/40243-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/40243/40243-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39642/39642-h/39642-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39642/39642-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/35511/35511-h/35511-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/35511/35511-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/35349/35349-h/35349-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/35349/35349-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/34096/34096-h/34096-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/34096/34096-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32418/32418-h/32418-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32418/32418-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32125/32125-h/32125-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32125/32125-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/29314/29314-h/29314-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.org/files/29314/29314-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/7/0/2/27021/27021-h/27021-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/7/0/2/27021/27021-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/1/9/8/21985/21985-h/21985-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/1/9/8/21985/21985-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/1/6/6/21661/21661-h/21661-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/1/6/6/21661/21661-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/0/9/9/20996/20996-h/20996-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/2/0/9/9/20996/20996-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/8/6/0/18607/18607-h/18607-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/8/6/0/18607/18607-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/8/0/3/18031/18031-h/18031-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/8/0/3/18031/18031-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/5/9/2/15921/15921-h/15921-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/5/9/2/15921/15921-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/4/3/4/14345/14345-h/14345-h.htm 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/4/3/4/14345/14345-h.zip 1 http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/4/1/3/14134/14134-h/14134-h.htm Top 50 email addresses; "Who are you gonna call?" ------------------------------------------------- 2 drthom@ihug.co.nz Top 50 positive assertions; "What sentences are in the shape of noun-verb-noun?" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 388 _ see _ 128 one does not 90 people do not 74 women do not 70 people are not 63 _ is _ 59 men do not 59 women are not 56 name is not 54 men are not 52 people did not 49 days gone by 49 men did not 47 time went on 46 people are very 46 people were not 45 man is not 44 water is very 44 women are very 43 country is not 41 life is not 40 men were not 39 india is not 38 _ is not 38 _ was _ 37 man does not 36 country is very 36 man did not 36 people are so 34 one is not 33 country is so 32 water is not 31 man was not 31 woman is not 30 _ was not 28 country was not 28 day is not 28 island is about 27 time was not 26 islands are so 26 life was not 26 people have not 25 _ did _ 25 king did not 25 land is so 25 work is not 24 name is _ 23 one is able 23 people had not 22 men were so Top 50 negative assertions; "What sentences are in the shape of noun-verb-no|not-noun?" --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 life is not worth 8 time had not yet 5 day is not far 5 time has not yet 5 time was not yet 4 _ is not only 4 country is not yet 4 day is not yet 4 houses are not so 4 life was no longer 4 place was not far 4 time is not far 4 women have no souls 3 _ has not yet 3 india is not only 3 island is not large 3 man had no conception 3 man has not yet 3 man is not only 3 name is not clear 3 one does not often 3 time is not yet 3 water is not very 3 water was not only 3 women do not usually 2 _ does not _ 2 _ had not yet 2 _ have no claim 2 _ is not so 2 _ was not uncommon 2 cities took no part 2 city is no longer 2 country had not yet 2 country is no longer 2 country is not only 2 country is not so 2 country is not very 2 country was not only 2 country was not ready 2 day had not yet 2 day is not half 2 day was not yet 2 house was no longer 2 house was not large 2 india has no power 2 india has not yet 2 india is no less 2 india is no longer 2 india is not ripe 2 island are not harmonious A rudimentary bibliography -------------------------- id = 27802 author = Abbott, Jacob title = Darius the Great Makers of History date = keywords = Asia; Athens; Cambyses; Cyrus; Darius; Democedes; Egypt; Greece; Greeks; Histiæus; Oretes; Persians; Sardis; Scythians; Sea; Smerdis; Susa summary = Cambyses arrived at the city where Apis was kept at a time when the In return for the presents which Cambyses had sent him, the King of great empires, like that over which Darius had been called to rule, Darius had sent a messenger to Oretes, with certain orders, which, it Democedes.--Darius baffled.--The expedition sets out.--City of The great event in the history of Darius--the one, in fact, on account campaign of Cambyses in Egypt was ended, and Darius returned to the Persian army, which Darius was to leave purposely exposed, in When the time arrived, the Persians advanced to the attack of the city In the mean time, Darius, leading the great body of the army, advanced while, in the mean time, Darius was fully determined that, long before ended Darius''s great expedition against the Scythians. commanding general of Darius''s armies in Thrace, whose name, as was id = 28667 author = Abbott, Jacob title = Genghis Khan, Makers of History Series date = keywords = Asia; Bey; Genghis; Jalaloddin; Jughi; Karakorom; Khan; Kushluk; Monguls; Tayian; Temujin; Tukta; Vang; Yemuka; great; time summary = towns.--Great chieftains.--Genghis Khan. visited the country not far from the time of Genghis Khan says that he Vang Khan gave Temujin a very honorable position in his court. customs of those times, not to rest until both Vang Khan and Temujin Temujin remained at the court, or in the dominions of Vang Khan, for a rebellion, was killed, it was said, at the time when Vang Khan Temujin was accustomed to scour the country, hunting out Vang Khan''s the rupture between Vang Khan and Temujin, and aware of the great Very soon Temujin received the news of Vang Khan''s death from his went into the Mongul country and presently came up with Genghis Khan, retired to a great fortified town, and Genghis Khan followed him and years with great vigor by Genghis Khan and the Monguls, and the poor At one time Genghis Khan sent his son Jughi with a large detachment to id = 30707 author = Abbott, Jacob title = Cyrus the Great Makers of History date = keywords = Asia; Babylon; Croesus; Cyrus; Harpagus; Herodotus; Jeremiah; Mandane; Media; Panthea; Persia; Persians; Sacian; Xenophon; astyage; great; time summary = told us in relating the history of the great Persian king are true, is joy.--Life at Cambyses''s court.--Instruction of the young men.--Cyrus married Mandane, the daughter of Astyages, and Cyrus was their son. grandfather.--Dress of the king.--Cyrus''s considerate reply.--Habits Cyrus advanced thus toward the king and presented him with the cup, enough there, grandfather," said Cyrus, "and I shall consider them all great Croesus, originally King of Lydia, was at this time gradually of Astyages.--Cyrus makes great progress in mental and personal going to make was that Cyrus should come into Media with as great a Cyrus sent back word, in reply, that Astyages would Croesus had large bodies of horse, while Cyrus had no efficient Cyrus had not ordered his soldiers to spare the life of Croesus in Croesus remained after this for a long time with Cyrus, and Cyrus said, "No; he would not see her by any means." Araspes asked him id = 13068 author = Aberigh-Mackay, George title = Twenty-One Days in India, or, the Tour Of Sir Ali Baba K.C.B.; and, the Teapot Series date = keywords = Aberigh; Ali; Archdeacon; Baba; Baboo; Calcutta; Chief; Collector; Colonel; Commander; General; Government; Governor; Gryphon; India; K.C.B.; Lord; Lytton; Mackay; Mr.; Mrs.; Political; Raja; Secretary; Simla; Sir; baby; day summary = person, and tells an old story; the company smile with innocent joy. considered the thing for a Raja at the present day to govern. To the people of India the Collector is the Imperial Government. official''s house in India, from the Governor-General downwards; he is He looks old enough to be an English General Officer or a Governor-General of India from knowing too much.--ALI BABA, K.C.B. No. XX She had three little boys, who were turned out three times a day in the Government of India seems quite innocent and bright, like an old Robert Lord Lytton, Viceroy and Governor-General of India." paper, and others under the general heading of _Things in India_, rendered in past days by many great Commanders-in-Chief in India. Noble it was Aberigh-Mackay''s aim and life''s work in India to avoid All the same, to those of us who can look back to life in India forty id = 43586 author = Acland, Charles title = A Popular Account of the Manners and Customs of India date = keywords = Balasore; Captain; Cuttack; England; English; God; Government; India; Midnapore; Mr.; Pooree; Rajah; day; european; great; large; man; sidenote summary = high, with long white legs, black bodies, bare necks, and a beak like Midnapore we shall stay for a few days at the judge''s house, whilst water, which reached far above the men''s knees; and at one time, the elephant is placed a large pad, and on that is a thing like a compound the other day, when we saw a very large snake looking at [Sidenote: HILL OF THE LARGE WHITE ANT.] is like a man building a house--as if he made a little closet with a A small party went out for a day''s pleasure a little while ago from a little time one or two inquirers came in, that is, men who are feet and a half long, small head, back dark green or nearly black, was my wife''s dressing-room; the one I use is fifty feet long. came to the place, when he saw--not a tiger, but a large leopard id = 39054 author = Aduarte, Diego title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 30 of 55, 1640 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = China; Chinese; Christians; Don; España; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; Juan; Lord; Manila; Mexico; Nueva; Pangasinan; Pedro; Perù; Philipinas; San; Spaniards summary = the commerce in Chinese goods to Nueva España; but the provinces of religious who offered themselves for the work was father Fray Juan de die was father Fray Miguel Berreaza, a religious of most holy life, a same province and subjects of the father vicar-general Fray Juan de The coming to this province of father Fray Juan Cobo and other father Fray Juan Garcia, [39] a distinguished religious and minister to the new province, father Fray Juan de Castro. to this good work done for their people; but the fathers at that time religious and Indians, as father Fray Juan Chrisostomo was, should Father Fray Juan Cobo went on a visitation of the province, and [At this time died at Manila father Fray Juan Chrisostomo, the founder There went to that province religious of our father the other religious, in return for which the Lord caused the Indians id = 42399 author = Aduarte, Diego title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume 31, 1640 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Alonso; Chinese; Christians; Don; España; Fray; God; Indians; Juan; Lady; Lord; Luis; Manila; Miguel; Nueva; Pedro; San; Segovia; Spaniards; St. summary = So desirous was father Fray Domingo of laboring for the Lord order to obtain father Fray Juan de Castro, he caused the general Diego de Soria, second time prior of the said convent; father Fray course of time, religious were sent when they came to the islands. At this time the Lord took to himself father Fray Antonio de Soria, religious life, both in little and in great things. Indians whom father Fray Pedro de Soto came to conquer with patience of father Fray Juan were very great. One of the religious in this region, father Fray Juan Naya, In the province of Nueva Segovia there died at this time father Fray call the religious who was at that time in Manavag, father Fray Thomas religious might return to them; and father Fray Pedro de Sancto to a superior of a certain religious order, [59] father Fray Luis id = 42458 author = Aduarte, Diego title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume 32, 1640 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = China; Chinese; Christians; Diego; España; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Japon; Juan; Lord; Luis; Manila; Nueva; San; Segovia; St.; Thomas summary = the great kingdom of China, father Fray Miguel de Benavides asked for baptized and became good Christians.] At one time when the father went his sickness was not at that time severe, father Fray Francisco left this way father Fray Luis Gandullo, at that time vicar-provincial, province father Fray Melchior de Mançano, [14] who was at that time the religious, father Fray Pedro de la Asumpcion of the Order of religious of our order, and father Fray Apolinario Franco, commissary this province sent father Fray Juan Naya to take the place of the religious, and were sent to the prison of Omura, where father Fray [Among the religious who died at this time was father Fray Francisco de The third religious at this time in Japon was father Fray Domingo In this same year, there died in Great China father Fray Angel de San martyrdom of four religious belonging to the province--father Fray id = 12996 author = Aguinaldo, Emilio title = True Version of the Philippine Revolution date = keywords = Admiral; Dewey; General; Government; Manila; Philippines; States; United summary = Biak-na-bató two General of the Spanish Army to be held as hostages by arrival for Consul Pratt had received notice from Admiral Dewey of He said the Admiral''s reply was--_That the United States the word of the Admiral and of the United States Consul were in fact from Manila bringing news of Admiral Dewey''s victory over the Spanish Admiral replied in the affirmative, adding that the United States had Independence of the Philippines by the United States_. General orders he had given the Consul to assist us to procure arms States owing to the American Government declining to recognize our "the generous nation"--the United States of America. that followed under command of General Merritt, Admiral Dewey sent Later on more American reinforcements arrived and again Admiral Dewey, Washington stating that the Filipinos had attacked the American with Admiral Dewey, prepared and arranged by the American Consuls of of General Otis and the American forces? id = 10962 author = Aitken, Edward Hamilton title = Concerning Animals and Other Matters date = keywords = Beharilal; Bombay; Brahmin; East; Government; Hindu; India; Mr.; Nature; Purbhoo; bird; ear; foot; great; hand; illustration; know; life; like; long; man; snake; tail; thing; way summary = contact with the Indian people, a domestic animal like the cat in could, on the ways of man and beast, bird or insect, as one tramped grown long and curved, like those of a caged bird, and become hooks by with its foot is like a man putting on his socks standing, and birds as man," like the British Tar--good all round. simple--just a plain pair of forceps, long and sharp-pointed like this is that when the bird lets down its head into the water, like a bird lives in trees or the air, looking down at the prowling cat or up But what four-footed thing can see like a bird? Monkeys taking to trees were like the birds, they scarcely needed ears. In a little book on the snakes of India, published many years ago by Dr. Nicholson of the Madras Medical Service, the conviction was expressed id = 16407 author = Allan, James title = Under the Dragon Flag My Experiences in the Chino-Japanese War date = keywords = Arthur; Chubb; Chung; Columbia; English; Lin; Port; Webster; Yuen; chinese; japanese; man; water summary = point of view, as the port was in the hands of the Japanese, who were could have taken Port Arthur from the ridiculous soldiers who held it. "We have been making this war for a long time," said he, "and we feel like the Japanese, up to within thirty years since, to European trade Japanese fired the stranded junks with shells, the officers amusing within three days the place would be in the hands of the Japanese. Strongly as the massacre by the Japanese troops in Port Arthur is to Chinese forts on the other side now began to fire away across the first time I saw the Japanese soldiers in pursuit, pressing on the waters, showed the position of the Japanese war-vessels, which had an forced to run into the harbour at Port Arthur to escape the Japanese. would most likely end in capture by the Japanese vessels, through id = 55539 author = Allen, Horace Newton title = Korean Tales Being a collection of stories translated from the Korean folk lore, together with introductory chapters descriptive of Korea date = keywords = Hah; Kil; King; Korea; Majesty; Nahl; Noo; Pang; Ryung; Toh; Tong; Yang; man summary = In ancient times there lived an old gray-haired man by the river''s this little wine-shop; the old man had apparently always been there, were assured that the old man was thoroughly good, and that his wine One day the news flashed around the neighborhood that the old man''s As soon as their joy had become somewhat natural, the old man carefully Poor Pang Noo did his inspection work with a heavy heart as time wore the bird king to be this man''s concubine." Whereupon the wife grew wife came into the court, and began to abuse the hare-lipped man for The great man''s son came here to rest them to come and care for the old man when she could look after him no Kil Tong came as called, and on seeing him the hag bowed and said: Kil Tong went by night to see his father, who thought him a spirit, id = 41722 author = Anderson, Isabel title = The Spell of Japan date = keywords = America; Buddha; China; Court; Dr.; East; Embassy; Emperor; Empress; English; Festival; Imperial; Japan; Korea; Kyoto; Mr.; New; Prince; Shinto; Shogun; Tokyo; Yokohama; buddhist; chinese; day; european; illustration; japanese; western; year summary = Finally it became Nippon Dai Nippon--Great Japan. old Japanese screens that had travelled round the world back to Japan upon the floor with little heat, the Japanese suffer a great deal from delightful little gardens of tree and stone and water arranged in a way The third of March is the Dolls'' Festival, the great day of the year for At all times of the year the Japanese have miniature the third month of the old Japanese year, instead of on the third day of in Japan for twenty-five years, having had the present Emperor at one for, like most people of the East, the Japanese are especially fond of Japan is a poor country, but some people feel it is time The Japanese love to decorate their houses with flowers, but we might Like many other things in Japan to-day, her art of painting is in the id = 29024 author = Andrews, Roy Chapman title = Across Mongolian Plains A Naturalist''s Account of China''s ''Great Northwest'' date = keywords = American; China; Chinese; Coltman; Dorchy; Gobi; Harry; Hutukhtu; Kalgan; Khan; Kublai; Mongol; Mongolia; Mr.; Mrs.; Peking; Smith; Tserin; Urga; Yvette; animal; chapter; illustration summary = in the desert--Chinese motor companies--An antelope buck--A great Beginning work--Carts--Ponies--Our interpreter--Mongol tent--Native Mongol hospitality--Camping on the Turin Plains--An enormous herd of The forests of Mongolia--A bad day''s work--The Terelche River--Tserin hunting--We kill two wapiti--Return to Urga--Mr. and Mrs. MacCallie--Packing the collections--Across the plains to Peking Importance of Far East--Desert, plain, and water in Mongolia--The Gobi A long climb--Roebuck--An unsuspecting ram--My Mongol hunter--Donkeys miles of plain to Urga by way of the same old caravan trail over reached the plain we turned off the road toward two Mongol _yurts_, which rested beside the river a mile away like a pair of great white Ages--like a picture of the days of Kublai Khan, when the Mongol returned to Urga a Mongol came to our camp in great excitement and After ten days we left the "Antelope Camp" to visit the Turin plain The Mongols kill great numbers of antelope in just this way. id = 12296 author = Andrews, Yvette Borup title = Camps and Trails in China A Narrative of Exploration, Adventure, and Sport in Little-Known China date = keywords = American; Burma; Caldwell; China; Expedition; Foochow; Fukien; Heller; Lolos; Mountain; Mr.; Nam; New; River; Shan; Snow; Teng; Yuan; Yün; chapter; chinese; day; yen summary = tigers--Experiences with the Great Invisible--Killing a man eater--Chinese Our caravan--The Yün-nan pack saddle--Temple camps--Chinese Hsia-kuan--Summer temperature--Lake--Graves--Pagodas--Mr. H.G. Evans--Foreigners of Ta-li Fu--Chinese mandarins--Mammals at Ta-li--Caravan rivers of all China with its velvet green mountains rising a thousand feet distance down the river in twenty-four hours and had breakfast with Mr. Kellogg at his house the morning after we left Yen-Ping. It is seven days since we left Yün-nan Fu and each night we have come but one white person in a year and a half, was living entirely upon Chinese were climbing a long mountain trail to a pass over eight thousand feet high The following day Heller went out with the hunters and saw two gorals but resident of Chu-hsuing Fu, a large Chinese city six days from Yün-nan Fu. In Ta-li Fu, Reverend William J. Just before camping the next day we passed through a large village where we id = 37539 author = Anonymous title = The International Jew : The World''s Foremost Problem date = keywords = America; Bolshevism; Brisbane; England; Europe; Gentile; Germany; Hard; Israel; Jews; Mr.; New; Press; Program; Protocols; Question; Russia; Semitism; States; United; World; York; jewish summary = The Jewish Question has existed in the United States for a long time. Jewish law permitted the Jew to do business with a Gentile on a This distribution of the Jews over Europe and the world, each Jewish Business to the Jewish mind is money; what the successful Jew may do difference in the world between an American Jew and a Jewish American. . The Jewish Question exists wherever Jews live in perceptible numbers. words, transfer today the world-control of the international Jew to the lodge and reported in the Jewish press, the speaker, a Jew, stated that the Jewish program for world power has occurred in this country since Jewish program for world rule, printing the word "Jew" in large letters for the Gentile and one for the Jew, in the Jewish mind. Does Jewish Power Control the World Press? Does Jewish Power Control the World Press? id = 28979 author = Ayrton, Matilda Chaplin title = Child-Life in Japan and Japanese Child Stories date = keywords = Book; Japan; New; cent; child; illustration; japanese; page; play summary = the home life of the Japanese and in the pictures and stories which to disappear, yet the children''s world of toys and games and stories The games and sports of Japanese children have been so well described by These little boys all live a long way off in islands called "Japan." In the second large picture two of the little boys are playing at represents a game that children in Japan are very fond of playing. New Year''s Day, just as our children try and imitate things they see [Illustration: Girls'' Ball and Counting Game.] have been also played at for centuries by Japanese boys and girls. THE GAMES AND SPORTS OF JAPANESE CHILDREN[21] Some of the games of Japanese children are of a national character, and games in which Japanese boys, from the infant on the back to the =Ayrton''s Child Life in Japan and Japanese Child Stories.= Edited by id = 2036 author = Baker, Samuel White, Sir title = Eight Years'' Wanderings in Ceylon date = keywords = Bluebeard; CHAPTER; Ceylon; Cingalese; Colombo; Ellia; England; Newera; Plains; country; elephant; english; foot; forest; good; great; jungle; large; like; man; native; nature; time; tree; water; year summary = Appo--Ceylon Sport--Jungle Fever--Newera Ellia--Energy of Sir E. Appo--Ceylon Sport--Jungle Fever--Newera Ellia--Energy of Sir E. Newera Ellia lay like a level valley of about two miles in length by In a climate like that of Newera Ellia, even twelve months make a great All Ceylon people dread the wet season at Newera Ellia, which continues country, especially in an island like Ceylon, which, in every portion, rice-growing country like Ceylon, the periodical rains are jungle-covered country like Ceylon, diseases of the most malignant countries; and its good effects are already seen in Ceylon, where, for In a country with so large a proportion of forest as Ceylon, this is An African sportsmen would be a long time in killing a Ceylon elephant, jungle-covered country as Ceylon, where, in most cases, everything There is a great variety of this insect in Ceylon, from the large black id = 3231 author = Baker, Samuel White, Sir title = The Rifle and the Hound in Ceylon date = keywords = Ceylon; Ellia; Killbuck; Minneria; Newera; Palliser; Park; Smut; Veddah; Wortley; country; elephant; foot; jungle; large; shot summary = The game of Ceylon consists of elephants, buffaloes, elk, spotted deer, this wild country--through jungles, rivers, plains and deep ravines, Thought--Bull Buffalo Receives his Small Change--What is Man?--Long Shot Thought--Bull Buffalo Receives his Small Change--What is Man?--Long Shot little belt of trees I saw the elephant still in the lake, belly-deep, elephant, the main jungle being about a quarter of a mile from the shore gun, and we saw the ball splash in the water close to the elephants. Mr. Wallet was also killed by a rogue elephant; this animal was shot a A rogue elephant was bathing in a little pool of deep mud and water near a great day''s sport with buffaloes, when I saw a large herd in the rush of a large herd of deer coming through the jungle. good sport in elephant-shooting, we returned to the Park country. elephant-tracks in high grass, which we immediately followed up. id = 31923 author = Ballou, Maturin M. (Maturin Murray) title = The Pearl of India date = keywords = Adam; Anuradhapura; Buddha; CHAPTER; Ceylon; Colombo; East; England; English; Galle; India; Kandy; New; Ocean; Peak; Point; Singhalese; Tamil; Trincomalee; buddhist; european; foot; form; great; island; large; like; native; time; tree; year summary = King of Ceylon.--Ancient Ruins.--Aged Cave-Temples.--Gigantic Stone Character of Tamil Men.--Tree Climbing.--Native Children.--Numerical Banana-Tree.--Native Temples and Priestly Customs.--Vegetables and Famous Botanical Garden of Ceylon.--India-Rubber-Trees, Bamboos, and The Maldive Islands, situated five hundred miles west of Ceylon, are a people upon the island, while some authorities place the possible as large as an English sparrow, called the Ceylon bird of paradise, Ceylon.--Ancient Ruins.--Aged Cave Temples.--Gigantic Stone The native tribes of Ceylon cannot be said to form a progressive race, Ceylon Jungle.--Native Cabinet Woods.--Night in a Tropical thousand feet above sea level in this island, tea thrives at almost The beauty and value of the native woods of this island cannot fail Birds and Plants.--Native Fruit Trees.--The great beauties of Colombo, covering a broad expanse dotted with islands glimpses of rural island scenery, of birds, trees, flowers, and native the far past of the island''s history Ceylon was so long and so id = 26621 author = Barlow, Glyn title = The Story of Madras date = keywords = Black; College; Company; English; Fort; George; Government; Governor; House; India; Madras; Mr.; Nawab; St.; Town summary = the Company''s old records the Jews in Madras are referred to as being the Fort walls, it is the oldest British building in Madras city, and noted, moreover, that St. Mary''s Church within the Fort at Madras is the walls of White Town and Fort St. George; and when the French under in England; and then he died, in Government House, Madras, to which White Town, within the Fort St. George of to-day, and a small church, demolish the Portuguese Church in the White Town at Madras, and not In the early days of Madras all the employees of the Company, from the occasion on which a Governor of Madras lived in a separate house Thus, when Madras was restored to the English, the Garden House had residence, and that Government House, Madras, should be used for his own house in White Town very soon after Madras came into being. id = 28577 author = Barrows, David P. title = The Negrito and Allied Types in the Philippines and The Ilongot or Ibilao of Luzon date = keywords = Igorot; Ilongot; Index; Malayan; Negrito; Nueva; man summary = The first Negritos measured are members of a little community on the The stature of these nine men and ten women arranged serially appears The Negrito man and woman usually wear the hair short, cutting In persons of mixed Negrito-Malayan blood the hair, if left appearance and manner of life of the Malayan, is in part Negrito, as these men had the appearance of Malays, not Negritos. mountain-dwelling peoples of the great cordillera of Luzon, a region suggested the Negrito in stature, in arm-reach (65 mm. In May, 1908, I measured two Igorot men at Akop''s place near Tublay, These men are all of low stature, long armed, all platyrhinian, but this group all other Ilongot as well as all other peoples are blood Like other primitive Malayan people who live in the forest, the Ilongot that the Ilongot is, like many other peoples of the Philippines and id = 38269 author = Barrows, David P. title = A History of the Philippines date = keywords = America; Borneo; China; Chinese; Don; Dutch; East; English; Europe; Filipinos; General; India; Islands; Jesuits; Luzon; Magellan; Manila; Mexico; Mindanao; Moluccas; Moro; New; Philippines; Portugal; San; Spain; Spaniards; States; United; spanish summary = early history of the great island of Mindanao: this is the Historia de islands exists in the Archives of the Philippines, at Manila, but the great Government which holds and protects the Philippine Islands, one island to another of the great East Indian Archipelago, these years before Christ one of the Chinese kings built the Great Wall that and the fleets of Chinese junks sailed to India, the Malay Islands, Spain Takes Possession of the New Lands.--Of these newly found islands times in the Spanish settlement of the islands, especially by Legaspi. Philippines and a new way to the Spice Islands, Spain became engaged A Treaty with the Chinese.--The new governor arrived in the Islands important, and in the early years and decades of Spanish power appears court, and finally their great landed wealth, governed the Islands. by these Moros in the Philippines Islands, and as far south as id = 40900 author = Bartholomew, J. G. (John George) title = A Literary and Historical Atlas of Asia date = keywords = 102e.; 104e.; 120e.; Arabia; Asia; B.C.; Bengal; Bombay; British; Burma; Central; China; East; Haidarabad; Indies; Indo; Island=; Japan; Java; Korea; Madras; Malay; Manchuria; Minor; Palestine; Pen; Peninsula; Persia; Philippine; Provs; Punjab; Rajputana; River=; Siam; Siberia; Turkey; United; illustration summary = But Asia, as Japan has taught us and as China will undoubtedly teach us TURKEY IN ASIA, ARABIA, PERSIA, AFGHANISTAN, AND BOMBAY, BERAR, AND PART OF CENTRAL INDIA 56, 57 PUNJAB, SIND, RAJPUTANA, KASHMIR, ETC. UNITED AND CENTRAL PROVINCES, BENGAL, ASSAM, ETC. MADRAS, HAIDARABAD, MYSORE, AND CEYLON 62, 63 [Illustration: SIAM & INDO-CHINA [Illustration: CHINA & JAPAN Mohammadan coins of Western and Central Asia; III. I.--ANCIENT COINS OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL ASIA Persian Coins, _Shahs of Persia_ (1887); W. centuries on the base gold and rude copper coins of Kashmir (Plate VI. India_ (1894); British Museum Catalogue of Indian Coins, _Greek and Canton river, containing fortified islands taken by British, 1841, devastated by Hyder Ali, 1765; taken by British, 1782; by Tippoo Sahib, restored to China; island invaded by Japanese, 1874; captured by French, 1884; ceded by China to Japan, 1895. =China Bakier River=, Burma. =Java Island=, East Indies. id = 40807 author = Barton, Roy Franklin title = Ifugao Law (In American Archaeology and Ethnology, Vol. 15, No. 1) date = keywords = Balitok; Bugan; Ifugao; Kiangan; Likyayu; Natauwinan; case; child; family; field; fine; kin; law; property summary = demands." A member of an Ifugao family assists in the punishment of Duties of parents to children.--The Ifugao family exists is a rare thing to find an Ifugao rice field as large as one acre Sale of family property.--The selling of rice fields, forest In case an owner abandons a rice field for any period of time, however in making rice fields, to demand an exorbitant payment. Sales of family property.--The Ifugao has a very peculiar system (d) If all the children inherit rice fields, the heirlooms and personal The Ifugaos have two punishments for crime: the death penalty and animals for sacrifice, pay the wounded man and his kin a fine, In case the wounded man lives, the following fine is paid him and the case of the killing of a Kiangan man of the kadangyang class. over rice fields, everywhere in Ifugao. Ifugao, preëminently to settle cases of disputed rice-field boundaries. id = 50556 author = Belloc, Hilaire title = The Jews date = keywords = Anti; Catholic; Church; England; English; Europe; France; Israel; Jew; Jews; State; West; european; great; jewish; liberal; man; russian summary = Jewish nation is a delusion and the conception of the Jew as something Jewish nation when the admission of it may inconvenience the Jew, but equilibrium of the Jews and each new resuscitation of the Jewish problem the Jewish money power and more of the Jews as a whole they would have The Jew individually feels himself superior to his non-Jewish the Jewish people?" Everywhere the Jew discovers the consequences of the problem presented by the Jews as an alien power within the State, in every one not a Jew something of reaction against the Jewish power. the Jewish problem, no matter with what hostility to the Jew, excuse admitting them, are truths indifferent to the Jew. Therefore when, as in the particular case of Russia, a national feeling form of recognition for the purely Jewish nationality of the Jews as a Jew; to be regarded, if he so willed, as a national of the Jewish id = 21569 author = Bent, Theodore, Mrs. title = Southern Arabia date = keywords = Aden; Ali; Arabia; Bahrein; Bedouin; Bir; Dhofar; English; Gara; Gulf; Hadhramout; Hamoumi; Hassan; Imam; India; Jabberi; Kattiri; Koton; Mahri; Maskat; Mohammed; Mount; Oman; Persian; Ras; Red; Saleh; Sea; Sharif; Sheher; Sheikh; Shibahm; Sokotra; Soudan; Sultan; Talib; Wadi; Yafei; arab; camel; day; illustration; portuguese summary = Our road led us on through miles of palm-groves, watered by their little by land, goes a long way inland, and would take the medical man all day saying the sultan said he must have half a rupee a day for my horse, Our start took a very long time, for the sultan, attended by many people, The sultan went away to Shibahm the next day, and, as usual, the women to sit down and the camel-men said we must stay there the night, as there water is brackish, and he wanted us to go on before the camel-men came Then Ali, the chief of the camel-men, came and said he would not go We had great difficulty in getting the camels to face the water and carry That day, Sheikh Mohamed Ali Hamed, who was riding a loaded camel, came No sultan came, but next day a very affectionate letter from him said he id = 9793 author = Bentwich, Norman title = Josephus date = keywords = Agrippa; Ant; Antiquities; Bible; Book; Comp; God; Herod; Jerusalem; Jews; Josephus; Judaism; Judea; Pharisees; Rome; Temple; Titus; Wars; footnote; greek; hellenistic; jewish; roman; zealot summary = Josephus hardly merits a place on his own account in a series of Jewish and Schürer''s _History of the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus_. Roman general forced his way into the city, and, regardless of Jewish middle age, he set himself to write the history of his people in Greek, Josephus, following probably a Roman authority, gives an Romanizing section of the nation, to stand true to the Jewish people and One other writer on contemporary Jewish history to whom Josephus refers The first work of Josephus as man of letters was the history of the wars of the Jews under the Romans, beginning, as Josephus says, "where the Josephus in the _Wars_ follows his Hellenistic source for the history of the Jewish idea that all human history is a manifestation of God. Josephus ends the first book of the _Wars_ with an account of the id = 12820 author = Besant, Annie title = The Case for India date = keywords = Britain; England; Government; Great; India; Indians; Lord; Rule; War; british; empire summary = India stands erect, no suppliant people, but a Nation, self-conscious, in India which placed an additional burden on the Indian revenues of was the money spent by India in maintaining this army for years in made a masterly exposition of India''s War services in the House of Lords India''s War services than this proportion of military expenditure the Government of India reported: "Outgoing for War very alarming, far necessary to say much in words as to India''s support of Great Britain Empire that India shall have Home Rule. future, unless India wins Self-Government, she will look enviously at industry and Indian trade, while India is unable to protect herself. Great Britain to trust India more than Japan, so that the British Empire British" was right and natural; "India for the Indians" was wrong, even Governments of India and Great Britain. country, and what every Indian should feel in India for his. id = 10603 author = Beynon, William George Laurence, Sir title = With Kelly to Chitral date = keywords = A.M.; Borradaile; Chitral; Colonel; Kashmir; Kelly; Levies; Mastuj; Pioneers; Stewart summary = under Peterson, and the guns with Stewart, got into camp some time the following day, to give the men suffering from snow blindness and steep stone shoot on the right bank of the river, so evidently the enemy As soon as I had explained the enemy''s position to Colonel Kelly, orders sangars, the enemy had bolted, and they were occupied by our men. high hills on the left bank of the river to turn the right of the "The enemy''s position consisted of a line of sangars blocking the roads right for the next day''s march, I left him behind, but took his rifle mending, and reached Mastuj by 1 P.M. I gave in my report to Colonel Kelly, and then got out orders for the with it; at other times I went with the Levies or Colonel Kelly, Company was on advance guard that day, so I went with them, two levies id = 38827 author = Bird, Isabella L. (Isabella Lucy) title = Journeys in Persia and Kurdistan, Volume 1 (of 2) Including a Summer in the Upper Karun Region and a Visit to the Nestorian Rayahs date = keywords = Abbas; Ali; Baghdad; Bakhtiari; Bruce; Dr.; England; English; God; Governor; Hadji; Ilkhani; Isfahan; Julfa; Karun; Khan; Kuh; Kûm; M----; Mirza; Moslem; Persia; Persians; Shah; Tigris; Tihran; arab; armenian; european; foot; great; man; snow; turkish; water summary = ground, a covered bazar well supplied, houses with blank walls, large walls of rock with narrow passes, great snow-covered mountains, seen in falling snow and deep mud rode over fairly level ground till we expanse of snow, broken by mud villages looking like brown islands, through the snow, came in three hours later, men and mules thoroughly good houses like this one, hidden behind high mud walls. snow and mud gallops are impossible, and three miles an hour is good saddle-mule, or large white ass, nearly always led, carrying a Persian day at last came, and a good and powerful man, whose loss is said to Persian housings, looked like a life-guardsman''s horse. The snow was piled in great heaps in the village and against the wall house called the Fort, with a very fine room fully thirty feet long by reached Gandaman, a good-looking walled Moslem village of 196 houses, id = 38828 author = Bird, Isabella L. (Isabella Lucy) title = Journeys in Persia and Kurdistan, Volume 2 (of 2) Including a Summer in the Upper Karun Region and a Visit to the Nestorian Rayahs date = keywords = Agha; Ali; Aziz; Bakhtiari; Boy; Burujird; Christians; Church; England; English; Erzerum; God; Government; Governor; Hamadan; Karun; Khan; Kochanes; Kuh; Kurds; Mar; Mirza; Mission; Moslems; Mr.; Pass; Patriarch; Persia; Shah; Tihran; Turkey; Urmi; Van; armenian; kurdish; man; syrian; turkish summary = road to Ali-kuh, a village not far from the river, at the foot of a the Cherri Pass, and a wall-like range of mighty mountains of white Opposite are the large camp and white tent of Chiragh Ali Khan, a watching, said that men were prowling round the tents at all hours, 3 P.M.--An hour ago Mirab Khan arrived with a number of armed horse a large walled village at an elevation of 7100 feet, camped for two day each so long as I want them, with two men, "handing over the mules These men, acting as road-guards, are a great terror to the people. The village Khan, an intelligent man, spent some time with me in the live in separate villages from the Kurds, Persians, and Armenians, and The men were dressed like Kurds, and were nearly as wild-looking. The first day''s half march ended at Angugh, an Armenian village on the id = 42904 author = Blake, Henry Arthur, Sir title = China date = keywords = Canton; China; Hong; Kong; River; Shanghai; West; Yangtze; chinese; european; foot; great; illustration; man; place; time; western summary = Chinese Soldiers; Family Life; Power of Parents; Foot-Binding 1 Life; Chinese Cities; Peking; Temple of Agriculture; Official Reception by Viceroy; Chinese Writing; Life of Year Customs; Hong Kong Races; Curious Forms of known as the Yu people, in whose territory no Chinese officials are old Chinese proverb frequently heard at the present day, "Long united reciting that a wealthy young Chinese, whose mother controlled a large The most incomprehensible custom among Chinese women of family is that Chinese, like all Easterns, have a great respect for men of letters, The men who work the nets live in a hut built upon long poles Hong Kong--a practically Chinese city where every man was free to day of the Chinese New Year offers a sacrifice on the great white have seen in Hong Kong two women gravely carrying a small house, Here the shops are purely Chinese, and every trade may be seen id = 6687 author = Blavatsky, H. P. (Helena Petrovna) title = From the Caves and Jungles of Hindostan date = keywords = Babu; Bombay; Brahmans; Buddhists; Dayanand; Dr.; Europe; God; Government; Gulab; Hindus; India; Karli; Miss; Mr.; Narayan; Raj; Rama; Rao; Sanskrit; Sham; Shiva; Sing; Society; Swami; Takur; Vedas; Vishnu; X----; Y----; Yogis; european; time summary = Hindus moves towards this celebrated temple; men and women, shining with Hindu pagodas look like brightly painted Easter eggs. but, like Buddhists, they deny the Hindu gods and the authority of Babus, bare-headed all the year round, their hair cut after an Athenian their eyes at the sight of white-faced people travelling about the town "Ancient Hindus built like giants and finished their work looked exactly like a long, one-storied building, with a flat roof and appear to us our new King with white face and golden hair, who will come Rajputs are called Hindus and are said to belong to the Aryan race; but and looked like something between white Hindus and Constantinople They do not believe in Hindu gods, but live in small As soon as a little girl in some Hindu family is four years old, new god to the ancient Brahmanical temple. id = 36542 author = Blount, James H. (James Henderson) title = The American Occupation of the Philippines 1898-1912 date = keywords = Admiral; Aguinaldo; August; Batangas; Commission; Congress; Cuba; December; Department; Dewey; Filipinos; General; Government; Governor; Islands; Judge; July; June; Luzon; Manila; Mr.; November; October; Otis; Philippines; President; Report; Samar; Secretary; Senate; September; Spain; States; Taft; United; War; Washington; american; spanish summary = of it the American people knew less about than the Philippine Islands. when the Spanish-American War started, Aguinaldo and his people, not Government of the Philippines and General in Chief of its Army"--as he the American Government, signed by the President of the United States, United States Government--one which they could present to the people than one general officer of the United States Army in the Philippines ''And represented the Filipino people?'' General MacArthur: ''I think so; Civil Government of the Philippines under Governor Taft in 1901, commanding general of the United States forces in the islands, were General MacArthur''s reports concerning the war in the Philippines the United States in the territory of said Philippine Islands: States, or the Governor-General of the Philippines, or any one else, of the United States, or by the Governor-General of the Philippine Philippine Government and the Filipino people of a large subsidy id = 11468 author = Booth-Tucker, Frederick St. George De Lautour title = Darkest India A Supplement to General Booth''s "In Darkest England, and the Way Out" date = keywords = Army; Bombay; Booth; Brigade; Bureau; CHAPTER; City; Colony; Darkest; England; General; Government; India; Mr.; Salvation; home; scheme; way; work summary = India which does not present the sad spectacle of a large number of men, we believe General Booth''s scheme will largely tend to do, we shall be Now General Booth''s scheme proposes to establish a dredger for every from the fact that General Booth''s scheme (which I have followed as PUBLIC OPINION ON GENERAL BOOTH''S SOCIAL SCHEME. proposed to express in connection with General Booth''s scheme. Next he asked, "How shall we receive General Booth''s scheme now that it Another way in which General Booth''s scheme might be received was that of receiving General Booth''s scheme, and the way in which as he trusted They had better let a great governing spirit like General Booth General Booth hopes, but we believe at the same time that if he can It has been objected against General Booth''s scheme that it is not new, except in the fact that General Booth proposes that it shall be himself id = 33712 author = Boulger, Demetrius Charles title = The Life of Yakoob Beg; Athalik Ghazi, and Badaulet; Ameer of Kashgar date = keywords = Aksu; Ameer; Asia; Athalik; Beg; Central; China; Chinese; Eastern; Ghazi; Ili; Kashgar; Khan; Khitay; Khoja; Khokand; Kirghiz; Kucha; Kuldja; Kuli; Tashkent; Tungani; Turfan; Turkestan; Yakoob; Yarkand; russian summary = five miles south of Kashgar, Yakoob Beg constructed a strong fort, where introduced by Yakoob Beg. Ush Turfan, New Turfan, is a small town on the road from Kashgar to followed by the Chinese caravans, and Yakoob Beg converted it into a by Yakoob Beg, offered to assert his claims on Kashgar, Alim Kuli have placed the fact before the peoples of Asia, and required Yakoob Beg THE INVASION OF KASHGAR BY BUZURG KHAN AND YAKOOB BEG. Sending Buzurg Khan back to Kashgar, Yakoob Beg resolved to the new Khoja dynasty located at Kashgar; and when Yakoob Beg advanced Kashgar had been unvisited by a Russian merchant, another, a Mr. Morozof, came to put Yakoob Beg''s assertions to the test. Chinese had been driven out of Kashgar, and that Yakoob Beg was ruling 1877, or to a time after the first defeat of Yakoob Beg by the Chinese, id = 6708 author = Boulger, Demetrius Charles title = China date = keywords = Asia; Canton; China; Chung; Emperor; Europeans; Genghis; Gordon; Kanghi; Keen; Kins; Kublai; Kung; Lord; Lung; Major; Manchu; Mongols; Mr.; Nankin; Pekin; Prince; Russia; Sankwei; Shanghai; Sir; Sung; Taepings; Taitsong; Wang; Wou; british; chinese; english summary = three Chinese princes to carry out the arrangement, but the day must come the Chinese army, that ruler sent to demand the reason of the attack on scene and took the command of the Chinese forces in person, the Mongols Chinese people in their authority no doubt induced the Manchu leaders to from the rich and powerful Chinese emperor in his poor State would be object in sending Chinese troops into that state, and Kanghi''s generals sent express messengers to Pekin entreating the Chinese emperor to send an the Chinese had by this time taken the measure of the English commander, from China in the previous eleven years, and, as the Chinese of course Chinese officials had been both consistent and successful, the new English possession of a Chinese army, and a strong force of Tartar cavalry, alone The successes of the Chinese gave their generals and army the confidence id = 46695 author = Bowring, John title = A Visit to the Philippine Islands date = keywords = Antique; CHAPTER; Capiz; China; English; Europe; General; Governor; Ilocos; Iloilo; Indians; Luzon; Manila; Mas; Mindanao; Negros; Panay; Pangasinan; Philippines; Santa; Spain; Spaniards; St.; Sual; Tagál; Zamboanga; british; chinese; dollar; european; great; island; large; native; place; province; spanish; state; year summary = usually introduce a Philippine Indian with a game-cock under his arm, having arrived from Manila, the Indians surrendered, being promised The Philippine Islands are divided into provinces, subject either to each of which a native Indian or mestizo, called a gobernadorcillo descendants of Chinese fathers and Indian mothers form incomparably The great mass of the indigenous population of the Philippine Islands ordered him to be paid six times its value, and the Indian said he Indians settled in Manila are said to be the worst of their races: great number of Spanish ladies from Manila are generally seated at the so that now the Indian generally denominates this native authority The following return gives the exports from Manila for the year 1858:-island, which is peopled by a race of Indians said not to be hostile, does not pay to produce in large quantity for export to Manila, and id = 12344 author = Bredon, Juliet title = Sir Robert Hart The Romance of a Great Career, 2nd Edition date = keywords = British; China; Chinese; Customs; General; Gordon; Government; Hart; I.G.; Minister; Mr.; Peking; Robert; SIR; Shanghai; Viceroy; illustration; man summary = THE CANAL: THE ROUTE BY WHICH SIR ROBERT HART FIRST CAME TO PEKING SIR ROBERT HART''S CHINESE BAND TING''RH, OR CHINESE PAVILION, IN SIR ROBERT HART''S GARDEN, PEKING SIR ROBERT HART AND HIS STAFF (FOREIGN AND CHINESE), PEKING, 1903 FRONT DOOR OF SIR ROBERT HART''S HOUSE, PEKING Hart, then Inspector-General of the Chinese Customs, had occasion to of the new Custom House at Shanghai, and presently asked young Hart if When Robert Hart joined the Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs, the the Chinese Government--Robert Hart felt a very natural desire to see all the other events of the time in China--Robert Hart had much to do. Robert Hart therefore went quietly on with his work in the Customs This man, when Robert Hart met him in Canton, said [Illustration: SIR ROBERT HART''S CHINESE BAND.] [Illustration: SIR ROBERT HART AND HIS STAFF (FOREIGN AND CHINESE) [Illustration: FRONT DOOR OF SIR ROBERT HART''S HOUSE, PEKING] id = 61599 author = Burbidge, F. W. (Frederick William) title = The Gardens of the Sun A naturalist''s journal on the mountains and in the forests and swamps of Borneo and the Sulu Archipelago date = keywords = Baker; Balu; Borneo; Brunei; Burbidge; CHAPTER; Dusun; East; Everett; Hook; Indra; Istana; Kiau; Kina; Labuan; Malays; Meimbong; Mr.; Sharpe; Singapore; Sultan; Sulu; Veitch; bornean; chinese; european; good; large; man; native summary = its native forests, this large man-like ape lives in the great natural breakfast--Rare plants en route--Mountain flowers--Large breakfast--Rare plants en route--Mountain flowers--Large market of fruit, fish, vegetables, rice, and other native produce, having told the Kiau men to water the plants well as they crossed the trees--Fruit culture--Birds--Pitcher-plants--Snakes--Sun trees--Fruit culture--Birds--Pitcher-plants--Snakes--Sun large blue, and pretty little green tree pigeons of many kinds appear, little species of ferns--were also seen on tree trunks or on rocks, or, as seen here in Sulu, small tree, is common throughout the Malay on some large trees which were in fruit near the village. a detour from the little spring or watering-place near the village, fruit in plenty, we came beneath a grove of large durian trees which Plant collecting--Large nepenthes--Sociable birds--Mountain Plant collecting--Large nepenthes--Sociable birds--Mountain a good clean house for us, and he also gave our men rice and fruit, id = 8884 author = Burckhardt, John Lewis title = Travels in Syria and the Holy Land date = keywords = Ain; Akaba; Aleppo; Arabic; Arabs; Baalbec; Beni; Cairo; Christians; Damascus; Deir; Djebel; Egypt; Emir; Ghor; Greek; Hadj; Haouran; Kerek; Khan; Ledja; Libanus; Mohammed; Mount; Mousa; N.E.; Pasha; S.E.; Sheikh; Sinai; St.; Suez; Syria; Tel; Tor; Tripoli; Turkmans; Turks; Wady; bedouin; druse; hour; turkish summary = near the half-ruined village of El Kanne [Arabic], and passed the river hour from the village is the Carmelite convent of Deir Serkis (St. Sergius,) inhabited at present by a single monk, a very worthy old man, a village called Tebne [Arabic], distant one hour and a half from mountain, half an hour distant, the ruins of Aatin [Arabic], with a Wady hours from Zaele we came to a spring called Ras el Beder [Arabic], i.e. the Moon''s Head, whose waters flow down into the plain as far as Boszra. the mountain, one hour distant, near a ruined place called Maaz. half an hour is Deir Dhami [Arabic], another ruined place, smaller than an hour passed the village Amyoun [Arabic], the chief place in the Half an hour from Aaere we passed Wady Ghothe [Arabic], with the village in the mountain, we saw the village Sendjol (Arabic), about half an hour id = 9457 author = Burckhardt, John Lewis title = Travels in Arabia; comprehending an account of those territories in Hedjaz which the Mohammedans regard as sacred date = keywords = A.H.; Aly; Arabia; Arabs; Arafat; Bab; Beni; Cairo; Constantinople; Damascus; Desert; Djebel; Djidda; East; Egypt; Ghaleb; God; Hadj; Hedjaz; Ibn; India; Kaaba; Kadhy; Medina; Mekka; Mekkawys; Mohammed; Pasha; Sherif; Sultan; Syria; Tayf; Wady; Wahabys; Yembo; Yemen; bedouin; turkish summary = since the positions of Djidda, Mekka, Medina, Tayf, and Yembo, the chief country between Tayf, Mekka, Medina, Yembo, and Djidda. town, called Bab Mekka and Bab el Medina, upon all provisions coming Mohammed Ali remained at Mekka and at Djidda, he received a regular present, assembled, on their return to Mekka, at the holy place called heard during prayers in the great mosque at Mekka, which at other times the time of Sultan Achmed, the son of Sultan Mohammed, (who died in A.H. 1027,) Egypt sent yearly to Mekka two hundred and ninety-five purses, caravan pays to Bedouins and Arabs, on its road to Mekka. Sherifs in Mekka and Djidda, great merchants, olemas, and all the chief Tayf and Medina being now halfruined, the merchants of Mekka resort to Djidda, as their only place of small parties of pilgrims in their route from Medina or Djidda to Mekka, poor people, in starting from Mekka for Medina with the great caravan, id = 22749 author = Burn Murdoch, W. G. (William Gordon) title = From Edinburgh to India & Burmah date = keywords = Bangalore; Bhamo; Bombay; Burmah; Captain; China; Club; East; English; Government; House; India; Irrawaddy; Kachin; Lord; Madras; Mandalay; Mrs; Prince; Princess; Rangoon; Royal; burmese; chap; chapter; chinese; colour; day; illustration; like; little; look; man; white summary = south, to a white, silent land where the sun shines all day and night of passing people run from blue-black to brown and dull red against the Painted at a sketch to-day of people coming on board the "Egypt" from the tender, no great thing in colour, less in a black and white the cold blue light and snow-white sand, is the group of figures on a white dress into it it would come out blue, or at least it looks as if length, and in the trees are bronze-coloured natives in white clothes, bamboos in great masses of soft grey-green, their foliage a little like of little native men played outside the club under the trees, with two stand by each other, such a little group of white people, possibly they had got home late last night--this about half an hour after time people to-day and the generations to come must owe this Prince great id = 11902 author = Burslem, Rollo Gillespie title = A Peep into Toorkisthan date = keywords = Beg; CHAPTER; Cabul; Dost; Durrah; Ghoree; Hindoo; Khan; Koollum; Mahommed; Meer; Shah; Sturt; Walli; british; day; fort; man; note summary = full ten miles march ere we could reach our proposed halting place at highest point of the pass, where we came upon a fort surrounded by a the celebrated spring, which they hoped to reach on the following day. reached the foot of the hills, where I observed for the first time my influence to get the Hindoo out of the clutches of Meer Baber Beg. The story he told me was, that some years back he came to Heibuk to reached a part of Tartary, distant only two days'' march from the fort On the 29th we marched, a distance of fourteen miles, to a small fort intending to return to that fort after visiting the passes which I C[=a]bul, and I reached Bamee[=a]n by a forced march in two days, of the chief, but a few days before he had returned to his native id = 4658 author = Burton, Richard Francis, Sir title = Personal Narrative of a Pilgrimage to Al-Madinah & Meccah — Volume 2 date = keywords = Abdullah; Abraham; Abu; Ali; Allah; Arabia; Arabs; Arafat; Bab; Badawin; Bakia; Benu; Bey; Burckhardt; Cairo; Caliph; Caravan; Damascus; Desert; East; Egypt; God; Hajj; Harim; Hijaz; Holy; Ibn; India; Indians; Islam; Jabal; Jeddah; Koran; Kuba; Lord; Madinah; Masjid; Meccah; Meccans; Mohammed; Moslem; Mosque; Mount; Mr.; Muna; North; Pasha; Prophet; Red; Sayyid; Sea; Sharif; Shaykh; South; Sultan; Thee; Thy; Wady; eastern; egyptian; place; turkish summary = Badawi appearance, and they dress in the old Arab style still affected Benu Ali are Badawin settled at the Awali, near the Kuba Mosque: they Meccah and Al-Madinah, a man will lose a she-camel and know her ceremony called Al-Sai, or the running seven times between Mounts Safa whitewashed walls, surrounding places of prayer, and a number of stone Arafat, anciently called Jabal Ilal ([Arabic]), �the Mount [FN#7] Al-Idrisi places Meccah forty (Arab) miles from Jeddah. ([Arabic]); hence the first day of pilgrimage is called Yaum Bekkah, or place of crowding, Meccah so called, ii. the Prophet to Al-Madinah, 354 Mosque of, 426 The place where he was Multazem, Al-, the place of prayer in the Ka�abah so called, ii. Musalla al-Nabi (Prophet�s place of prayer), in the Mosque of Al-Madinah, Al-Madinah, 259 The prayer at the Prophet�s Mosque, 309 The places of Al-Madinah to Meccah so called, ii. id = 7111 author = Burton, Richard Francis, Sir title = The Land of Midian (Revisited) — Volume 1 date = keywords = A.D.; Ahmed; Akabah; Arabia; Arabs; Aynúnah; Bedawin; Beni; Bey; Cairo; Chap; Desert; Dr.; Egypt; El-''Akabah; Expedition; February; Gold; Gulf; Hismá; Huwaytát; Jebel; Lieutenant; Madyan; Magháir; Makná; Midian; Mines; Mohammed; Mountain; Mr.; Mukhbir; Muwaylah; Shaykh; Sinai; Suez; Syria; Ukbah; Wady; egyptian; north summary = the ''Akabah Gulf and the north-eastern recess of the Red Sea. The main interest of the little hortus siccus was the Alpine almost every Wady, and running north as far as El-''Akabah; Finally, on New Year''s Day, Lieutenant Amir, guided by Shaykh possibly showing that the old Egyptians worked the silver, which others bear the generic term Wady el-Safrá, so called, like the north-west to south-east; it faces eastward, and the entrance Khulasah.[EN#83] Saw specimens of worked metal from Wady seaboard air is at times advisable, while South Midian feels like of South-Eastern Sinai-land end, appears a large white blot, prolongs the Gulf-waters far to the north, their bed in the old and Wady Raddádí, some six hours to the north-west of the fort: water in the Wady el-Nakhil to the north-east was reported to be like that of old "Madyan," by rising ground to the north. id = 7113 author = Burton, Richard Francis, Sir title = The Land of Midian (Revisited) — Volume 2 date = keywords = Abú; April; Arabia; Arabs; Badá; Baliyy; Bedawin; Cairo; Chap; Dámah; Egypt; Hamz; Hismá; January; Jebel; March; Marú; Midian; Mohammed; Muwaylah; Sharm; Shaykh; Shuwák; Shárr; Suez; Umm; Wady; Wijh; Zibá; clear; north; south; west; wind summary = north-east to south-west in a kind of scorpion''s tail, with round the Wady-head; and the "buildings" appeared art-like from north-east to south-west: they may have been ruins of Hufrah of the valley is from north-east to south-west, and the altitude After marching some seven miles to the south with westing, we saw bank of the Wady el-Khandakí, which runs north with westing. the lay is from north-west to south-east. line of air-holes, cut in the quartz rock, disposed north-south short gravelly reach disposed north-west to south-east; and the forming a rude parallelogram from north-east to south-west. el-Marú, has a north-east to south-west strike (45° mag.); the Lead"), in the Wady Gotam, three days north-east of the capital sweeping grandly from north-east to south-west, forms a charming heavy; ended about 4.30 a.m. A little wind from south-west rose after rain. Cold north-west breeze at five p.m. Sea high. 30.03 76 Wind north-west all day. id = 26981 author = Bury, G. Wyman (George Wyman) title = Pan-Islam date = keywords = Aden; Arabia; Cairo; Canal; Christianity; Egypt; Government; Hejaz; Holy; India; Islam; Jeddah; Lahej; Moslem; Ottoman; Turks; War; Yamen; arab; british; christian; german; islamic; turkish summary = facts that Turks are slack Moslems, that the national party which ousted Our Indian troops on the Canal were naturally a mark for pan-Islamic strengthens the pan-Islamic movement, as each Moslem may consider mixed Christian guard at the Holy Sepulchre was a Jew. Another source of weakness, so far as a united Moslem world is I often heard Yamen Arabs talking of "Turks and Moslems"--a distinctly sitting on a very thorny fence ever since the Turks came into the War. We have been in touch with him for a long time, but all he has done up widely for good or ill on Christian prestige among Moslems than It is not a question of Jew, Christian, or Moslem that the those who support missions to Moslem countries, are human enough to like favoured in a Moslem country, though many Christian missions have been of Christian administrations in Moslem countries, which are always being id = 46187 author = Butler, Elizabeth (Elizabeth Southerden Thompson) title = Letters from the Holy Land date = keywords = April; Holy; Isaac; Jerusalem; Land; Lord; Mount; Palestine; St.; illustration; look summary = 7. Solomon''s Pools, near Jerusalem, looking towards Dead Sea 38 high overhead, shining through the mist, made the sea look like blue As we crested the first pass and looked back we saw the plains of Jerusalem, but to-day the April air was full of scents of flowers and Jerusalem of Our Lord''s time passes over the brow of the hill to the Towards evening we drove from this place of rest a long way back on the [Illustration: SOLOMON''S POOLS, NEAR JERUSALEM, LOOKING TOWARDS DEAD SEA beautiful thing within sight, and as little of even the light of the sky who came along this way, a day''s journey, to the evening halting-place House of God." From this great height Lot looked down on the plain of morning and the rough riding all day leave one little time for quiet the night we strolled a long time by those sacred waters in the light of id = 53670 author = Butler, John, Major title = A Sketch of Assam: With some account of the Hill Tribes date = keywords = Agent; Assam; Assamese; Beesa; Booteahs; Bor; Dooar; Duffa; Gaum; Gohain; Government; Khamtees; Muttuck; Nagas; Rajah; Saikwah; Singphoos; Suddeah; Upper; british summary = The chief object of the following pages is to make Assam better known, The Singphoos: their country, population, chiefs and clans--Their In Assam, excepting the fields close to the villages, the best land the Assamese population, we may yet regard Assam as a rising country; of the Bootan Dooars in Assam by the British Government--Defeat the Assam Government, the Khamtees commenced kidnapping the Merees, Each of the different Singphoo tribes is governed by a chief, Prior to the conquest of Assam by the British power, the Singphoo Assam state, acknowledge subjection to that Government. If any of the Singphoos rob any of the Assam people residing ordered the Assam chiefs to proceed and punish the insolent Muttucks, To the present day, little is known of the Abor country, Europeans Under the ancient Assam Government some of the tribes may have been was governed by these chiefs eight months in every year. id = 45531 author = Butler, Robert title = Narrative of the Life and Travels of Serjeant B—— date = keywords = Bible; CHAPTER; Colonel; Edinburgh; God; India; Lord; Madras; Mr.; Mrs.; Serjeant; author; day; great; man; regiment; think; time summary = of revisiting Scotland--Friends left in India--Account of Mrs. Copwick--Her Marriage and unhappy Condition--Promising Piety years, and great numbers in our regiment were taking the bounty every took the road again, and was in Shoreham in good time to march with the blessing of God, I got a good deal better, and left the hospital regiment; the men, women, and children, dying almost every day. twenty-one of these robust looking men went the way of all living in time we could not muster five hundred effective men in a regiment arrived, a number of the men got considerably better; about mid-day and 89th regiments left us, on account of a general order received to lives lost in this way, yet during the march a great number indeed, getting any good books, when a person had a little spare time, to time I played the fife upon the Lord''s day going to church, id = 54652 author = Campbell, James M. title = History of Gujarát Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency, Volume I, Part I. date = keywords = A.D.; Akbar; Anahilaváda; Ant; B.C.; Bahádur; Baroda; Bombay; Broach; Bráhmans; Bábi; Cambay; Dakhan; Ditto; Dr.; Dámáji; Elliot; Farishtah; Government; Gujarát; Gupta; Gurjjaras; Gáikwár; Hindu; III; India; Jain; Jawán; Junágadh; Kachh; Khán; Krishna; Kshatrapa; Kumárapála; Káthiáváda; Mahmúd; Mahárája; Mard; Marátha; Maráthás; Mirat; Momín; Mr.; Muhammad; Mulk; Musalmán; Muzaffar; Málwa; Mándu; Múlarája; Nizám; North; Periplus; Persian; Peshwa; Poona; Pátan; Rangoji; Rája; Saka; Sayad; Sher; Sháh; Siddharája; Sindh; Somanátha; Sorath; Sultán; Surat; Text; Valabhi; Viceroy; british; history; Áhmedábád; Áli; Ídar summary = by Muftakhir Khán; Dámáji Gáikwár''s return to Gujarát; Abdúl Ázíz times the chief centre of the Konkan and South Gujarát trade. records specially mention as king of Ujjain, ruling Western India, Káthiáváda coins of the Gupta king Kumáragupta son of Chandragupta grants Dharasena is called Mahárája or great king; in the two later Samara king of Suráshtra or south Káthiáváda, the Gujarát army being After Ulugh Khán had governed Gujarát for about twenty years, at the chief nobles of Gujarát, including the Habshis, joined Changíz Khán, viceroy of Gujarát in the place of Mukarrab Khán whose general time Kutb-ud-dín Khán, governor of Sorath, was sent with an army About this time Momín Khán, governor of Surat, arrived in Gujarát, time the second son, Muhammad Anwar, with the title of Safdar Khán, or south-west north to the frontiers of the king of Juzr (Gujarát), kings of Gujarát and called Áhmedábád. id = 33359 author = Candler, Edmund title = The Unveiling of Lhasa date = keywords = Amban; Captain; China; Chinese; Chumbi; Colonel; Dalai; General; Government; Gurkhas; Gyantse; India; Jong; Karo; Lama; Lhasa; Lieutenant; Major; Phari; Pioneers; Potala; Sikkim; Tibetans; Tuna; Valley; Yatung; Younghusband; british; man summary = Gautsa to Phari Jong--A wonderful old fortress--Tibetan the Red Lamas--Chumulari--The Tibetan New Year--Bogle''s Tibetan camp at Hot Springs--The Lhasa Depon meets Tibetan expedition is to convey some idea of the life we led in Tibet, Chinese and Tibetan officials, and was even presented to the Dalai Lama mile beyond the Customs House, through which no Tibetan or British The road to Phari Jong passes through two military walls. into the Kongbu Valley--a likely camping-ground for the Tibetan troops. two Lhasa officers who have the government of Phari Jong sent me some The Tibetans stood on the roofs of their houses like a row of which overlooked the Tibetan camp and the valley beyond, the Gurkhas jong if it entered camp by the direct Lhasa road. until we were within fifty miles of Lhasa that the Tibetan Government We reached Lhasa to-day, after a march of seven miles, and camped id = 37782 author = Casserly, Gordon title = Life in an Indian Outpost date = keywords = Balderston; Behar; Bengal; Bhutan; Bower; Buxa; Calcutta; Cooch; Darjeeling; Deb; Duar; England; General; Government; India; Khan; Khartoum; Maharajah; Mess; Sahib; Singh; Station; Zimpun; british; elephant; illustration; man summary = long wooden building raised on pillars, the forest officer''s bungalow, night when I was miles away out shooting in the jungle the sentry at the small table having tea when one of the native officers came up. I sent an order to the fort for a native officer and twenty men to "rogue" elephants in the jungles near Buxa; for the worried herds break the jungle through which they were passing rushed out a wild elephant Rogue elephants, like man-eating tigers, are honoured with a notice in In the days of a previous commanding officer of Buxa a tame elephant had On my return I borrowed elephants from the forest officer and started tame elephants of an Indian Civil Servant near Buxa Road Station. remain long and soon took our leave of the native officers. hundreds of men, a sepoy ran amuck and shot down a native officer and a id = 28189 author = Cerruti, Giovanni Battista title = My Friends the Savages Notes and Observations of a Perak settler (Malay Peninsula) date = keywords = Alà; Evil; Government; Malay; Peninsula; Perak; Sakais; Sam; Spirit; change; chapter; day; footnote; forest; good; great; illustration; leave; life; little; long; man; poison; time; woman summary = My friendship with the Sakais increased every day because little by for life, civilized persons no longer use poisons that kill the body, In this way, by degrees, the original Sakai race diminished whilst new One day a family of these Sakais who have dealings with other races, road which I was having made near a little Sakai village, situated at the spot for a clearing when, as often happens, the Sakais change their Like the old philosopher I found in the forest, the other Sakais have It must also be considered that the Sakais (like all the other peoples When a little Sakai opens its eyes to the light of this world no over the forest but the Sakai does not interest himself in their One day I asked a Sakai if he thought it possible to kill a man with little-known Sakais is to present them more closely to the attention of id = 13468 author = Chesterton, G. K. (Gilbert Keith) title = The New Jerusalem date = keywords = Christ; Crusaders; East; Empire; England; English; Europe; George; God; Holy; Jerusalem; Jews; London; Moslem; Mr.; Palestine; Roman; Rome; St.; West; Zionism; christian; eastern; jewish; like; man; thing; western summary = the man of the desert, is intelligent enough to believe in God. But his belief is lacking in that humane complexity that comes Such a system of walls and gates, like many other things thought rude of worship in a place like Jerusalem, do not know how to discover the English can do are more real things, like clearing away the snow; Now in all this the Moslems of a place like Jerusalem are the very Jerusalem are by far the greatest things that the world has yet seen. of modern complaint that in a place like Jerusalem the Christian It is the thing we feel in the Arabian tales, when no man knows and not merely a thought; a thing like a post or a palm-tree. man saying that Christ is only a thing like Atys or Mithras, of the way in which things we have all heard of, like church-going id = 15586 author = Chirol, Valentine, Sir title = India, Old and New date = keywords = Act; Bengal; Bombay; Brahman; Calcutta; Committee; Company; Congress; Council; Delhi; East; Empire; Gandhi; Government; Hindu; Hinduism; India; Indians; Islam; Lord; Mahomedan; Mr.; Provincial; Punjab; Sir; State; Viceroy; british; european; non; western summary = British rule introduced into India not only a new reign of law and order few years ago of British Government in India, itself a creation of the unlike that of British India to-day, and his system of government is India Company, the British Government pleaded the absence of "any right Indian commerce, whilst the operation of free trade principles in India India''s claim to self-government within the British Empire--had spent The Government of India announced the issue of an Indian with him, forms the Government of India, no less than three are Indians, respect of the British forces serving in India, falls upon the Indian British to Indian forces in India would disturb the foundations of our The Government of India has never questioned the reality of Indian Indians to which the British connection with India has owed from the desire on the part of the British in India to co-operate with Indians, id = 16444 author = Chirol, Valentine, Sir title = Indian Unrest date = keywords = Act; Bengal; Bengalee; Bombay; Brahmans; Calcutta; Congress; Council; Deccan; Empire; England; Englishmen; Government; Hindu; Hinduism; Imperial; India; Indians; Lord; Mahomedans; Morley; Mr.; Poona; Press; Secretary; Shivaji; Sir; State; Tilak; Viceroy; british; english; european; western summary = Government to promote Western education in India has been attentively Thirty years ago, when I first visited India, the young Western-educated India because the Indian, not unnaturally, fails to bring an education have certainly combined all the native members in support of it was Mr. Gokhale''s resolution with regard to the position of British Indians in prevail amongst the better-class Indians in British India as well as in people of India to promote Indian trade and industry by all the means in was no Indian politician but the Government of India who expressed the administration in British India employs over 1,250,000 Indians, and only contact between the Government of India and Anglo-Indian administrators India and the Indians as if they were one country and one people, and we representatives of the Indian aristocracy of British India, was an talk of governing India in accordance with Indian ideas, we cannot id = 21985 author = Cholmeley, R. E. title = John Nicholson, the Lion of the Punjaub date = keywords = Edwardes; General; India; John; Lawrence; Nicholson; Punjaub; Singh; Sir; british summary = [Frontispiece: "''Seize those men!'' commanded Nicholson fiercely, as he Like his distinguished chief, Sir Henry Lawrence, John Nicholson was an John was three years old, Mrs. Nicholson found him alone in a room with The three years that John Nicholson had spent in India had left their From Cashmere Nicholson was in time transferred to Lahore to act as "Seize those men!" commanded Nicholson fiercely, as he pointed out the "During the time that Nicholson was with the column," he continues, At the time that Nicholson arrived in Constantinople, early in the New in India, John Nicholson is the man to do it!" But the time was too How Edwardes, Nicholson, and the other British officers at Peshawur Nicholson, with the rank of Brigadier-General, was placed in command of These men, Sikhs for the most part, had followed Nicholson from In the long march to Delhi Nicholson''s temper must have been tried time id = 9404 author = Churchill, Winston title = The Story of the Malakand Field Force: An Episode of Frontier War date = keywords = Bengal; Bindon; Blood; Brigade; Captain; Chakdara; Colonel; Field; General; Government; Guides; India; Infantry; Khan; Lancers; Lieutenant; Major; Malakand; Mamund; Punjaub; Sikhs; Sir; Swat; Valley; british summary = Camps, no fighting, no Malakand Field Force, no story. advanced, several commanding officers were warned by their men, that This force, under command of Lieutenant-Colonel McRae, 45th Sikhs, was The attack on the Malakand and the great frontier war had begun. TOTAL NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICERS AND MEN KILLED AND WOUNDED--153. When the attack on the fort began, the enemy numbered perhaps 1500 men. 1. Sir Bindon Blood with two brigades of the Malakand Field Force and possible to find camping grounds in the valleys which are not commanded enemy, coming on in a great half-moon nearly three miles long and firing of the British officers and men, killed the day before, took place of the cavalry, and was several times informed by general officers that Captain Cole and his men left the Mamund Valley, the Guides Cavalry, officers and 251 men had been killed and wounded out of a fighting force id = 51080 author = Cochrane, Henry Park title = Among the Burmans: A Record of Fifteen Years of Work and its Fruitage date = keywords = Ava; Buddhism; Burma; Burmans; Burmese; Chins; Christ; Christianity; English; Gautama; God; Jesus; Judson; Kachins; Karens; Pegu; Shans; Talaings; Upper; british; christian; missionary summary = in time for the morning service in his own department of mission-work We had not long been in our new home before Burmans, both Christian If twenty men come to see the missionary, the last man must step over In Christian lands the wife is sometimes taken home to live with her ago, when the Burmans were subject to the Shan kings in Upper Burma. jungle-villages a native Christian called my attention to a large little ten year old boy to the mission, and secured the missionary''s time came for the Christians'' service the missionary repaired to the God. Returning to their homes these people must pass the missionary''s true of work among Burman and Shan Buddhists. The Karen village school-teacher, besides his regular work in the what extent the spirit of Burman Buddhists has changed since the time In a distant village lived a young Christian Burman, with his heathen id = 36438 author = Coleman, Ambrose title = The Friars in the Philippines date = keywords = America; Archipelago; Church; Dominicans; Father; Freemasonry; Friars; Government; Manila; Philippines; Spain; States; catholic; christian; order; religious; spanish summary = THE WORK OF THE RELIGIOUS ORDERS IN THE PHILIPPINES. THE WORK OF THE RELIGIOUS ORDERS IN THE PHILIPPINES. government and order--even the common people learn reading by its aid, highly of the missionary and scientific work of the Religious Orders Any account of the work of the Religious Orders in the islands would Spanish missionaries were giving the natives of the Philippines all the Spanish-American war brought the Philippines into prominence before religious orders in the Philippines to the Spanish government, priests, friars of strict orders, come to the islands for aye and States has declared this in clear terms to the Holy See. With regard to Freemasonry in Spanish or Latin America, the Rev. Reuben religious Orders in the Philippines, men having under their spiritual The Memorial of the Philippine Friars to the Spanish Government, allowed to the missionary Friars by the Spanish Government would no id = 45747 author = Collie, Norman title = Climbing on the Himalaya and Other Mountain Ranges date = keywords = Alps; Astor; Coolin; Diamirai; Hastings; Himalaya; Indus; Kashmir; Khan; Lofoten; Mazeno; Mount; Mummery; Mustagh; Nanga; Parbat; Ragobir; Rupal; foot; glacier; great; mountain; peak summary = spent their time in climbing snow-peaks and fighting their way through necessary to climb over the mountain range at a height of 22,300 feet, glacier to the old Mustagh pass will remain as marvels of mountain away, great boulders many feet thick had rolled down the mountain-side Just south of our camp rose a snow peak, about 19,000 feet, which we the head of the glacier, 12,000 feet below the summit of the mountain. valley for a pass on the ridge south-east of a pointed rock peak at of feet up, hidden away in the recesses of the great mountain. Rocky Mountains is the Howse pass, 4800 feet, and thirty miles north snow-peaks; in fact, probably more varied rock climbing can be found and there are many other mountain ranges where rock-climbing can be pines on the Himalayan mountains, when the snow peaks and the glaciers, id = 10770 author = Comyn, Tomás de title = The Former Philippines thru Foreign Eyes date = keywords = Acapulco; Albay; America; April; Archipelago; Bay; Bisayan; Borneo; Camarines; Cebu; China; Chinese; Datu; Don; English; Europe; Filipinos; Government; Igorots; India; Islands; January; Japan; Java; June; Leyte; Luzon; Manila; March; Mindanao; Mindoro; Moros; Negritos; New; October; Philippines; Samar; San; Sea; South; Spain; Spaniards; Sultan; Sulu; european; great; malay; native; place; spanish; time summary = these Islands; its effects extended from Manila to the extreme end altitude of forty feet, on the south-west shore of the small island [Numerous small streams.] After a few days we left the little place extended to the Philippine Islands, in like manner as in all Spanish productions of the Philippine Islands and considering their general other natives, who generally possess a small strip of land situated The native of the Philippine Islands is, by nature, native of the Philippine Islands, it would be extremely desirable if of inhabitants in the Bisayan Islands cause great ranges of the coast generally inhabiting the Islands situated in the Philippine seas. a trade with the new islands, and it received orders not to visit called in the Philippines "abacá." This is a native of these islands, [The people.] [275]"* * * The natives of these islands are generally id = 28580 author = Conger, Emily Bronson title = An Ohio Woman in the Philippines Giving personal experiences and descriptions including incidents of Honolulu, ports in Japan and China date = keywords = CHAPTER; Filipino; Iloilo; Japan; Jaro; Manila; Nagasaki; Philippines; american; day; good; great; japanese; little; man; native; place; time summary = bodies were placed in boxes to be carried to their native land. on bits of rice paper, placed where needed, that the work was carried and shake hands with the natives in their curious houses, we passed on this great festal day, have his house, shop, place of amusement to let the men rest, who had to work so hard pulling our little carts saw beautiful pieces of brocaded silk and satin on little hand-looms, family came to Jaro the night before market day. N. told me that he hired seven native men to do some work around the had as many as thirty natives troop into the house at one time. For days before the natives were busy making long candles do at this time, as the Filipino soldiers were near at hand day and She worked hard every day with these little One day I saw a little id = 19665 author = Cooper, Elizabeth title = My Lady of the Chinese Courtyard date = keywords = Chih; China; Dear; God; Gods; Honourable; Mah; Mother; Wife; chinese; great; illustration; man; thy; woman summary = Thy brothers tell me his sons made great boast that no man has been He must be a man like thee, strong, noble, kindly, bearing thy great I hold my son and say, "Look, thy father will come to us from this child?" She said-and thou would''st not know thy Mother''s voice, I write thee this because I know thy mother-heart will rejoice that our Need I tell thee, Mother mine, that I am a stranger in this great city, us, thy children, in this new and foreign life. The foreign woman comes and sits upon the edge of her chair in great I have such great news to tell thee that I hardly know where to begin. things of life, men like my father, must pass away. I took my son apart the other night and said, "I am thy mother and I We are coming home to thee, Mother of my husband, and I have id = 41959 author = Craig, Austin title = Philippine Progress Prior to 1898 A Source Book of Philippine History to Supply a Fairer View of Filipino Participation and Supplement the Defective Spanish Accounts date = keywords = Antonio; Archipelago; Borneo; China; España; Filipinos; Ibid; Indians; Islands; Luzon; Manila; Mexico; Meyer; Mindanao; Morga; Nueva; Philippines; Royal; San; Spain; Spaniards; Tagalog; Vol; chinese; history; malay; spanish summary = of Philippine industry dealt with in the so-called galleon trade no goods be shipped from that kingdom to the Philippine Islands, on times boats and men have drifted up from the Malay Islands to Japan, works on the Philippine Islands, a land which we call new, but in states that the Philippines were once called "Gold" in China, Luzon; still later it was made to cover the Philippine islanders Samales.--(1) A small Malay people living on the island of Samal in native Indians of the Filipinas Islands who come as common seamen which is caused by the said Indian natives of the Filipinas Islands natives of the said Filipinas Islands are shipped and returned to people thought that Chinese vessels would not come to the islands on the Philippine Islands, and their capital Manila, 1819-1822, that there is not a man in all these Philippine Islands--Spaniard, or id = 6867 author = Craig, Austin title = Lineage, Life and Labors of José Rizal, Philippine Patriot date = keywords = Biñan; Dapitan; Doctor; England; English; Father; Filipinos; Francisco; General; Governor; Hongkong; Islands; José; Kalamba; Manila; Mercado; Mr.; Mrs.; Philippines; Rizal; Spain; Spaniards; States; United; american; chinese; spanish summary = Philippines, I believe this life of Rizal will be productive of good Doctor Rizal knew that the real Spain had generous though sluggish the knowledge of the real Rizal became known to the Spanish people, he hoped thus in time there might come a freer Philippines, Rizal was work of José Rizal and the loss of the Philippines by Spain. time when America came to the Islands there was among them no Rizal, Manila which numbered José Rizal''s keen-witted and observing great Doctor Rizal did not have these Spanish ways, Some time during Rizal''s early years of school came his first success The first foreign book read by Rizal, in a Spanish translation, This girl had known Rizal, "the Spanish doctor," as he was called took place, and when Rizal returned to the Philippines she learned facts that Doctor José Rizal, according to the Philippine practice of in Manila, called out in English, "Good-by, Rizal." id = 45915 author = Crosthwaite, C. H. T. (Charles Haukes Todd) title = The Pacification of Burma date = keywords = Bhamo; Burma; Captain; Chief; Colonel; Commissioner; General; Government; Hildebrand; India; King; Lieutenant; Major; Mandalay; Mogaung; Mr.; Möng; Möngnai; Prince; Salween; Sawbwa; Shan; Sir; States; Superintendent; Upper; White; british summary = the officers and men of the Burma Field Force, I owe so much, may find thousand two hundred men in Northern India for a military police force Bernard, who was Chief Commissioner of British Burma, had asked for Chief Commissioner about some matters in Lower Burma which had given Phayre, the first Chief Commissioner of British Burma, was the right Upper Burma, inclusive of the Shan States, contains in round numbers years of British rule the country "was in a more disturbed state than It was clear that the working of the police force in Lower Burma order to meet the notables of Burma, and such of the Shan chiefs as military police force was not greater than the Government of Burma South of Bhamo when we took the country was a Shan State known as Möng Sawbwas, superior chiefs, Shan States, office of, sons of, id = 11212 author = Curtis, William Eleroy title = Modern India date = keywords = Agra; Akbar; Benares; Bombay; Brahmins; Calcutta; Curzon; Delhi; East; Empire; England; English; Europe; Hindu; India; Jehan; Jeypore; Lady; London; Lord; Maharaja; Mogul; Mohammedan; Mr.; Raja; Shah; Sir; States; Thibet; United; american; british; european; great; illustration; man; native; year summary = had lived in India so long that they must have acquired the Hindu Bombay is the second city in population in India, Calcutta standing India can usually tell where a man comes from by looking at his the East India Company built the Town Hall and other men gave the days of the East India Company, and did a great deal for the city to carry on cannot be undertaken by the government of India Natives of India are not permitted to leave the country unless It is difficult in a great country like India where wages are In both England and India are organizations of good people England has given India a good government. school for girls among all the native states of India, and is more The official statistics for British India only (the native states people who have never visited India and other countries of the id = 58361 author = Curzon, Robert title = Armenia: A year at Erzeroom, and on the frontiers of Russia, Turkey, and Persia date = keywords = Armenia; CHAPTER; Church; Constantinople; Emperor; England; Erzeroom; Hossein; King; Mohammedan; Pasha; Persia; Sea; Shah; St.; Sultan; Trebizond; Turkey; Turks; christian; great; man; place; russian; time; turkish summary = Koords, headed in our days by the great chieftains Beder Khan Bey, round towers, with conical roofs, like old-fashioned pigeon-houses, What the Pasha looked like, and what manner of man he was, it was like every body else in this country, and a long nose and a black best places, over round stones as big as a man''s head, with larger a rich man''s house is prodigious, the turfed roof forming a small "One day passes much like another at Erzeroom, and though there Now it came to pass, once upon a time, that the great of the good old times, I one day proceeded to the citadel to see young bears one day, who lived in our house for some time. A curious episode in the history of Armenia took place in the time The country which was called Armenia in ancient times is now divided id = 21512 author = Daniel, Mooshie G. title = Modern Persia date = keywords = Ali; Allah; Assyrians; CHAPTER; Christians; Daniel; God; Hussein; Koran; Kurds; Lord; Mohammed; Mohammedans; Moslems; Oroomiah; Persia; Shah; man summary = wrote the author asking what is the moral condition of Persia to-day in Persia begins some thousands of years before the Christian era. A Parsee believes the soul of a dead man is for three days walking near large cities of these lands were converted into mosques for the worship chief dies there is a day of lamentation throughout Persia and lords lords or counts or rich people marry they charge large sums of money believed that God created all men for the sake of Mohammed and his over all Persia, spending a short time in each city they visit doing Most men of the middle class, at some time in life go on a pilgrimage to-day the door facing the east which Christians entered to worship The mosque is open day and night, and men may come into prayer at any streets of Persian cities every warm summer day men carrying a bottle id = 35349 author = Das, Chitta Ranjan title = Freedom Through Disobedience date = keywords = Bureaucracy; Congress; Government; India; Law; Swaraj; council; non; order summary = non-resistance the doctrine of law and order, which is proclaimed to-day the responsibility of the Government of India in relation to Indian States vitality and moulding the life of the people into one great nationality. development of a nation begins, because, as I have said, Swaraj is the questions in India to-day is the attainment of Swaraj. national point of view the method of non-co-operation means the attempt of The attempt of the Indian nation to attain Swaraj by this method was, work which in my opinion the Indian National Congress should prescribe for rights of the different communities in India under the Swaraj Government. expression of Swaraj covers the whole life history of a nation, the It is for India to show the light to the world, Swaraj by Non-violence and Congress, the Indian Nation may offer non-co-operation. Councils to non-co-operate with the Government are two terms and two id = 45247 author = Das, Chitta Ranjan title = India for Indians Enlarged Edition date = keywords = Bengal; British; Calcutta; Congress; England; Excellency; Government; Hindus; Home; India; Mr.; Rule; self summary = should be Self-Government, that the people of this country should be bureaucracy, we want Home Rule, we want Self-government by the people India, as an integral part of the British Empire, with self-government the people of this country that government which is responsible, which man in this country has a right to think of Self-Government. now, to expect some kind of responsible self-government in this country precise form of self-government that we want in this country. self-government and which is responsible to the people of this country. which is accepted by the people and the Government of this country, right to-day, tell the people of this country here it is, we mean to There are people in this country who will tell you that the Government Self-Government because the people of this country are not educated. We do not want that self-government which some people id = 41897 author = Das, Sukumar Ranjan title = Chitta Ranjan date = keywords = Bengal; Calcutta; Chitta; Congress; Das; England; Government; India; Mohan; Mr.; Ranjan; Swaraj summary = Chitta Ranjan went to England and began to prepare for the Indian countries, Chitta Ranjan grew a thorough-bred Englishman in dress and In 1892 when Chitta Ranjan was still in England one Mr. James Maclean, a member of Parliament, while delivering a lecture, of Chitta Ranjan gave a prominent place to the subject of the meeting. It was no doubt a great gain for the country that Chitta Ranjan could In the year 1893 Chitta Ranjan came back to India and joined the Within a short time of his joining the Calcutta Bar, Chitta Ranjan selected Chitta Ranjan from among the leading counsels of India to Chitta Ranjan earned a good deal in his life, but spent his all for When in April 1917 the political leaders of Bengal asked Chitta Ranjan Again in 1916 when Mr. Montagu came to India Chitta Ranjan was for the id = 27014 author = Davidson, G. F. title = Trade and Travel in the Far East or Recollections of twenty-one years passed in Java, Singapore, Australia and China. date = keywords = Australia; Batavia; Calcutta; China; Colony; England; Government; Hong; Island; Java; Kong; Macao; Majesty; New; Singapore; Sir; South; Straits; Sydney; Wales; british; chinese; dutch; european summary = unprejudiced European walk through the native towns of Java, Singapore, The Cochin Chinese ships generally bring each four thousand _peculs_ of Proper, visit Singapore every year, from May till October, and bring the vast importance of the Chinese junk-trade to Singapore, and take trade-wind, a ship makes nearly as much westing as she does southing, New South Wales had been for many years a British Colony, before any because China-men always prefer emigrating to a country having frequent Chinese labourer bound for five years, his pay to begin from the day he brought by the native boats every year to Batavia and Singapore, at both and go, land and ship their goods in their own names, hold houses and British merchants to land and ship goods in their own names, and by In the first place, then, British subjects residing in, or shipping place, and ships from the harbour, at a day''s notice, without ever id = 10974 author = De Windt, Harry title = A Ride to India across Persia and Baluchistán date = keywords = Baku; Baluchistán; Beïla; Bushire; Caspian; English; Footnote; Gerôme; Gwarjak; India; Ispahán; Kelát; Khan; Mr.; Persia; Quetta; Résht; Shah; Shiráz; Teherán; Tiflis; Wazir; european; illustration; russian summary = city some miles out of Baku, called by the natives "Tchortorgorod," or The hut, like most native houses in Persia, had no chimney, the only Given a good horse and fine weather, Persian travel would be We averaged fifty miles a day after leaving Teherán, desolate-looking place and filthy post-house, which was reached at dingy brown walls, mud houses, and white minarets of the city of the Persian cities--saving, perhaps, Teherán--it retains but little of we rode out of Kashán next day, past the moated mud walls, forty feet ninety feet long by fifty broad, its walls covered with large We covered, the first day out from Ispahán, nearly a hundred miles The rock, about half a mile long, is intersected by one narrow street, Shiráz stands in a plain twenty-five miles long by twelve broad, from the day we left Beïla till our arrival at Dhaïra about midday on id = 27503 author = De Windt, Harry title = On the Equator date = keywords = Borneo; Brooke; Dyak; Government; Kuching; Mr.; Raja; Rejang; Resident; Sadong; Sarawak; Singapore; leave; malay summary = Sarawak River--Kuching--The Bazaar, &c.--Comfortable Sarawak River--Kuching--The Bazaar, &c.--Comfortable destination being Sarawak, the seat of government of Raja Brooke in long tedious days at sea with ship''s quoits, "Bull," and other mild Stone buildings cease here, and the Malay town extends for half a mile Territory of Sarawak--History of the Country--Raja Brooke Territory of Sarawak--History of the Country--Raja Brooke long away, however, from his adopted country, returning to Sarawak Kuching, on the Sarawak river, for the purpose of working gold. modern with the Kuching of forty years ago--half a dozen Malay houses thirty by river, the stream which runs past the landing-place at Borneo) may be classed as follows:--(1) the Sea Dyak; (2) the Land three long houses, built on wooden posts about 40 feet high. the night was to be at a large Dyak house, fifteen miles down stream, Our days were now numbered in Sarawak, and we had but little time id = 44679 author = Deignan, H. G. (Herbert Girton) title = Siam: Land of Free Men date = keywords = Ayuthia; Khmer; King; Kingdom; Lao; Siam; illustration summary = extreme south border, lies the kingdom of Siam, situated between 4° land of Central Siam, eventually there conflow to form the Me Nam Chao northern shores of the Gulf of Siam, at the mouth of the Chao Phraya, As Central Siam is the heart of the Kingdom, the royal city of Bangkok borders of Siam are the Thai ("free men") or Siamese proper; the Lao, At the same time as the various Mon-Khmer states of Siam were other Lao states arose and the time soon came when the Khmer could no Lao states to the north and all of the more southern Khmer kingdoms of people down into the mountainous regions of northern Siam, where the readily accepted as King by the people and ascended the throne in A.D. 1782, to found the dynasty which still reigns in Siam. Siamese provinces east of the river Me Khong, having at one time id = 889 author = Der Ling, Princess title = Two Years in the Forbidden City date = keywords = Carl; China; Conger; Court; Emperor; Empress; Majesty; Manchu; Miss; Mrs.; Palace; Prince; Young; chinese summary = Young Empress, wife of the Emperor Kwang Hsu. She said: "Her Majesty has Her Majesty sat talking, we standing, for some little time and she asked When we commenced to eat, Her Majesty ordered the eunuchs to place Majesty, the Young Empress and the Court ladies, and after a long and Her Majesty''s order, so we returned to the Palace three days later. was half over a eunuch came and told me that Her Majesty wanted to see look like." At the same time Her Majesty gave orders for the Imperial The day after our arrival at the Summer Palace Her Majesty said that Please do not move." I told Her Majesty what Miss Carl said, The Young Empress said to me one day: "Her Majesty is very said: "You should not have told Her Majesty about the eunuchs, they are Her Majesty said that the head eunuch had told id = 31043 author = Dewey, Harriet Alice Chipman title = Letters from China and Japan date = keywords = America; China; Emperor; English; Imperial; Japan; PEKING; Tokyo; United; University; chinese; day; japanese; like; little; old; thing summary = Nice old blue Canton plates and other things Japanese. Kabuki, where we sit on the floor and see real old Japanese acting, We liked the old Japanese theater better than the said it was the only place in Tokyo where Japanese men and women really met in a free sociable way, and the president said that when Japanese after dinner, and, like several of the little girls of the new to-day another young lady called, and said she wanted to go back to After a little I said: "I did not know the Emperor went to The Geisha girls are all the way from eleven years old to something like little things went back and danced for more men. has in Japan, Japanese officered Chinese, and her possession of Maybe you would like to know a little about how we look this morning and id = 13420 author = Dingle, Edwin John title = Across China on Foot date = keywords = Burma; CHAPTER; Chao; China; Chinese; Chung; East; Empire; English; Far; Footnote; Government; Hong; Miao; Mission; Mr.; Nou; Shanghai; Sui; Tali; Tong; Valley; West; Yangtze; Yün; british; day; european; good; illustration; life; man; nan; people; time; western summary = Whilst traveling I lived on Chinese food, and in the Miao country, where hotel-runners, hard-worked coolies, rickshaw men, professional Chinese methods into an active, trade-loving people like the Chinese, China The other day some men passed through several towns, on the way to the people in Europe to-day who know no more about China than what the troops were twelve days away, and in China--in backward Yün-nan Men who came through Yün-nan twenty years ago wrote of its doctors and even to-day, there are tribes of people, essentially non-Chinese, who they probably in former times extended far into Hu-nan, the Chinese of Yün-nan people, at the time of the dual decease in recent Chinese But as one who has traveled in China, living among the Chinese There is something in traveling in Yün-nan, where the people away from These men were prepared to work a very long time for very little id = 63233 author = Dingle, Edwin John title = China''s Revolution, 1911-1912: A Historical and Political Record of the Civil War date = keywords = Army; Assembly; China; Chinese; Dowager; Dynasty; Emperor; Empress; General; Government; Hankow; Hanyang; Hung; Imperialists; Manchu; Peking; President; Republic; Revolution; Revolutionary; Revolutionists; Shih; Sun; Wuchang; Yuan; imperial summary = GENERAL LI YUAN HUNG''S AMBITIONS FOR THE NEW CHINA foreign imports which for years have come into China, there is not a on China, the publisher said: "What people want to know is how to gaze out upon a great country like China and a people who go to make Continuing, the General said his idea was that China''s {41} foreign China--some even got to know that it could not take a very great time Yet surely three years was not too long a time for China to prepare Yuan Shih K''ai, cutest of all Chinese in China, probably foresaw With the fall of Hanyang, millions of people, Chinese and foreigners, was generally agreed that the Government of China wanted reforming, form of government is suited to the Chinese nation and people. "My love for China and the Chinese people is certainly as great men of China in regard to foreign nations, it was believed that they id = 15729 author = Dubnow, Simon title = History of the Jews in Russia and Poland, Volume 2 [of 3] From the Death of Alexander I until the Death of Alexander III (1825-1894) date = keywords = Alexander; Commission; Committee; Council; Europe; Government; Jewry; Jews; Judaism; Kahal; Kiev; Minister; Moscow; Nicholas; Odessa; Pale; Petersburg; Poland; Rabbi; Settlement; St.; State; Tzar; United; Vilna; Vol; Warsaw; christian; footnote; hebrew; jewish; polish; russian summary = proprietors in the Great Russian governments for "keeping over" Jews on Jewish Crown schools was to consist both of Jews and Christians. will order be established in the Jewish communities, and the Jews will the Polish Jews within the Jewish communities was restricted by a new eulogy upon the Russian Government for its kindness toward the Jews (Ch. 151) and with the following plan of reform suggested to it for execution Russian Government of his time was trying to foist upon the Jews was "Jewish" governments was far greater than in the Russian interior. assumption that the Jews of Russia formed part of the Russian people. relations of the Russian Government to the Jews were more likely to "Western frontier" as the only escape for the Jews, the Russian-Jewish Russian Government at home did all it could to keep the Jews in an While decimating the Jews, the Russian Government was at the same time id = 47212 author = Dubnow, Simon title = History of the Jews in Russia and Poland, Volume 3 [of 3] From the Accession of Nicholas II until the Present Day date = keywords = Alexander; Black; Committee; Council; Duma; Government; III; Interior; Jewry; Jews; Judaism; Kahal; Khazars; Kiev; Kishinev; League; Lithuania; Minister; Moscow; Nicholas; Odessa; Pale; Palestine; Petersburg; Poland; St.; Tzar; Vilna; Voskhod; Warsaw; White; Yevr; hebrew; jewish; polish; russian; semitic summary = barred to the Jews by order of the dying Alexander III.[12] The Jewish of Theodor Herzl''s appeal to the Jews to establish a "Jewish State." body of the Jewish people Polish and Russian anti-Semitism joined Third Russian Duma proposes exclusion of Jews from, III 155 =Bench=, the Russian, Jews excluded from, II 352 f, III 26 =Blinov=, Russian student, killed while defending Jews, III 116 receives greetings of Russian-Jewish convention, III 132 demanded by Russian Jews, III 108 ff importance of, recognized by Russian Jewish parties, III =Franchise=, Jewish, discussed by Russian officials, III 121 candidate to Russian Duma, defeated by Warsaw Jews, III 167 decides to call All-Russian Jewish National Assembly, III 133 "=Learned Jew=" (_Uchony yevrey_), Russian title for Jewish Government Jews of, active in Russian revolution of 1905, III 107 represented by Russian Government both as anti-Jewish Jews of, deny Jewish nationalism, III 53 id = 7836 author = Dubnow, Simon title = Jewish History : An Essay in the Philosophy of History date = keywords = Europe; God; Israel; Jewry; Jews; Judaism; Spain; Talmud; german; history; jewish; life; nation; national; people; period; spiritual summary = The National Aspect of Jewish History the Orient, the Jewish people stood at the "threshold of history." It The history of the Jewish people is like an spiritual people." The national development is based upon an of the Jewish people, of its peculiar spiritual mission. centuries of its political existence, the Jewish people received its life and the social and intellectual development of a people form the and as a conscious element, the Jewish national _idea_. But over and above its national significance, Jewish history, we For non-Jews a knowledge of Jewish history may, under certain Jewish national life. the great idea of the spiritual "Messianism" of the Jewish people, or, The Jewish spirit--national feeling organization, the spiritual centre of the Jewish people gradually and spiritual regeneration of the Jewish people. Jewish history, moreover, arouses in the Jew the desire to work years of the Jewish people''s life after the Biblical period, will be id = 16142 author = Dulles, John Foster title = The Communist Threat in the Taiwan Area date = keywords = Formosa; States; United summary = which has resulted from aggressive Chinese Communist military actions 2. The United States is bound by treaty to help to defend Taiwan resolution of the Congress to employ the Armed Forces of the United authorizes the President to employ the Armed Forces of the United free-world positions, and the security of the United States. representatives of the United States and Chinese Communist regime bombardment of Quemoy, an island in the Formosa Straits off the China would be hostile to the United States and the free world. United States and to the free world. commit the United States to the defense of the treaty areas. of the United States for the defense not only of Formosa but of between the United States and the Chinese Communists that an In 1955 the hostilities of the Chinese Communists in the Formosa area the peace in the Formosa area, the Chinese Communist leaders can be id = 11367 author = Eberhard, Wolfram title = A History of China date = keywords = A.D.; Asia; B.C.; Buddhism; China; Chou; East; Han; Hsien; Hsiung; Japan; Liang; Liu; Manchus; Ming; Mongols; North; Peking; Shang; Shih; South; Sung; Toba; Turkestan; Turks; Wang; Yang; Yüan; chinese; turkish summary = a new name, "Chinese", for the peoples of China. In this way the first great union of tribes in the north of China came under the Han dynasty we meet in China with a new form of state, the Emperor Kao Tsu came from eastern China, and his family seems to have time there was an emperor in south China, with all the organization that 1 _The Later Chao dynasty in eastern North China (Hun_; 329-352) 1 _The Later Chao dynasty in eastern North China (Hun_; 329-352) The two great empires of north China at the time of its division had he regarded himself as emperor of all China, so that the South Chinese Chinese gentry, who were the actual rulers of the Toba State. After the end of the Toba state in North China in 550, some tribes of years of war against the Sung dynasty in South China the Mongols already id = 46260 author = Eden, Emily title = ''Up the Country'': Letters Written to Her Sister from the Upper Provinces of India date = keywords = Calcutta; Captain; December; Dr.; General; India; Lord; Mr.; Mrs.; November; Runjeet; Simla; Singh summary = large packet of very old English letters since we came here, which set and three or four of the native servants came into my tent in great morning that he has settled to come up dâk (or travelling day and night She is a clever-looking little old woman, with remains of beauty. follows the camp, and I have it four times a day at the back of my tent, years, went with all their eastern, devoted-looking ways, and took leave One of Runjeet''s chief sirdars came into camp to-day, and there was a a little room of their own, like that we saw, but never went out of the This morning we went half-way in the carriage and then got on elephants, went off just before marching time yesterday morning, and I am taking which is generally thought a large one, looked like a little pony, and, id = 10071 author = Edwardes, S. M. (Stephen Meredyth) title = By-Ways of Bombay date = keywords = Abdulla; Afiza; Bombay; Chandrabai; God; Hindu; Imtiazan; India; Koli; Mahomedan; Memon; Mohurrum; Mother; Musulman; Patel; Prophet; Rama; Saheb; day; illustration; woman summary = child or round the arm of a sick woman, whom faith in Allah urges into the is provided with a little wooden head-rest and lies curled up like a tired kindly-faced old man, who in earlier days had helped her build little at home, he plying his pen in the street, until one day a dancing-girl from spirit-house, the tiger, letting them sport for a day or two in the bodies that day forward not an evening passes but the ''suwandi'' (the spirit of a dock sheds since early morn or wandering all day round the city with heavy Thereafter the camphor-cake is handed round to both women and men in As the evening-prayer progresses groups of men and women with children in old, turning his face downwards lets his prayer-laden breath pass delicate hands, the great dark eyes, the dainty profile, the little ivory id = 20996 author = Eley, P. H. (Peter Harden) title = An Epoch in History date = keywords = CHAPTER; Filipino; Manila; Philippines; man; place; town summary = That day placed a mile-stone on the road of civilization because it As the long billows come rolling in, he places his board out into the water, thus forming the only landing place of a town of 2. In cases where teachers are sent to a town in which there places no school-house was to be found, and in some cases it was even A few days after reaching the town and securing a home the of place, and life in Manila may well be taken as being fairly typical the distant town, who by some good fortune has been to Manila, or, by Life in such a place is one long state of harmless As one enters a Filipino sitting-room for the first time, there is one wooden houses in the Philippines are built by setting large posts the doors of the houses, from which now also came the men and women of id = 13746 author = Elliot, Robert H. (Robert Henry) title = Gold, Sport, and Coffee Planting in Mysore With chapters on coffee planting in Coorg, the Mysore representative assembly, the Indian congress, caste and the Indian silver question, being the 38 years'' experiences of a Mysore planter date = keywords = Act; Assembly; Bangalore; Borer; CHAPTER; Ceylon; Christianity; Colonel; Committee; Congress; Coorg; Dewan; England; Government; India; Madras; Maharajah; Manjarabad; Mr.; Mysore; Report; Sir; State; british; coffee; european; ghaut; tiger; tree summary = COFFEE PLANTING IN COORG, THE MYSORE REPRESENTATIVE ASSEMBLY, THE INDIAN The number of European and native coffee plantations in Mysore. The great want of a Game Preservation Act. CHAPTER X.--COFFEE PLANTING IN MYSORE. In the south of Mysore all coffee land probably taken up. A manure of doubtful value in the case of Mysore soils. coffee is planted either under the shade of the original forest trees, or say that he supposed Mysore would not be allowed to plant a tree, in case saw land which, I feel sure, had at least three times the number of trees purchased a native estate of 240 acres of good coffee land, of which 180 best kinds of shade trees, a subject that requires great study and causes when his estate was under the heavy shade of bad caste trees than the effects of shade trees on the coffee. id = 40001 author = Ellis, Beth title = An English Girl''s First Impressions of Burmah date = keywords = Burman; England; English; Indian; Mandalay; Mrs.; Rangoon; Remyo; burmese; day; european; great; house; jungle; little; long; look; time summary = half-hour, I came to look on it as the one thing that made life Before the end of my two days stay in Mandalay I began to look on him as brown hands, I was pulled from my hiding place, a dark evil looking face road side, and looked a most deserted little place. silent Burmese jungle, wrapped in its heavy noon-day sleep, till I too any man or beast, who at any time of the day or night may be seized with "keeping house." A Remyo lady''s morning interview with her cook, usually to find the days long; but even they at times feel the same strain. We walked about five miles thro'' the jungle, to a little native village night at home; and during the day time he mostly slept. looking out I saw two of these beasts (I did not know at the time what id = 27886 author = Elwin, Edward Fenton title = India and the Indians date = keywords = Brahmin; Christianity; Christians; City; East; England; Englishman; God; Government; Hindu; Hinduism; Mission; Mohammedan; Patel; Poona; Yerandawana; chapter; eastern; english; european; great; home; illustration; indian; people; time summary = People will understand how greatly Christian Indians need the prayers Indian Christians retain strongly these national ideas concerning the Often when a Hindu boy comes and asks for pictures for the of Indian schools sometimes present great difficulties to the Hindu great sea-port, people come from all parts of India. Even although most Indians look forward to meal-time with a good deal area in which the number of Indian Christians is very great. general with Indians who have got a little familiar with English ways. A very large number of Indians, both Christian and heathen, live on Even quite young Indian boys will turn away from large and gay large procession of Hindus from a neighbouring village, on their way Indian boys are like many English rustics in their disregard for the Houses built by English missionaries for Indian mission workers are, Cold in India; how an Indian deals with it; he cannot work id = 2124 author = Faxian title = A Record of Buddhistic Kingdoms Being an account by the Chinese monk Fa-hsien of travels in India and Ceylon (A.D. 399-414) in search of the Buddhist books of discipline date = keywords = A.D.; Buddha; Buddhism; China; Davids; Eitel; Hardy; Hsien; India; Law; NOTES; Sakyamuni; Sanskrit; chapter; chinese; king; place summary = Being an Account by the Chinese Monk Fa-Hsien of his Travels in on Buddhistic subjects, says that "a biography of Buddha has not come The monks(6) asked Fa-Hsien if it could be known when the Law of Buddha said, "I am making a tope for Buddha." The king said, "Very good;" monastery of Buddha''s alms-bowl, and on this Fa-Hsien went forward to which the kings presented their offerings when Buddha was in the After Buddha attained to pari-nirvana,(6) the kings of the various themselves in a kingdom called Sankasya,(1) at the place where Buddha uncertainty of life; and to-day they saw the place where Buddha had times round the vihara of Buddha and present offerings. attained to Wisdom, Buddha returned and saw the king, his father;(10) Three le west from here they came to the place where, when Buddha had topes are those at the places where Buddha was born; where he attained id = 13392 author = Fee, Mary H. (Mary Helen) title = A Woman''s Impression of the Philippines date = keywords = Buford; Capiz; Captain; Christmas; Church; English; Filipino; Government; Governor; Honolulu; Iloilo; Islands; Manila; Mr.; Philippines; Romoldo; S----; San; School; Spain; States; american; child; day; good; house; little; man; spanish; time; woman summary = bareheaded American women; black-haired Spanish beauties; and native "laboring man," for the Filipinos usually fall back upon the Spanish Pending these changes, the Filipino teacher took one end of the room Filipino Men Compared to That of American Women. One of the American teachers was training a Filipino boy to make Filipino children are able to compete successfully with American youth prominent men among the Filipinos to-day are those who were educated "would have went" and "He come to my house yesterday." The Filipino a great man and lives in the white light of publicity, the American to most Filipinos, as to most American women, the contemplation of Filipinos upon whom the American administration in the Philippines had stopped at a Filipino house where a saint''s day celebration was to see how little the Filipino laboring class can do for itself, The Filipino''s idea of a good time is a dance. id = 29527 author = Fielding, H. (Harold) title = The Soul of a People date = keywords = Buddha; Buddhism; Burman; God; Maung; Nats; Peace; burmese; good; great; life; little; monk; people; soul; thing; time; woman summary = knows the great mystery of a new life; whither the dying man''s hopes and the end of that long good life, he entered into the Great Peace for man so think and so act that he shall come at length unto the Great of the great teacher, by living a life blameless before men, by villager retires some time in his life to learn the great wisdom. men''s thoughts, but to think his own, for a love of books only comes to So a Burman lives his life, and he asks a great deal from it. Wherever there are great pagodas the people will come in from far and It was no good the governor saying such a great man as he must come of life, white souls steeped in the Great Peace, all living things will ''All a man''s life comes before him at the hour of death,'' said my id = 58356 author = Fielding, H. (Harold) title = The Passing of Empire date = keywords = Act; Burma; Burmese; Civil; Council; Courts; District; East; England; Government; India; Indians; english; law; man; people; village summary = governed India by the consent of the people. self-government in such an organism as will allow the people not only fifty years ago, the government and people were well suited to each The Indian people, then, over whom we established our government twenty-three years of age, of good people, educated at a public school India and the local officials will but give up thinking that where law by the Burmese Government for life or good behaviour; the council was village was a real living organism, within which people learned to act The English papers in India want to support Government, which is right; world is more sincerely desirous of the good of the people it governs; is in no village in the Indian Empire any self-government at all, even Well, as I have said, the Government of India is not Indian, it is id = 59270 author = Filian, George H. title = Armenia and Her People; or, The Story of Armenia by an Armenian date = keywords = Armenians; Christians; Church; Constantinople; Czar; Emperor; Empire; England; Europe; God; Greek; Kurds; Lord; Mohammedan; Mr.; November; Persia; Porte; Rev.; Rome; Russia; Salisbury; Sultan; Turkey; Turks; american; european; great; roman; turkish summary = Armenian Christians have been killed, and even death has been the most Christian population; wealth, greatness, security for the Armenians; people never call themselves Armenians, or their country Armenia; Christian church in a great city when most of the people did not the blood of those who are called Turks at this day is Armenian; not even the earliest great national church body, for the Armenian Armenians in Armenia outnumbered the Turks; but the massacres, the Sultan, he would reform the country; he would not let the Armenians be is often asked "Are not the Armenians a Christian people? of the kind-hearted Sultan butchered about 3,000 Armenian Christians, Armenian Christians, and forced many to accept Mohammedanism. the Christian Armenians have been massacred there by the Turks and coming when more Mohammedans will be killed than Armenians have been, people before Christ, and as the Armenians became the first Christian id = 22097 author = Finn, James title = Byeways in Palestine date = keywords = Ain; Arabic; Arabs; Bait; Bedaween; Bek; Bethlehem; Bible; Carmel; Christians; Dair; Dead; England; God; Greek; Hebron; Hermon; Jerusalem; Jews; Jordan; Lebanon; Lord; Moslems; Mount; Nabloos; Palestine; Petra; Safed; Sea; Shaikh; Wadi; hebrew; picture; place; roman; turkish summary = The Ghor or Jordan plain is open ground for all Arabs; and a few low Passed a hill called _Jehaarah_, and in a short time reached In order to reach this, we had to pass over hills and plains newly taken by towns-people,) and climbed up a stony hill, the heat of the day again, we found near the summit of the opposite hill a spring of water, A good number of the leading people came to visit us; and one old man Arrived at the village, we all mounted to the roof of a house--the people Half-way along our journey we came to a village called _Ed Dair_, (the Near this place is a village called _Beni Seheela_. trickling spring called _''Ain Noom_, when large trees began to give place Passed near _Dair Hhanna_, a large ruin of a fortification upon a hill arrive from Jerusalem--travellers along the road would mount the hill to id = 7936 author = Finnemore, John title = Peeps at Many Lands: Japan date = keywords = Japan; Taro; boy; girl; great; house; illustration; japanese; little; tea summary = When the Japanese decided to come out and take their place among the great When Japanese boys and girls go to school, they make very low bows to their My little Japanese servant-boy was in the room, and as I went At the age of three the Japanese boy is taken to the temple to give thanks The word "obedience" has a large part in the life of a Japanese boy; it But at the present moment, for great sections of Japanese society, the old A house among the poorer sort of Japanese consists of one large room in the there is in a Japanese house for servants to do. Tea-houses and temples run together very easily in the Japanese mind, for And its tea-houses and temples, and the smiling rickshaw-man." A Japanese lives in a house largely built of Festival is the great Japanese holiday of the year. id = 27233 author = Fitch, George Hamlin title = The Critic in the Orient date = keywords = Bombay; Cairo; Canton; Chinese; Delhi; Egypt; Hongkong; India; Japan; Manila; Nikko; Nile; Orient; PLATE; Parsee; Singapore; american; city; european; good; great; illustration; japanese; oriental summary = temples, palaces and monuments; it is the land of beautiful art work in The general impression of any Japanese city when seen from a height is In all my wanderings by day or night in the large Japanese cities I The Japanese work seven days in the week, and the year streets of American cities on a Sunday afternoon, and in small country a half hour and it gives a series of pictures of the great Japanese city Kyoto was a great city in medieval days, when it was the residence of decorated woods; the great bronze Buddha, fifty-eight feet high; the big The big foreign banks in all the large Japanese cities do employ Chinese The best way to see the native life of Manila is to take a street-car to the great city market, but the majority are small sampans that house great avenues through the narrow, squalid streets of the old city, but id = 8428 author = Forbes, Archibald title = The Afghan Wars 1839-42 and 1878-80 date = keywords = Abdurrahman; Afghanistan; Akbar; Ali; Ameer; Balla; Cabul; Candahar; Colonel; Dost; General; Ghuznee; Government; Hissar; India; Jellalabad; Khan; Lord; Macnaghten; Mahomed; Roberts; Shah; Sherpur; Sir; Soojah; afghan; british summary = treaty which sent Shah Soojah to Cabul, escorted by British bayonets. Macnaghten''s advances, and had attacked Shah Soojah''s camp on the day morning of the 22d the Afghans were seen moving in force from Cabul field guns, marched away from Candahar, his face set towards Cabul. British generals at Jellalabad and Candahar to march on Cabul, and did guns; to General Roberts the command of the Kuram valley column, of about which consisted in the Afghan acceptance of a British Resident at Cabul. a resolute attempt to prevent the British force from reaching Cabul, and right of the Afghan position, was held in force, whence an effective fire General Macpherson of Roberts'' force, who had marched down from Cabul On the following day General Baker marched out with a force made up of might occur for marching a force from Cabul to Candahar. Afghan force entered Candahar, followed presently by Mahomed Hassan Khan, id = 33426 author = Forbes-Mitchell, William title = Reminiscences of the Great Mutiny 1857-59 Including the relief, siege, and capture of Lucknow, and the campaigns in Rohilcund and Oude date = keywords = Captain; Cawnpore; Colin; Colonel; Commander; English; General; Hodson; Hope; India; Lucknow; Major; Mr.; Mutiny; Ninety; November; Nujeef; Nânâ; Second; Secundrabâgh; Sergeant; Shâh; Sir summary = company of the Ninety-Third lost heavily, having one officer wounded and march for Lucknow, under command of Colonel Leith-Hay, leaving Cawnpore the old "unlimited service" men, whose regimental number was 1100, if I guns, Sir Colin every now and again turning round when a man was hit, officers and ninety-nine men, in all one hundred and eight, killed and wounds of Captain Alison in such a surgeon-like manner that, when Dr. Menzies of the Ninety-Third at length came to see him, he thought he had Sir Colin then turned to us and said: "Men, I give When the Commander-in-Chief left Cawnpore for Lucknow, General Wyndham, the enemy''s guns, and Captain M''Crea of the same regiment was also cut THE SIEGE OF LUCKNOW--SIR COLIN APPOINTED COLONEL OF THE NINETY-THIRD enemy''s guns, for they were able at times to throw round-shot into our Sir Colin said: "Tell him that these men are part of the regiment that id = 22815 author = Foreman, John, F.R.G.S. title = The Philippine Islands A Political, Geographical, Ethnographical, Social and Commercial History of the Philippine Archipelago, Embracing the Whole Period of Spanish Rule date = keywords = Act; Aguinaldo; April; Archbishop; Archipelago; August; Bay; Captain; Cavite; Cebú; Chinese; Church; Civil; Colony; Commission; Congress; Court; Datto; December; Don; Europe; Father; February; Filipinos; General; Gov.-General; Government; Governor; Hong; Islands; January; Juan; July; June; King; Kong; Luzon; Madrid; Manila; March; Mexico; Mindanao; Moro; Negros; Paterno; Pedro; President; Province; River; Rizal; Royal; Saint; San; Santa; September; Spain; Spaniards; States; Sultan; Sulu; Tagálog; United; War; Yloilo; Zamboanga; american; british; european; order; philippine; spanish summary = General Marcelo Azcárraga, Spanish War Minister, Philippine Gov.-General Corcuera effects a landing in Sulu Island. Spanish-Philippine General-Government, a subsidized mail steamer left native King of Siao Island--one of the Molucca group--came to Manila natives and Spaniards alike, whilst a Spanish priest was a choice and public works generally were shelved in Manila, whilst the local was locally governed by a native--in some cases a Spanish or Chinese friars and the Manila Spanish or native residents, and the balance Under Spanish government there was a land Telegraph Service from Manila Manila, the capital of the Philippines, is situated on the Island of Spanish islands; and each Government will, within ten days after Meanwhile, a month before, the Spanish Government appointed General fact that in Spanish times thousands of natives lived for years in this executions of rebels in, 405; native government in the Island of, 521; Civil Service in the Philippine Islands." Manila, Bureau of Public id = 14213 author = Foster, J. F. (John Frederick) title = Three Months of My Life date = keywords = AUGUST; Baramula; Esq; Guernsey; JULY; Jhelum; Kashmir; Murree; Peshawur; Regiment; day; foot; hill; mile; water summary = the way, nine miles up a steep hill to Khaira Gullee, where I halted and a.m. The length of last march, eleven miles--the road, a good military JULY 7th.--Marched on to Abbottabad at sunrise, down hill to the river, JULY 8th.--A long tedious march of nearly fifteen miles to Mansera, put The river Ghuri, a mountain torrent seen for a long distance The valley is bounded by high hills, very narrow, the road JULY 17th.--By boat up the river, the day so bright, the view so shall march to Lalpore the other side of a range of high hills which JULY 28th.--A march of nine miles up the valley to Kungan, taking with JULY 30th.--Another short march of five miles to Soorapra, a small AUGUST 13th.--Marched back to Islamabad, seven miles, by another road, For three miles the road continued along the valley of the SEPTEMBER 11th.--Marched to Dargwal, twelve miles, up hill all the way, id = 57382 author = Franking, Mae M. title = My Chinese Marriage date = keywords = Chan; China; King; Liang; Madame; Margaret; Mother; Shanghai; american; chinese; husband; western summary = I saw Chan-King Liang for the first time on a certain Monday morning in that Chan-King told us about his father, typical Chinese product of his remembered that, fine as Chan-King was, he belonged to the Chinese race. Chan-King looked at him a long time, a quizzical, happy On the way home Chan-King said, "Will this be difficult for you, would see Chan-King''s eyes turned upon me with the look I best loved to Chan-King expressed our views thus: "The Chinese idea is that the family "When I told them of you," said Chan-King, "my mother was visibly related, Chan-King''s mother had been looking forward for years to the Chan-King, his mother and I went to Chinese cafés together and Madame When her visit was ended, our mother said to Chan-King, "This is a grown, we must have them all marry Chinese." Chan-King looked at me long id = 27259 author = Freeman, Needom N. title = A Soldier in the Philippines date = keywords = Americans; Filipinos; Jolo; Manila; Morros; Philippines; San; man; spanish summary = a few days when Company A was ordered out on a practice march of one cactus is a good day''s march for soldiers, with all their equipage. Several hours every day were unoccupied by the soldier''s duties. All other holidays meant hard work all day for soldiers; usually they Soldiers are very generous and good-natured men; if not that way remarked to her companion that the soldiers looked like men. At another time a man with two small boys were looking over our camp and While stationed in Camp Merritt I spent a great deal of time in the San I have seen several times almost the whole body of soldiers on board I believe these marches in the night or day, in the hot climate of that great many times to guard some town from the enemy''s torch. While the officer of the day was passing by one soldier had the id = 49569 author = Gabrielean, M. Smbat title = Bleeding Armenia: Its history and horrors under the curse of Islam date = keywords = Armenians; Asia; Christ; Christianity; Church; Constantinople; East; Emperor; Empire; England; Erzeroum; Europe; France; God; Government; Great; Islam; Jerusalem; Kurds; Lord; Mohammed; Ottoman; Persia; Porte; Russia; Sassoun; Sultan; Turkey; Turks; Van; american; christian; european; power; turkish summary = the rights of Christian Armenians shall be defended and maintained that the Christian powers of Europe would permit the Turk to attempt Christian Powers of Europe say the Turk must be upheld and reverenced tales of personal, single-handed prowess place Christian and Turkish At the same time there were in Armenia sixty thousand Greek Christian as the great "Christian" powers of Europe stood by witnessing the long as any Christian lands or people remain under his power and at which Armenian Christians had been subjected since the Sultan PROGRESS AND POWER OF CHRISTIAN MISSIONS IN THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE. PROGRESS AND POWER OF CHRISTIAN MISSIONS IN THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE. that war (1878) the condition of Armenian Christians was from a humane fireside of hundreds of thousands of Christian men and women driving Kurd and Turk pursued them and massacred men, women and children. Several thousand Armenian Christians fell in the city of Harpoot under id = 10366 author = Gandhi, Mahatma title = Freedom''s Battle Being a Comprehensive Collection of Writings and Speeches on the Present Situation date = keywords = Committee; Congress; Dyer; Empire; English; General; Government; Hindus; India; Islam; Khilafat; Mahomedans; Mr.; Mussalmans; Punjab; Swaraj; Turkey; british; non; turkish summary = unless the people of India actively co-operate to maintain that rule. very root of Government in India, they fear that non-co-operation must grievance against this Government, non-co-operation with it for a time of India want, not what the British Government may condescend to give. offer successful non-co-operation against the Government, they must make violence lies in the people resorting to non-co-operation becoming people of India are not in sympathy with the Government of the day and non-political event, and seeing that the Government of India and the Government protects your honour, and non-co-operation is an equal duty double wrong to India, and if we are a nation of self-respecting people people of India the remedy of non-co-operation. Mussalmans of India offer non-co-operation to Government in order to of active co-operation on the part of the Government of India with the the Government of India by refusing to co-operate with them? id = 40461 author = Gandhi, Mahatma title = Indian Home Rule date = keywords = Congress; EDITOR; English; Hindus; Home; India; Mahomedans; READER; Rule; Swaraj; man summary = READER: Just at present there is a Home Rule wave passing over India. READER: Do you then consider that a desire for Home Rule has been of India and members of the Congress, both Indian and English. EDITOR: The same rule holds good for the English as for the Indians. How can the English people tolerate Home Rule for us? good men, the English nation would be occupying to-day a much higher EDITOR: Let us first consider what state of things is described by the word "civilization." Its true test lies in the fact that people living READER: I now understand why the English hold India. EDITOR: India cannot cease to be one nation because people belonging to If the Hindus believe that India should be peopled only by the English, and, if you want such tyranny in India, that we shall READER: Do I then understand that you do not consider English education id = 14134 author = Garbe, Richard title = Akbar, Emperor of India A Picture of Life and Customs from the Sixteenth Century date = keywords = Akbar; Chân; Emperor; Footnote; Hindus; India; Islam; Mohammedan; Noer summary = AKBAR, EMPEROR OF INDIA.[A] AKBAR, EMPEROR OF INDIA.[A] AKBAR, EMPEROR OF INDIA.[A] [Illustration: AKBAR, EMPEROR OF INDIA. [Footnote 3: From the literature on Emperor Akbar the following works Akbar, the son of the dethroned Emperor Humâyun, was born on October caused Akbar sincere grief and led him to take the four year old son sight aroused in the minds of the Mohammedan nobles in Akbar''s train. I have related this horrible incident in order to give Akbar''s picture Europe 200 years after Akbar''s time tortures and the rack were applied division of taxes.[10] Up to Akbar''s time corruption had been a matter in India than under Akbar''s reign, the imperial income for one year which took place before the end of the first year of Akbar''s reign is religious constitution and administration of India under Akbar''s been written in Europe about the Emperor Akbar. id = 18607 author = Garvan, John M. title = The Manóbos of Mindanáo Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences, Volume XXIII, First Memoir date = keywords = Agúsan; Argáwan; Baóbo; Bisáyas; Butuán; Christianized; Compostela; Debabáon; GENERAL; Ihawán; Karága; Kasilaían; Libagánon; Magbabáya; Mamánuas; Mandáya; Manóbo; Manóboland; Mañgguáñgan; Meskínan; Mindanáo; River; San; Sálug; Tágo; Umaíam; Valley; case; chapter; chief; christian; death; deity; house; man; people; place; priest; religious; spirit; time; upper; warrior summary = semblance of reason that the word _Manóbo_ means simply "people." Some that the word _Manóbo_ means by derivation a "river-man," and not a and follow Manóbo religious beliefs and practices to a great extent. spirits, the beneficent dieties[sic] are called upon by Manóbo priests Houses built on trees were rare at the time of my stay among the Manóbos In the house of a chief or well-to-do Manóbo, one frequently finds a The Manóbos and other peoples of the upper Agúsan call themselves Manóbo man, however, at times performs an amount of heavy, hard work I have known of cases among the upper Agúsan Manóbos The case of a Manóbo in Pilar, upper Agúsan, will illustrate the point. upper Agúsan, the Manóbo follows a Mandáya custom by erecting over the visit in 1909 to the Manóbos of the Binuñgñgaan River, upper Agúsan. _b_, Manóbo house, Gandia, upper Agúsan. id = 41878 author = Gascoyne-Cecil, William title = Changing China date = keywords = Buddhism; Catholic; China; Chinaman; Christianity; Church; Confucius; Dr.; East; England; English; Government; Japan; Mrs.; Peking; Roman; Russia; Shanghai; University; West; chinese; christian; japanese; western summary = these two bodies reach, I am told, to every educated man in China. ill-paid but efficient working men to the great Western market will realises why the Chinese are feeling that Western education is an the old Chinese hands merely said, "How like China," or "Just like China now needs help to found a University teaching Western knowledge. missionary work in China they also started schools, but the difference of China and the great demand for men skilled in Western learning make Chinese school, and at the same time they realised what great value and Another Western University under Chinese Government control is the one Chinese girl who had been educated in a Shanghai mission school. Christian or missionary to a Chinese official and it would have the The great Chinese race has need of the wealth of Western {328} China for the Chinese, 216, 296 id = 47814 author = Germon, Maria title = A Diary Kept by Mrs. R. C. Germon, at Lucknow, Between the Months of May and December, 1857 date = keywords = B----; C----; Cawnpore; Charlie; Dr.; F----; H----; Mr.; Mrs. summary = Mrs. A----, asking me to spend the day and night with them if I felt arranging Mrs. P----''s room, Charlie and I went to bed; it was past 10, The day passed quietly, and about 6 came dear Charlie; Charlie came at 7, and I went with him to Mr. I----s'' house, to my Sepoy, of his own accord, came to tell me he had seen Charlie coming Charlie came, after dinner, and sat about an hour; he then went Mr. G----s'' house, and then came round to ours; we went to bed, but While Charlie was with me to-day, it came in to of the guns close to us, a 9-pound shot came into Mrs. C----''s room, reinforcements: very little firing to-day, Mr. and Mrs. H---came in Charlie''s post was fired into sharply, day and night; and I could only several officers came to Charlie''s to see from the roof of his house id = 41861 author = Gibbons, Helen Davenport title = The Red Rugs of Tarsus: A Woman''s Record of the Armenian Massacre of 1909 date = keywords = Adana; Christie; Dodds; Herbert; Mersina; Miss; Mother; Mrs.; Socrates; Tarsus; Turkey; Turks; american; armenian; turkish summary = dressed his finger that first day, the little fellow asked if he could any given thing must be worked out the way they make a time-table at the Herbert started off two days ago on the Greek going to wean Herbert away from French to Ottoman history, I think. Herbert left that I "really must spend the time your husband is away blood content always to live away from home, Herbert returned. The baby things came this morning, and I have arranged them on the bed, When the time came to get Christmas gifts for Herbert, I To-day my rooms are getting an extra house-cleaning, and I have two boys To be without Herbert at a time like this! Men came here to tell Mrs. Christie trouble was coming. The Plain to-day looks like a monstrous Turkish rug. He came one day and invited Herbert and me to go hunting id = 2076 author = Giles, Herbert Allen title = The Civilization of China date = keywords = A.D.; B.C.; Buddhism; Canon; China; Chinaman; Confucius; Emperor; Empress; God; Mencius; Peking; Tzu; century; chinese; confucian; day; great; life; people; time; year summary = Chinese customs which, as presented, refer to a part of China only, and second century B.C., has long ceased to interest the Chinese public, who For nearly twenty-five centuries the Chinese have looked to Confucius rebellion broke out, and a year later the emperor, now an old man of of the Chinese people in every department of life. Altogether, the Chinese woman has by no means such a bad time as is All Chinese men, women and children seem to love flowers; and the poetry The Chinese have always been a great reading people, Polo is first mentioned in Chinese literature under the year A.D. 710, divided by the Chinese into twelve such periods; but now-a-days and sincere observance of the Chinese rules of life would result in a is that the Chinese were a remarkably civilized nation a thousand years This work contains 2579 short lives of Chinese Emperors, statesmen, id = 2133 author = Giles, Herbert Allen title = Historic China, and Other Sketches date = keywords = China; Chinamen; Confucius; Emperor; England; Heaven; Majesty; New; Peking; case; chinese; day; empire; european; hand; life; man; official; people; place; time; year summary = Chinese custom, may not be completed until death has actually taken treatises, is little studied by Chinese at the present day. state of education in China at the present day, the remedy for which doctor in China, so any man may be a fortune-teller who likes to start cases are rare in China, such questions as arise in the way of trade As regards the evidence of Chinese taken in a foreign court of State religion in China, and it has always been open to every man to by man''s natural enemy in China--the cook, for once in his life clean, New Year''s Day is the one great annual event in Chinese social and Chinese town, the contented, peaceful look of China''s villagers, and Europeans who have lived in China, that the Chinese are a nation of It is well known that all old and even middle-aged people in China id = 2156 author = Giles, Herbert Allen title = China and the Manchus date = keywords = Canton; China; Dowager; Emperor; Empress; Hsi; Manchus; Ming; Peking; San; Society; british; chinese; imperial summary = K''ai-fêng as the Chinese capital, and Peking, now for the first time victorious Nü-chêns, the Chinese Emperor discovered that the Emperor, for reasons shortly to be stated; but the Manchu terms were A brief review of Chinese history during the later years of Manchu recovering Chinese territory already occupied by the Manchus. Emperor of China nine days after his capture of Peking, was now hotly defeat of Li by the combined forces of Chinese and Manchus, it had Mings; (4) Chinese women were not to adopt the Manchu dress, nor to reign of K''ang Hsi. After the capture of Peking in 1644, the Manchus Manchus came into power, as conquerors by force of arms, at a time old native chiefs, formerly recognized by the Manchu Emperors, but seemed to all Chinese officials--no Manchu would have been sent--to to Chinese and not to Manchus. Emperor, Chinese, carried off, 6 id = 43495 author = Gillis, Charles J. title = Around the World in Seven Months date = keywords = CHAPTER; English; India; Japan; Mr.; New; P.M.; York; city; foot; great; look; mile summary = The next day we spent going about the great city and seeing its wonders, in an excellent hotel, called Fujiya, and soon after our arrival a fine We went up six thousand feet over the worst of mountain roads, but my city is beautifully situated near the shore with great mountains for a passed along a splendid wide national road for seven miles, to Lake around the city, and came back to the ship at 6 P.M. The harbor is one of great beauty, nearly landlocked, and surrounded by Passing for a mile or so alongside the water front between 5 and 6 P.M. I found that hundreds of boats had returned from fishing, or other big trees, covered with red and white flowers, and plants of great seven miles out into the country, through the native city, and along carriages to be seen in the streets, but great numbers of large and id = 27801 author = Gomes, Edwin Herbert title = Children of Borneo date = keywords = Borneo; Brooke; Burong; D.D.; Dyaks; Giant; Illustrations; Missionary; Rev.; Singalang; Siu; child; large; mouse summary = The Dyaks thought it a grand thing to be able to bring home a human head of the Dyak houses to-day, you will see some of these human heads, taken The Dyak marries at an early age, and lives in a long village house with the present time, however, a great deal of the cloth woven by the Dyaks when they get a good harvest, and when the people of the Dyak house seem comes into a Dyak house, a feast is held, and offerings are made to the lived with his mother, and was the head of a long Dyak house in which near at hand he saw the lights of a long Dyak house. long Dyak house built for more than a hundred families to live in, and As many of the long Dyak village houses are built at great distances Dyaks, must not always live at his mission house, but must travel from id = 13064 author = Gordon, Thomas Edward, Sir title = Persia Revisited date = keywords = Baku; Court; Din; Governor; Kajar; Khan; King; Minister; Mirza; Mohammedan; Moullas; Nasr; Persia; Persians; Prince; Shah; Sultan; Tabriz; Tehran; russian summary = The King, Nasr-ed-Din Shah, Kajar line_.'' to give an impetus to their trade in North Persia was good roads, not imported by way of the Persian Gulf, so that now in Persia what is known At Tehran there is a big gun, said to have been brought by Nadir Shah for the Tehran post), he passed on to a Minister who was a good Persian line, and carried out the will of the great Fateh Ali Shah, who had During all the changes since Mohamed Shah''s accession, Persia has interesting sights in Persia, the stables of his Majesty the Shah. breeding and training for long-distance races in Persia, and the time in murderer of the late Shah, remained in Tehran, and continued the late Shah until her death, which took place at Tehran in May, 1892. Nasr-ed-Din Shah, whose long reign, and on the whole good rule, have so id = 45085 author = Graetz, Heinrich title = History of the Jews, Vol. 5 (of 6) date = keywords = Abraham; Amsterdam; Assembly; Berlin; Bible; Chayon; Christianity; Damascus; David; Eibeschütz; England; Europe; France; Frankfort; God; Hamburg; Heine; Holy; Isaac; Israel; Jacob; Jerusalem; Jews; Joseph; Judaism; Kabbala; London; Luzzatto; Manasseh; Mendelssohn; Messiah; Messianic; Moses; Poland; Sabbataï; Sabbatians; Smyrna; Solomon; Spinoza; Talmud; Temple; Vienna; Zevi; christian; french; german; hebrew; jewish; polish; portuguese summary = Rabbinical--Character of Polish Judaism--Jews and Cossacks the Re-admission of the Jews--Prynne''s anti-Jewish Work-Character of Polish Judaism--Jews and Cossacks--Chmielnicki Jews." Felgenhauer places the Jewish people very high, as the seed of Jews for years, but were accurately acquainted with Jewish literature, Yet the appearance of this work was of great importance to the Jews. The perverted spirit of the Polish and German Jews of the time closed and upright Jew of his time, as a man versed in philosophy, history, German and Polish Jews of the time presented. against Mendelssohn, the rabbis, the Jews, and Judaism, that his very as the Jewish Messiah and King of the Jews. Jewish author, the first Alsatian Jew who wrote in French, published a prophesied a better time, when Christian and Jew would work together in the sciences orthodox Jews?" Thus Talmudical Judaism was once again dividing Jews from Christians, and the Jewish world from the European. id = 10856 author = Griffiths, Charles John title = A Narrative of the Siege of Delhi With an Account of the Mutiny at Ferozepore in 1857 date = keywords = Brigadier; Colonel; Delhi; Ferozepore; Gate; General; Hindoo; India; July; Kashmir; King; Kishenganj; Major; September; british; european; man; regiment summary = guns--Our reinforcements arrive under Nicholson--His character--Mrs. Seeson comes in from the city--The enemy fires rockets--He establishes a Regiment--Doing of Nos. 1 and 2 columns--Nicholson mortally wounded--No. 4 column attacks Kishenganj--Conduct of the Kashmir troops--They The regiment at this time mustered nearly 1,000 men, half that number In those days a European regiment on the line of march in India the men of these gallant regiments, led by Major Reid, the officer of our small force engaged, 221 men were killed and wounded. picket duty with the other regiments, one day at the Metcalfe house and said, 9,000 men, with thirteen guns, left the city on August 24. pickets, and we had on those days only three men wounded on the right of walls, and found a large camp of the enemy near the Delhi Gate. possible, none but the officers and men of the regiment being present. id = 29631 author = Groves, Anthony Norris title = Journal of a Residence at Bagdad During the Years 1830 and 1831 date = keywords = Aleppo; Ali; Arabs; Bagdad; Christ; Christians; England; English; Father; God; Jesus; Jews; Lord; Major; Mary; Mr.; Pasha; Shushee; armenian summary = of my little boys, Mr. N., a true and dear person in the Lord, and he that glorious day especially, when the Lord shall come to be glorified commotions the Lord will move on his way, and the day of his coming events, we feel that we shall have quite met our dear Lord''s mind in _May 8._--The Lord has this day manifested that the attack of my dear We did feel assured that the Lord would spare our dear little united I am, I shall yet praise him who is the Lord of my life, and my God. The dear boys also keep up their spirits much better than the first little knowledge, and less love of my dear Lord, I wonder how he has _June 12._ _Lord''s day._--The wretched Pasha has just passed our house urge the heart forward to desire the day of the Lord to come, so id = 13831 author = Gulick, Sidney Lewis title = Evolution Of The Japanese, Social And Psychic date = keywords = Buddhism; China; Christianity; Dr.; East; Emperor; English; Footnote; God; Heaven; Imperial; Japan; Mr.; New; Occidental; Old; Orient; Shinto; Tokugawa; West; chinese; christian; confucian; european; japanese; life; man; order; oriental; people; religion; social; western summary = ancient and modern Japan--Japanese evolution is "natural"--The study depends on personality and idealism--The new social order is producing duty--Revenge and the new social order--Are the Japanese cruel?--First The wide development of the æsthetic sense in Japan--Japanese æsthetic communal religion--Shared by Japan--Some Japanese recognize the need the individual psychic character to the social order--"Race soul" a Those races and nations that refuse to recognize the new social order, the relation of the social order to individual and to race character, The same questions recur at this new period of Japan''s national life. nature and development of Japanese racial characteristics, believing peculiar nature of the social order which so long prevailed in Japan. By a great effort, however, Japan has introduced a new social order, corresponds to the nature of the Japanese social order. characteristic features of Japanese social order are the real sources social order of the Japanese nation during the past thirty years, id = 35511 author = Gulick, Sidney Lewis title = Working Women of Japan date = keywords = Japan; Mr.; Omoto; West; christian; class; factory; girl; home; japanese; woman; work summary = industrial condition and the characteristics of Japanese working women, In her excellent work on _Japanese Girls and Women_ Miss Bacon writing steam power, and the great factory system, taking girls and young women As already stated, many girls prefer factory work to that of domestic part of her time for fifteen years to work among factory girls, and on number of years show that out of every 1,000 girls, 270 work less than factory work 23 die within one year of their return to their homes, and of the girls who leave home for factory work never return. conditions of the working women of Japan, in the next chapter I give the [Illustration: MATSUYAMA WORKING GIRLS'' HOME One man remarked that the girls in the Home do better work majority of these girls lived and worked at the time when our Home was moral and religious conditions of the working girls of Japan, and is a id = 12786 author = Gurdon, P. R. T. (Philip Richard Thornhagh) title = The Khasis date = keywords = Assam; Bhoi; Cherrapunji; Garos; Hei; Hills; Iawbei; India; Jaintia; Jowai; Khasi; Khyrim; Kopili; Lynngams; Mikirs; Mon; Mr.; Nartiang; Nongkrem; Raitong; Raja; Shillong; Siem; State; Sylhet; Synteng; Wár; clan; house; place; stone; village summary = Yule, Sir Henry--Notes on the Khasi Hills and people. The Lynngams inhabit the western portion of the Khasi Hills in the Khasi Hills, its place being taken by coats of European pattern mentioned that even in ancient times great people amongst the Khasis, house of the Siem Priestess at Smit in the Khasi Hills is another War as in the Khasi house, although called by different names in the large the number of stills in the Khasi and Jaintia Hills is. The inhabitants of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills may be said to State or Khasi Siemship was formed out of a collection of these clans, of the British villages in the Khasi Hills, possess certain judicial Khasi States where the priest altogether takes the place of the Siem, the Khasi Hills is the very large number of monoliths, table-stones, the largest erect stone in the Khasi and Jaintia Hills at the present id = 53887 author = Hacobian, A. P. (Avetoon Pesak) title = Armenia and the War date = keywords = Armenians; Britain; Empire; England; Europe; Government; Mr.; Ottoman; Porte; Powers; Treaty; Turkey; Turks; british; christian; german; russian; turkish summary = entry into the war placed her Christian subjects in a position of great children from the State policies of these great Christian Governments documentary evidence on the attempt of the Turks to murder the Armenian asked: "If you eliminate Turkish rule over the Turks'' subject races, IN ASIA--MOSLEMS AND TURKISH RULE--ARMENIANS PROGRESSIVE AND Turks on the ideal of Armenian nationality. Blue-book on the Treatment of Armenians by the Turks during the war. The Armenian population of Russian Armenia and the Caucasus numbers, Armenians in the United States, while the Great Tragedy of Armenia has empires, both in war and diplomacy, as have Armenia and the Armenians, been committed by the Turks during the Great Armenian Tragedy of 1915, the Armenian people for five centuries that Armenia should have been the this country on the treatment meted out by the Turks to their Armenian fate of the Armenian subjects of the Turk. id = 26781 author = Haensel, Johann Gottfried title = Letters on the Nicobar islands, their natural productions, and the manners, customs, and superstitions of the natives with an account of an attempt made by the Church of the United Brethren, to convert them to Christianity date = keywords = Brethren; Brother; God; Lord; Nancauwery; Nicobar; Queda; Tranquebar; malay summary = the United Brethren, to establish a mission in the Nicobar Islands, I The mission of the United Brethren in the Nicobar Islands, was missionaries would settle on the Nicobar Islands, and endeavour to in the Nicobar islands as soon as was expected, offers were made to the missed the entrance into the Nicobar islands, after long combating conversations respecting the Nicobar Islands, and the mission of the missionary-settlement of the United Brethren, called by the natives, possible endeavoured to explain to the poor natives, the love of God in After my return to Tranquebar, in 1786, Brother Rudolphi left Nicobar, conclusion of the labours of the Brethren in the Nicobar Islands. great abundance and beauty on most of the islands, the Mission being in habits and customs of the natives of the Nicobar islands. The inhabitants of the Nicobar islands believe, that all dangerous Nicobar islands, and trust, that now the time will soon come, when, id = 29051 author = Hall, Basil title = Account of a Voyage of Discovery to the West Coast of Corea, and the Great Loo-Choo Island date = keywords = Alceste; August; Captain; Chief; China; Choo; Clifford; Corea; East; English; Footnote; Island; July; King; Loo; Lyra; Maxwell; Mr.; Mádera; NNE; Napakiang; October; Prince; Sea; September; Yellow; sidenote; |the; |toward summary = Ships--Alceste and Lyra proceed farther in Shore--A Chief of high Rank of the Yellow Sea, the West Coast of Corea, and the Great Loo-choo Enter the Japan Sea--Sulphur Island--Volcano--See the Great Loo-Choo Enter the Japan Sea--Sulphur Island--Volcano--See the Great Loo-Choo and the first chief took his place on Captain Maxwell''s left hand, the quick as they generally are, was in the cabin to-day for some time; Mr. Clifford was getting from him the Loo-choo words for sour, sweet, salt, Great Loo-choo, where there is a deep bight, a small island was observed GULF OF PE-CHE-LEE, THE WEST COAST OF COREA, THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, NOTICE TO ACCOMPANY THE GENERAL CHART OF THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, AND NOTICE TO ACCOMPANY THE GENERAL CHART OF THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, AND island, was some miles north of the ship at the time of observation, the OBSERVATIONS MADE AT NAPAKIANG OBSERVATORY, GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. id = 43669 author = Hall, W. H. (William Hutcheon), Sir title = Narrative of the Voyages and Services of the Nemesis from 1840 to 1843 And of the Combined Naval and Military Operations in China: Comprising a Complete Account of the Colony of Hong-Kong and Remarks on the Character & Habits of the Chinese. Second Edition date = keywords = Admiral; Amoy; Bay; Bogue; Canton; Captain; China; Chinese; Chusan; Commander; Elliot; Emperor; England; English; General; Gough; Hall; Henry; Herbert; Hong; Hugh; Keshen; Kong; Lieutenant; Macao; Major; Modeste; Mr.; Nemesis; Ningpo; Phlegethon; Sir; Whampoa; british summary = the Land''s End. At daylight, the little island of Porto Santo having been passed, the this time the only British man-of-war in the Chinese waters was the Scarcely had this taken place, when down came to Macao a new Chinese Chinese batteries and the war-junks, immediately the boat reached the the arrival of Major-General Sir Hugh Gough, from Madras, in H.M.S. Cruizer, to assume the command in chief of all the land-forces, by the As soon as our vessels and boats approached, the Chinese opened a vessels, Chinese junks, boats of all kinds, and the long line of On the Chinese side, the river batteries opened upon the Nemesis and In the mean time, the boats of the Nemesis, under Captain Hall, having island without landing a body of men to attack the Chinese soldiers, the little party again returned to the steamer, the Chinese having id = 12409 author = Halstead, Murat title = The Story of the Philippines Natural Riches, Industrial Resources, Statistics of Productions, Commerce and Population; The Laws, Habits, Customs, Scenery and Conditions of the Cuba of the East Indies and the Thousand Islands of the Archipelagoes of India and Hawaii, With Episodes of Their Early History; The Eldorado of the Orient; Personal Character Sketches of and Interviews with Admiral Dewey, General Merritt, General Aguinaldo and the Archbishop of Manila; History and Romance, Tragedies and Traditions of our Pacific Possessions; Events of the War in the West with Spain, and the Conquest of Cuba and Porto Rico date = keywords = Admiral; Aguinaldo; Army; August; Bay; Captain; Cavite; Chief; China; Cook; Cuba; Dewey; Filipinos; General; Government; Governor; Greene; Havana; Hongkong; Indies; Islands; Japan; Juan; July; June; Lieutenant; Luzon; Major; Manila; Merritt; New; Otis; Pacific; Paris; Philippines; Porto; President; Province; Rico; San; Santiago; Senor; Spain; Spaniards; States; United; War; Washington; West; american; spanish summary = the Philippine Islands with General Merritt, the Military Governor, A Stormy Day on Manila Bay--Call on Admiral Dewey--The Man in White--He United States Consul-General in Hongkong, said to Senor Aguinaldo to warn General Anderson not to land American troops on Philippine orders of General Merritt as the United States Military Governor, Admiral Dewey held on to his command of the bay and city of Manila, The General in Chief Commanding Spanish Forces in Manila. _Wesley Merritt_, Major-General, United States Army, Commanding Land Wesley Merritt, United States Army, American commander in chief in the American fleet of the Spanish naval power in these islands, the fall Major-General, United States Army, Commanding. Property--The Manila Water Supply--England Our Friend--Major-General Property--The Manila Water Supply--England Our Friend--Major-General The war between Spain and the United States was a long time coming, Major General Miles, commanding the army of the United States, was id = 37186 author = Hara, Katsuro title = An Introduction to the History of Japan date = keywords = Ainu; Ashikaga; Buddhism; China; Emperor; Empire; Europe; Fujiwara; Japan; Japanese; Kamakura; Korea; Kutara; Kyoto; Minamoto; Sakai; Sea; Shogunate; Soga; Taira; Tokugawa; Yedo; Yoritomo; chinese; country; european; imperial; time summary = speak highly of Japanese fine art, praising Japan as a country devoted literature and art of foreign countries to Japan so that a common Japan is a country inhabited by a people differing remarkably in racial national experience of the nature stated above, the history of Japan is non-European countries, for example in China and especially in Japan. evolution of national progress in general, Japanese history must be a groups of people, and a history of the country with its provinces. called Kutara, various Chinese historical works, and a history of Japan continue for a very long time in our country, the learned groups, who of the country for a long time, so that, superficially observed, Japan difficult for the new Shogunate, in a country where the Emperor has ever Without doubt Japan under the Tokugawa Shogunate was a country governed the new method in a country like the Japan of that time, where Chinese id = 44409 author = Harris, Maurice H. (Maurice Henry) title = A Thousand Years of Jewish History From the days of Alexander the Great to the Moslem Conquest of Spain date = keywords = Alexander; Bible; CHAPTER; Christianity; Empire; God; Greek; Herod; High; Hillel; Israel; Jerusalem; Jesus; Jews; Judaism; Judea; Law; Messiah; Mishna; Palestine; Priest; Rome; Talmud; Temple; jewish; note; roman; scripture summary = Notes: Persian influence -Judaism as law -Bible When we turn to the religious life of the Jews, the epoch, At its best the Jewish Law tended to sanctify every act of life religious life is called a _Canon_, a Greek word meaning rule. Sabbath day, when he knew religious scruples would prevent the Jews Law and commanding the worship of Greek divinities--"gods that were Read "A Glimpse of the Social Life of the Jews in the Time of Jesus, the Jews of Alexandria and Asia Minor, for Rome''s sway reached far. to the Jewish Law. But in later years when many pagans joined this custom and law as the directive power," though Jews may have Jewish law would tolerate a three-fold execution at one time. them salvation without conforming to the burdensome Jewish Law. Furthermore it became a doctrine of the new religion that the death id = 12006 author = Havell, E. B. (Ernest Binfield) title = A Handbook to Agra and the Taj, Sikandra, Fatehpur-Sikri and the Neighbourhood date = keywords = Agra; Akbar; Babar; Delhi; Dîwan; Emperor; Fatehpur; Fort; India; Jahan; Jahangir; Mahal; Mogul; Shah; Taj summary = and known throughout the world as the city of the Taj. Of ancient Agra little now remains except a few traces of the The next year Babar died in his garden palace at Agra The was a fragment of a palace built by Shere Shah in the Fort at Agra, of Shere Shah''s time now remaining in Agra is the half-buried mosque it was built by Shah Jahan, it took seven years to build, and cost Akbar''s court had given place to the sensual luxury of Shah Jahan''s. two-storied building on the left on entering contains Akbar''s private Jahangir''s birth, Akbar''s first care would be to build a palace it is of the same type as Akbar''s splendid palace in the Agra Fort, Akbar himself died four years after this great sermon in stone was [14] It is known that in 1575 Akbar completed a great building at id = 522 author = Headland, Isaac Taylor title = The Chinese Boy and Girl date = keywords = China; Mother; boy; child; chinese; game; girl; hand; little; man; old; play summary = Chinese rhymes, stories and games into the foreigner''s home for the Boy and Girl as real little folk, human like themselves, and thus think All of these have called forth rhymes among Chinese children similar to little boy''s queue instead of his hand when walking with him on the The Chinese boys and girls are little men and women. children playing their sober little games." Why we should call such a the little street children who spend a large part of their time in asking that we study into the character of Chinese children''s games. "Chi," we asked, "what kind of games do boys play?" The boys spent a long time playing this game--indeed they seemed to of the unfortunate features of Chinese children''s games and rhymes. children that look like the little folks who play with them. passed by a boy and girl were born to them, little star children, id = 523 author = Headland, Isaac Taylor title = Court Life in China: The Capital, Its Officials and People date = keywords = Boxer; China; Chun; City; Dowager; Emperor; Empress; Forbidden; Hsu; Kuang; Majesty; Manchu; Mrs.; Peking; Prince; Princess; Yuan; chinese; western summary = Then the Emperor instituted reform, the Empress Dowager came out from A few days later several well-educated young Chinese ladies, daughters Tung Chih or "joint government." Thus ended the Empress Dowager''s years Yuan Shih-kai to bring his troops to Peking, guard the Empress Dowager the Empress Dowager, and his Imperial Majesty the Emperor, to grant you "''I have heard,'' said the Empress Dowager, ''that the foreigners have a "The young lady demurred until finally the Empress Dowager said: among the Chinese at that time that the Empress Dowager ought to punish for his little daughter Frances, and this was sent to Kuang Hsu. One day a eunuch called on me saying that the Emperor had learned that Empress Dowager and the Emperor had stepped down from the dais, Her "I am told that at times the Empress Dowager invites the Emperor to Empress Dowager and the court, and then I came back to Peking." id = 5979 author = Hearn, Lafcadio title = Japan: An Attempt at Interpretation date = keywords = Adams; Buddhism; China; Christianity; East; Emperor; Government; Hideyoshi; Iyeyasu; Japan; Jesuits; Mr.; Nobunaga; Old; Shinto; Shogunate; Spencer; Tokugawa; Ujigami; ancestor; chinese; cult; european; family; god; great; greek; japanese; religion; roman; time; way; western summary = forms of the Shinto worship of ancestors are the Domestic Cult, the Now the Japanese family, like the ancient Greek or Roman question of marriage in the old Japanese family was a matter of [*The laws of succession in Old Japan differed considerably according To modern thinking, the position of woman in the old Japanese family communal cult in Japan; for the history of the Japanese nation is not The best authority on the local customs and laws of Old Japan, John ancestors of certain noble families of early times; and their temples of ruler, which ancestor-worship in its simple form shows us." Mr. Spencer remarks in the same paragraph on the fact that in ancient general rule, if the family be Buddhist; but the Shinto gods are also the dead, according to ancient Japanese thinking, continued to exist to regard their dead as gods in the ancient sense, the Japanese id = 8128 author = Hearn, Lafcadio title = In Ghostly Japan date = keywords = Buddha; Buddhist; Hagiwara; Japan; Nanda; Sama; Shinzaburo; Tomozo; Tsuyu; Yusai; chinese; incense; japanese; life; like; long; man; time; yone summary = And within a little while she died; and the longsleeved robe was a second time presented to the temple. Buddhist tablets, incense is burned at certain times; and in even of fire" to be used for burning incense--(one kind is called come on the following day at the exact time desired." formed of hundreds of thousands of different kinds of incense, Probably you have heard of the Japanese teaceremonies, and their curious Buddhist history; and I suppose One night, at a very late hour, Tomozo heard the voice of a woman ancient Chinese books of love between the living and the dead; and by the glow of a night-lantern began to recite the UboDarani-Kyo. For a long time he chanted the words, comprehending time she lived--had O-Tsuyu appeared so beautiful; and Shinzaburo 1 According to the old Japanese way of counting time, this 1 This story may be found in the curious old Japanese book called id = 8130 author = Hearn, Lafcadio title = Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan: First Series date = keywords = Akira; Benten; Buddha; Emma; Emperor; God; Goddess; Guji; Inari; Izumo; Japan; Jizo; Kaka; Kami; Kawara; Kitzuki; Kobodaishi; Kokuzo; Kwannon; Matsue; Sama; San; Sec; Shinto; buddhist; chinese; great; japanese; like; little; temple summary = another and lower stand supporting a temple bell shaped like a great To the right of the temple is a little shrine, filling the air with temples, a monstrous shape appears, like a double-faced head freshly cut memory of days passed in Japanese gardens and temples and tea-houses, to the blue peaked roof of a little temple high-perched on the green gods bear in their hands, a small Japanese doll, and a little Shinto shrine, with a torii before it like a great ideograph shaped in like the straw roofs of those little wayside temples curiously enough slide open my little Japanese paper window to look out upon the morning The great courts of Buddhist temples are places of rare interest for became that place where stands the temple of the great god at whose This little shrine, which I see now for the first time (Kitzuki temple id = 8133 author = Hearn, Lafcadio title = Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan: Second Series date = keywords = Buddha; Emperor; English; Governor; Izumo; Japan; Jizo; Kami; Kinjuro; Master; Matsue; Normal; Oki; Saigo; San; School; Sec; Shinto; buddhist; chinese; day; european; great; japanese; like; little; long; man; old; place; soul; time; western summary = little, of the folk-lore of a Japanese garden; and if you want to know little hand, said, ''Come,'' and the tree followed him, gliding along the Little Japanese girls who play with insects or small animals Gods.'' On this is usually placed a small Shinto shrine (miya) containing thread or coloured paper twine, dainty bits of deliciously tinted crapesilk, delicate steel springs, and curious little basket-shaped things The hair of little girls from seven to eight years old is in rule the Japanese student shows little originality in the line of curious light upon the simple-hearted ways of Japanese life and thought beautiful old Japanese traditions, like the legend of the fisher that tree bear marks like the marks of little teeth; for in Japanese But it came to pass a little time ago, that certain old men of Matsue with another little boy; and that on the way he saw a great white Face id = 8882 author = Hearn, Lafcadio title = Kokoro: Hints and Echoes of Japanese Inner Life date = keywords = Buddha; Buddhism; China; East; English; Hangwan; Hitachi; Japan; Kami; Kane; Kimiko; Kyoto; Shinto; Shuntoku; Terute; West; chinese; day; great; japanese; life; like; little; man; oriental; time; western summary = discern the true color of Japanese life, either intellectual or the open ports and their little foreign settlements, there exists (1) In one limited sense, Western art has influenced Japanese. The Japanese man of the people--the skilled laborer able to post; there are men little more than thirty years old who have powerful appeal to the emotion of a race whose soul-life differs those two little words,--"Good-night." Who she was I do not know: down, a Japanese woman will lift her long sleeve before her face it sets me thinking about the possible influence on Japanese art By night a Japanese house with only its shoji closed looks like a Japanese child-life, is mostly passed in temple curios he visits a Japanese house;--the foreign dealer would than a thousand years ago are Japanese to-day. During those years he saw Western civilization as few Japanese Japanese thought the dead are not less real than the living. id = 43497 author = Hedin, Sven Anders title = Trans-Himalaya: Discoveries and Adventurers in Tibet. Vol. 1 (of 2) date = keywords = Ali; Chang; Dangra; English; Government; Governor; Gyangtse; India; Indus; Isa; Ladak; Ladakis; Lama; Leh; Lhasa; Lord; Muhamed; Naktsang; New; Ngangtse; Rabsang; Rehim; Robert; Sahib; Shigatse; Sing; Sonam; Tashi; Tibet; Tibetans; Tsangpo; Tsering; Tundup; author; chapter; chinese; day; illustration summary = During the following days Muhamed Isa was always on his feet, looking Muhamed Isa set up for the caravan men a large Tibetan tent with a broad We needed a day''s rest in this camp, for before us was the high pass however, little water, ran to the lake, and all day long we fell in with We have not seen a drop of water all day long, and the caravan is small pass we came to a new longitudinal valley, where the country was men for several days, but after that should pass black tents daily. Our day''s march ran round the lake and into a broad valley extending in slowly marching over passes and through winding valleys, over small long day''s journey and a difficult pass, and therefore it was still dark This time Muhamed Isa accompanied me, and the Tashi Lama received me in id = 43549 author = Hedin, Sven Anders title = Trans-Himalaya: Discoveries and Adventurers in Tibet. Vol. 2 (of 2) date = keywords = Abdul; Ali; Bongba; Brahmaputra; Chang; Gartok; Gova; Governor; Gulam; Himalaya; Illust; India; Indus; Isa; Kailas; Kerim; Ladak; Ladakis; Lama; Langak; Leh; Lhasa; Lobsang; Muhamed; Puppy; Robert; Saka; Sutlej; Targo; Tashi; Tibet; Tibetans; Trans; Tsering; Tso; author; chapter; illustration summary = east of the mountain the flat open valley of the Targo-tsangpo comes seven short days'' journey; the pilgrim road closely follows the lake great river drink of the water, because it comes from the holy mountain On the same day a large white-and-blue tent was set up by our camp, but Tabie-tsaka, how far they marched each day, and where they passed lakes, gain our camp on the bank of the Tsangpo; the river looks like a lake, After a while we passed the valley junction and the unlucky camp No. 283, and were again on the great caravan route, the road of dead horses. Mountain north-east of Camp 310; the freshwater Lake white limits of the valley was seen to the south-east the large lake Three tents stood in a side valley and some men came out to look passed two tents, where four Tibetans came out to look at us. id = 10946 author = Hill, Samuel Charles title = Three Frenchmen in Bengal The Commercial Ruin of the French Settlements in 1757 date = keywords = Bengal; Calcutta; Chandernagore; Clive; Company; English; Footnote; Fort; French; Khan; Law; Mr.; Nawab; Renault; Siraj summary = time both French and English learned that war had been declared in French to English refugees at Dacca, Cossimbazar, and Chandernagore, the English attacked Chandernagore; but knowing the Nawab as well as [Footnote 8: The English at Dacca surrendered to the Nawab of that Like the English the French were forbidden by the Nawab to fortify nationalities, English, Germans, Swiss, Dutch, and even French. persuaded the Nawab to send down as soon as the English left English Council called on the Nawab to surrender the French [Footnote 29: Both English and French use this word "inhabitant" to Renault intended an alliance with the Nawab that induced the English exciting the Nawab against the English, he wrote Law a letter which Law thinks the Seths honestly believed that the English march on midnight the Nawab''s eunuch came to inform Law that the English had French and English East India Companies as M. id = 39448 author = Hodson, W. S. R. (William Stephen Raikes) title = Twelve Years of a Soldier''s Life in India Being Extracts from the Letters of the Late Major W. S. R. Hodson, B. A. date = keywords = Brigadier; CAMP; Captain; Cawnpore; Chief; Colonel; Commander; Delhi; England; Fusileers; General; God; Guides; Hodson; Horse; India; July; June; King; Lahore; Lawrence; Lieutenant; Lucknow; Mr.; Napier; Punjaub; Seaton; September; Sir; Umbâla summary = officers at Peshawur who have not an hour''s work in two days. On the first day of the siege "the Guides" march into camp: Again, to-day (July 19) a sharp fight; Pandies in great force--driven with Colonel Lawrence, (especially as I live day and night hard at work day and night for some time now, writing for work--a long night march to the fort, and a fourteen hours'' [22] I am told that, one day about this time, General Barnard said at to command, and so much pen-work to do) have got so many men returned from a long day''s work with the cavalry, miles away more time for pen-work to-day, if no more takes place on unable to write yesterday, having had a hard day''s work. unable to write yesterday, having had a hard day''s work. Hodson, my commanding officer, then went to the General, and id = 7474 author = Hogarth, D. G. (David George) title = The Ancient East date = keywords = Alexander; Asia; Assyria; B.C.; Babylon; Cilicia; East; Egypt; Empire; Greeks; Hatti; Minor; Persian; Syria; West; section; semitic summary = the Greek has put the East under his feet, the history of the centuries, THE EAST IN 1000 B.C. In 1000 B.C. West Asia was a mosaic of small states and contained, so is enough to account for large community of social features in 1000 B.C. over all Asia Minor and north Syria. levies as would follow the Great Kings of Asia in later days; but they as one of the four chief powers of Asia, ruled by a king who, hand in early as this year 800, we know little about the Asiatic Greek cities pre-Persian time, which had been one of the "four great powers of Asia." Asia Minor, generally speaking, were in Greek hands, the cities being passed into history, so had also the Persian Empire, and the East, as years in farther Asia, the victory of the West over the Ancient East may id = 42970 author = Holdich, Thomas Hungerford, Sir title = The Gates of India: Being an Historical Narrative date = keywords = Afghanistan; Alexander; Asia; Badakshan; Balkh; Baluchistan; Bamian; Central; Ferrier; Ghazni; Ghur; Helmund; Herat; Hindu; India; Indus; Kabul; Kandahar; Khan; Kunduz; Kush; Makran; Masson; Oxus; Pass; Persia; River; Rud; Seistan; Sind; Turkistan; Wood; afghan; arab; british; greek summary = GREEK EXPLORATION--ALEXANDER--THE KABUL VALLEY GATES 94 passed on to India for ages; for Farah lies directly on the route Afghanistan south of the Kabul River, which lies west of the Suliman from Herat to the Indus valley, until we reach the very gates of India The more direct routes to India from Ecbatana, passing through Central high-roads--the great trade routes to Central Asia and India. half-way (after crossing a local pass of no great significance called GREEK EXPLORATION--ALEXANDER--THE KABUL VALLEY TO THE INDUS road north of the Kabul, finally passing southwards into the plains a time when the great rivers of India did not follow their courses as foundation of the Greek kingdom; and the Kabul River way to India has present nature of the routes which connect them by river and mountain Bamian valley on the west, to the passes and foot-hills of the Hindu id = 12863 author = Holdsworth, T. W. E. title = Campaign of the Indus In a Series of Letters from an Officer of the Bombay Division date = keywords = Bengal; Bombay; Cabool; Captain; General; Ghuzni; Indus; Infantry; Keane; Kelat; Khan; Majesty; Major; Shah; Shooja; Sir summary = last-mentioned place Shah Shooja''s eldest son joined his father with Bombay troops under General Willshire having remained at Cabool about a Native Infantry, under the command of our chief, General Willshire, left preceding day; and General Willshire found a letter from Sir John Keane, very little time to add more, as the post goes to Bombay to-day, but to 1st regiment of Bombay Light Cavalry, one company of foot artillery, horse artillery, &c., did not march for two days after, with the on arriving at our ground at one place, after a march of eighteen miles, within five good marches of Ghuzni, when General Willshire received an The last three days before arriving at Kelat we marched in order of 2nd Regiment Bengal Cavalry--1 horse killed, 1 rank and file wounded. 3rd Troop Bombay Horse Artillery--1 rank and file wounded. Governor-General of India having this day received that officer''s report id = 6476 author = Hooker, Joseph Dalton title = Himalayan Journals — Volume 1 Or, Notes of a Naturalist in Bengal, the Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, etc. date = keywords = Bengal; Bhotan; CHAPTER; Calcutta; Campbell; Dewan; Dorjiling; Dr.; England; Ganges; Great; Himalaya; Hodgson; India; Kinchinjunga; Lama; Lepchas; Mr.; Nepal; Rajah; Ratong; Rungeet; Sikkim; Soane; Tambur; Teesta; Terai; Tibet; Tonglo; Wallanchoon; Yangma; Yoksun; european; fig; foot; temperature; tibetan; vegetation summary = west, about 1000 feet high, covered with a low forest of dusky green water, forms a dense foliaged tree, 30 to 60 feet high, some feet) is seen to the north-east, at eighty-four miles distance, great part of East Nepal, as far west as the Tambur river, and at a At 9000 feet we arrived on a long flat covered with lofty trees, Nepal mountain in the far west presented cliffs of black rocks. hot, open expanse, elevated 2250 feet, appeared many trees and plants We descended 200 feet, and crossed the valley and river At a little below 15,000 feet, we reached enormous flat beds of snow, the general mountain mass of 16,000 feet elevation, towering like a valley, and extended to 800 or 1000 feet above the river-bed; this Deep in the valleys the river-beds are but 3000 feet about 15,000 feet, south of Kubra, and north of a mountain that forms id = 6477 author = Hooker, Joseph Dalton title = Himalayan Journals — Volume 2 Or, Notes of a Naturalist in Bengal, the Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, etc. date = keywords = Air; August; Bengal; Calcutta; Campbell; Choongtam; Churra; D.P.; December; Dewan; Diff; Donkia; Dorjiling; Dr.; Elev; Himalaya; India; July; June; Khasia; Kinchinjhow; Lachen; Lachoong; Lama; Mean; Mr.; Nepal; November; Obs; October; Rajah; September; Sikkim; Soubah; Teesta; Temp; Therm; Tibet; Zemu; elevation; foot; observation; temperature; tibetan summary = mountain valley, several miles long and broad, 12,000 feet above the miles off, and of great mean elevation (20,000 feet) the vast snowy low elevations -Choongtam -Landslips and debacle -Meet Dr. Campbell -Motives for his journey -Second visit to Lachen valley low elevations -Choongtam -Landslips and debacle -Meet Dr. Campbell -Motives for his journey -Second visit to Lachen valley My connection with the Indian government was first enquired into; next they came to political matters, upon which I declined entering; but I gathered that their object was to oblige Campbell to accept the Lassoo Kajee as Vakeel, to alter the slavery laws, to draw a new boundary line with Nepal, to institute direct communication between themselves and the Governor-General,* [They were prompted to demand this by an unfortunate oversight that occurred at Calcutta some years before. id = 34324 author = Hoover, Thomas title = Zen Culture date = keywords = Ashikaga; Basho; Bodhidharma; Buddha; Buddhism; China; Haiku; Hideyoshi; Japan; Kamakura; Kyoto; New; Pavilion; Press; Sung; Sutra; Tokugawa; University; West; York; Yoshimasa; Yoshimitsu; Zen; art; chinese; garden; heian; japanese; western summary = Landscape gardens evolve to reflect Zen aesthetic ideals Ashikaga monasteries to produce the Zen-inspired classic Japanese house. arranging is a link between Zen and the Japanese love of nature, Zen gardens present you with new pleasures and insights each time you Japanese to "explain" a Zen rock garden and he will inspect you to become ingrained in Japanese life and Zen art, that the ability to the school of Sung-style ink painting, the Zen ritual of ceremonial tea, the art of flower arranging, and new styles of Zen-influenced of Chinese styles and the maturity of Japanese Zen art. Japanese Zen had found its art, and soon Yoshimitsu had THE ASHIKAGA age of Zen art is remembered today not only for gardens, Japanese monks journeyed to China to study the new faith of Zen, they Japan''s finest poet, who finally brought Zen to Japanese poetry: the Chinese and "Zen" in Japanese. id = 10382 author = Howard, J. E. title = Memoir of William Watts McNair, Late of "Connaught House," Mussooree, of the Indian Survey Department, the First European Explorer of Kafiristan date = keywords = Chitral; Government; India; Kabul; Kafiristan; Kafirs; McNair; Mr.; Royal; Society; Survey; Valley summary = years of his service were passed on topographical duty with this party as the Surveyor-General of India, who knew Mr. McNair personally, will borders of the Kafir country three years ago, said that when Kafiristan was visited and explored the Royal Geographical Society might close the of idols, which they said represented the great men that had passed on the great feat of exploring Kafiristan for the first time having about a mile distant (carried in this way on men''s shoulders), did Mr. McNair one of those services for which India is renowned as a land of mountain regions of our frontier, and a letter I had from McNair in which is a feature in all great departments of State, McNair did not that we read in _The Pioneer_ of Friday last the death notice of Mr. William McNair, the Kafiristan explorer. Kafiristan, travelling by way of the Swat Valley and Chitral. id = 39463 author = Hume-Griffith, A. title = Behind the Veil in Persia and Turkish Arabia An Account of an Englishwoman''s Eight Years'' Residence Amongst the Women of the East date = keywords = Arabs; Baghdad; Christians; God; Isphahan; Jews; Kerman; Mission; Mohammedan; Moslem; Mosul; Persia; Yezd; Yezidees; chapter; come; day; english; european; great; house; time; woman summary = The Kerman of to-day is a large walled-in city of about forty thousand I once saw a little girl about seven years old sitting by the roadside the day, and certainly a good cellar is a great boon to a European, one sad day the poor young wife hears that her husband is about to become little women before they had passed out of childhood''s days, ago I heard of a little black boy in Mosul, whose mother, a Moslem The children of Mosul have on the whole a very good time. I was visiting one day in a Moslem house, and the old mother-in-law A short time ago a very sad and sudden death took place in Mosul in A Mosul Moslem woman told me a short time ago that she did Another day I went to visit a little patient of my husband''s in whom id = 35809 author = Hunter, William Wilson title = Rulers of India: The Earl of Mayo date = keywords = Bengal; Bourke; Chief; Council; Department; Earl; General; Government; Governor; India; Ireland; Lord; Mayo; Mr.; Native; Secretary; Sir; State; Viceroy; british summary = In regard to the foreign policy of India, Lord Mayo arrived at a Lord Mayo came to India after the long strain which succeeded the But while Lord Mayo strongly realised that the public safety in India Lord Mayo desired to visit the chief political centres in India Lord Mayo, whether as Irish Secretary or as Indian Viceroy, was general work, Lord Mayo had two of the heaviest Departments in his the Government of India is so anxious to avoid.'' Lord Mayo proposed British India of 1869-70, the first year of Lord Mayo''s rule. Government of India in the Public Works Department. to me three years after Lord Mayo''s death, when his work had been As regards Native artillery, Lord Mayo''s Government followed out the officials or Native Chiefs, and inspecting public works, Lord Mayo While Lord Mayo believed that State education in India must rest on id = 60503 author = Hutton, James title = A Popular Account of Thugs and Dacoits, the Hereditary Garotters and Gang-Robbers of India date = keywords = Captain; Dacoitee; Dacoits; Feringeea; God; India; Kalee; Maherban; Oude; Rajah; Sing; Sleeman; Thuggee; Thugs; day; gang; murder summary = gang followed in small parties, not to excite suspicion, but closed up these supposed merchants were a gang of Brinjaree Thugs, who, having Captain Sleeman asked a Thug approver, named Sahib, if he and one day it came to pass that a Thug looked over his shoulder and the journey he fell in with a numerous gang of Thugs, the leaders of party of eighteen men and seven women were strangled near Shikarpore, bands of men travelling together, the Thugs used to break up into small gang having accompanied a family of eleven persons for twenty days, miles in twelve days, in company with a party of sixty--men, women appointed places, two Thugs by every traveller, and the rest in parties two hundred and five men and six women were murdered by different gangs murdered by a gang of one hundred and fifty Thugs, and a booty secured id = 33536 author = Inglis, W. H. title = A report of Major Hart''s case, of rice-frauds, near Seringapatam date = keywords = Hart; Macleod; Major summary = error, it is the Board of Controul which, in order to allow Major Hart Lord Harris explains, saying "Captain Macleod, to whom no report of Harris says, thirty-six) days, exclusive of Major Hart''s department. is supposed Major Hart has 7000 bullock-loads, which would be ten seers of April, Major Hart had ten seers each man, equal to ten days rice, at whether Major Hart could hold private as well as public grain? of public secretary to Lord Harris,) that Major Hart had a quantity of Hart) must, _in future_, communicate directly with me (Major-General Relative, indeed, to Captain Macleod the Major-General thinks it fraud was not solely in Major Hart''s grain, but, also, in that _public_ service." Of Major Hart''s grain, it can equally be to Major Hart''s head people, we must differ from the Committee of Court of Directors, for the use of the Proprietors; but Major Hart has id = 42674 author = Irby, Augustus Henry title = The Diary of a Hunter from the Punjab to the Karakorum Mountains date = keywords = Abdoolah; August; Bruin; Buddoo; Cashmere; July; June; Karakorum; Khan; Leh; Maharajah; Mooktoo; Murad; October; P.M.; Phuttoo; Sara; Schlagentweit; September; Shah; Sirinuggur; Subhan; Whitworth; Wurdwan; Yarkand summary = a famous animal for mountain travelling: the other a good-looking, claret--some of a batch arriving the day I left, which, having ordered miserable day''s march, having a river to be crossed about ten times, the shikarry, saw the great ugly head of a large bear, protruding from arrived, and dinner ready:--turned in, hopeful for the following day''s Phuttoo and I remained: and presently we saw another bear a long way up on Subhan''s having retrieved the bear: but when he, after a long time, Having crossed the river, we saw an old and two young bears on the sides still heaved: the coolies came up, and, Subhan having by my order A very cloudy morning saw me under-weigh at 5 A.M. We crossed the river by a good wooden bridge on rough stone piers, course of the day the good man appeared with a return present of a id = 53674 author = Jahangir, Emperor of Hindustan title = The Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri: or, Memoirs of Jahangir (Volume 1 of 2) date = keywords = Abdu; Abu; Agra; Akbar; Ali; Amirs; Beg; Bengal; Blochmann; Court; Das; Deccan; Elliot; God; Gujarat; Husain; I.O.; Jahangir; Kabul; Khan; Khankhanan; Khurram; Khusrau; Khwaja; Lahore; MSS; Mirza; Muhammad; Parwiz; Raja; Rana; Ray; Shah; Shaikh; Singh; State; Subah; Sultan; Thursday summary = he sent several times to order the Khan A''zam to advance, the latter been appointed to the place of Shah Beg Khan as Governor of Qandahar, News came that Shah Beg Khan, the governor of Qandahar, had reached the this stage Shah Beg Khan, [242] with a good force, came and waited the same day the said Khan offered 90 elephants. day a representation came from ''Abdu-llah Khan that having pursued the and gave Darab Khan, son of the Khankhanan, the rank of 1,000 personal On the same day a report came from Khan Jahan that Iraj, the son In these days I increased the mansab of Mahabat Khan by 1,000 personal Khan Mirza''i were exalted with increased rank, elephants, horses, day I increased by 1,000 the mansab of Murtaza Khan, so that it came On this day the son of Dilawar Khan came id = 53716 author = Jahangir, Emperor of Hindustan title = The Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri: or, Memoirs of Jahangir (Volume 2 of 2) date = keywords = Abdu; Agra; Beg; Blochmann; Court; Deccan; Elliot; Friday; God; I.O.; Iqbal; Jahan; Jahangir; Jarrett; Kashmir; Khan; MSS; Mahabat; Mir; Mirza; Monday; Muhammad; Nur; Raja; Ray; Sayyid; Shah; Singh; Sunday; Thursday summary = of honour and an elephant, and gave him leave to return, and sent an same day the feast of my solar weighment took place, and according prosperous son Shah-Jahan, I sent him one with a ruby of great value the people of God were afflicted by it, I ordered my son Shah-Jahan day I gave him and his sons dresses of honour and swords. As it entered the private elephant-house on New Year''s Day, and on the same day Khan Dauran, having been presented with a horse my son Shah-Jahan had given me as an offering, I ordered to be cut my son Shah-Jahan took ten days'' leave, and hastened to Lahore in good fortune of coming before me for a long time, I ordered, at his of my fortunate son Shah Parwiz, according to orders came to Court, At this time a report came from my fortunate son Shah Parwiz that id = 12679 author = Janes, Don Carlos title = A Trip Abroad An Account of a Journey to the Earthly Canaan and the Land of the Ancient Pharaohs; To Which Are Appended a Brief Consideration of the Geography and History of Palestine, and a Chapter on Churches of Christ in Great Britain date = keywords = A.D.; Christ; Church; David; Egypt; Galilee; God; Israel; Jehovah; Jerusalem; Jesus; Jews; Jordan; Lord; Mount; Mr.; New; Palestine; Paul; Sea; foot summary = in the Time of Christ," by Selah Merrill; "City of the Great King," by The first important place visited was Westminster Abbey, an old church, Germany, where I spent but little time and saw nothing of any great as much as two miles from the city walls, and I walked on a little way caused the aged Apostle John to write to the church at this place (Rev. 2:1-7), and Paul''s epistle to the congregation that once existed in little iron-covered meeting-house called the "tabernacle," where a Mr. Thompson, missionary of the Christian Alliance, of Nyack, New York, was The next place visited was that interesting old building, the Church of "And I saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from Hebron is a very ancient city, having been built seven and a half years stands near some old ruins, and may not be far from the place to which id = 3308 author = Jenks, Albert Ernest title = The Bontoc Igorot date = keywords = Archipelago; Barlig; Benguet; Bontoc; Igorot; Ilokano; Islands; Lepanto; Lumawig; Luzon; Malayan; Mayinit; Mindanao; Province; Quiangan; Sagada; Samoki; Tulubin; american; basket; day; head; man; people; pueblo; small; spanish; time; woman; year summary = peoples, though here and there are small pueblos of the large Igorot Bontoc area is in the hands of groups of old men; however, each The men of the Bontoc area know none of the peoples by whom they Some of the old men of Bontoc say that in the past the Igorot people long, heavy wooden stock in Bontoc pueblo in which the Igorot were mountains, losing only seven men, whose heads the Bontoc Igorot cut The people of Bontoc say they never knew a man and woman to separate are so guarded each day in Bontoc by old people and children, who The men of the Bontoc area also have a basket-work, conical rain times of the day men, women, and children carry babes about the richest people in Bontoc, nine men and a woman, own, it is said, in Bontoc pueblo there is no tattoo on a man''s hand, while in the id = 44408 author = Johnston, Arthur title = Narrative of the Operations of a Detachment in an Expedition to Candy, in the Island of Ceylon, in the Year 1804 With Some Observations on the Previous Campaign, and on the Nature of Candian Warfare, etc., etc., etc. date = keywords = Candians; Candy; Ceylon; Coolies; Europeans; General; King; Lieutenant; Trincomalé summary = Of the Third Ceylon Regiment, then Captain Commandant of the Detachment. the persons of the officers commanding detachments of our armies in the enemy, of having always a considerable disciplined force, ready to On the following morning the troops crossed the great Candian river, post situated about sixteen miles from Candy, on the Trincomalé road), retaliate on the enemy; and detachments entered the country from 28.--Marched at daylight, the country continuing mountainous, but the 30.--The river having fallen considerably during the night, the enemy chief was wounded; that soon after, this detachment marched back to the march, our Coolies carrying a long train of sick and wounded. 17.--Continued our march unmolested by the enemy, and passed the night The other four divisions which entered the enemy''s country, had they detachment I had the honour to command during its march to Candy and in an incursion for a few days into the enemy''s country, when everything id = 37839 author = Johnstone, James, Sir title = My Experiences in Manipur and the Naga Hills date = keywords = Assam; Burmese; Cachar; Chief; Colonel; Commissioner; Government; Hills; India; Johnstone; Kohima; Konoma; Maharajah; Major; Manipur; Manipuris; Mr.; Naga; Rajah; Singh; Thangal; Woon; british summary = The day after leaving Hurreo Jan, we met a party of Rengma Nagas coming Singh''s Manipur troops, forced a passage through the hills with a view fine hardy race, and in my time the Naga Hills police was largely A kind of vague boundary between Manipur and the Naga Hills had been day a large number of men turned up to carry my wife, and our baggage, Start for Manipur--March over the hills--Lovely scenery--View of Start for Manipur--March over the hills--Lovely scenery--View of The next day we left Bissenpore in good time, and marched the seventeen hills facing the valley of Manipur are generally covered with grass My early days in Manipur--The capital--The inhabitants--Good My early days in Manipur--The capital--The inhabitants--Good Burmese--Return from Naga Hills--Visit Kongal Tannah. Burmese--Return from Naga Hills--Visit Kongal Tannah. Manipur on his way to the Naga Hills, I stayed with him, and we all id = 28117 author = Jones, John P. (John Peter) title = India, Its Life and Thought date = keywords = Brahman; Buddha; Caste; Christ; Christianity; Church; Divine; East; God; Hindu; Hinduism; India; Islam; Jesus; Kali; Krishna; Lord; Mohammedan; Somaj; South; State; West; christian; faith; land; life; people; time summary = the end of a half century of work for the people of India, daily cried until that time comes, both India and Great Britain need to thank God the great place it has in the life of these so-called Hindus. prime law of most Hindu castes; and this, too, in a land where Christian community in India, has largely adopted the Hindu system and Religious asceticism has been the ideal of the Hindu life from time of life requires in India, in view of the ideal which Hinduism has is no social as apart from religious life in Hinduism), is cast into a the realm of Christian work in India at the present time is that of life-work, as Christian missionaries in this land of the East. India a faith that will appeal to every man and woman in the land. movements, which mean so much in the life of India to-day, are more or id = 2846 author = Josephus, Flavius title = The Life of Flavius Josephus date = keywords = Galileans; Galilee; Jerusalem; John; Jonathan; Romans; Tiberias summary = to the Romans], and to gather a great number of forces, in order to Tiberius, and desired that the principal men of the city would come to Jerusalem, I took care to have arms provided, and the cities fortified. But when John was come to the city of Tiberias, he persuaded the men for what he had said, he took some of the armed men, and made haste pleased: and upon the multitude''s ordering me to speak, the armed men and said that those great men that belonged to the king ought not to when they came to Gabara, John met them with three thousand armed men; of armed men, who were come out of Galilee to assist me: many others of given orders to the armed men, that when I came they should let nobody carry him into a village; and, commanding my armed men to come down, I id = 2847 author = Josephus, Flavius title = An Extract out of Josephus''s Discourse to The Greeks Concerning Hades date = keywords = God; man summary = region is allotted as a place of custody for souls, ill which angels righteous sentence shall deservedly be passed upon all men; when the as to God himself, shall be adjudged to this everlasting punishment, the angels allotted for punishment, no longer going with a good-will, incredulous; but believe that God is able, when he hath raised to life 6. For all men, the just as well as the unjust, shall be brought before God the word: for to him hath the Father committed all judgment: and he, you Greeks do suppose, but he whom God and the Father hath glorified: righteous judgment of the Father towards all men, hath prepared a just when all men, and angels, and demons shall stand, they will send forth with righteous angels, and spirits [of God], and with his word, as a an incorruptible state, singing hymns to God, who hath advanced them to id = 2848 author = Josephus, Flavius title = Antiquities of the Jews date = keywords = Agrippa; Ahab; Alexander; Antiochus; Antipater; Antiq; Antony; Archelaus; Aristobulus; Babylon; Caius; Claudius; Cæsar; David; Demetrius; Divine; Egypt; Egyptians; God; Hebrews; Herod; Hyrcanus; Israelites; Jacob; Jerusalem; Jews; Jonathan; Josephus; Judas; Judea; Moses; Philistines; Ptolemy; Romans; Rome; Samaria; Samuel; Saul; Solomon; Syria; chapter; jewish; king summary = with the like burning, as I formerly said when I wrote the Jewish War. 22 But Lot''s wife continually turning back to view the city as she went account of its largeness and beauty; for God had taken such great care Moses had received this command from God, he came to the people, who need no supreme governor but God. But if you shall desire a king, let 6. Then said the prophet, "God gives you this man to be your king: see the occasion of his coming, he told them he came to sacrifice to God. When, therefore, he had gotten the sacrifice ready, he called Jesse and tribe of Levi, for the king repented of his having sinned against God. Now the number of the rest of the Israelites was nine hundred thousand it came to pass, that after ten days God appeared to him, and said that id = 2850 author = Josephus, Flavius title = The Wars of the Jews; Or, The History of the Destruction of Jerusalem date = keywords = Agrippa; Alexander; Antigonus; Antipater; Antony; Archelaus; Aristobulus; CHAPTER; Caesar; Cesarea; Galilee; God; Herod; Hyrcanus; Jerusalem; Jews; John; Josephus; Judea; Romans; Rome; Simon; Syria; Titus; Vespasian; jewish summary = and came upon the Jews with a great army, and took their city by force, cities which sent ambassadors to Antony unto Bithynia, the great men of sent the Roman army into those cities which were come over to him, to captain of the temple, who came running with a great body of soldiers, punished: the great men also of the Jews, and Jonathan the son of Ananus espoused the cause of the Jews, as in like manner many of the great men of the city, they fell upon their enemies; at which time some of the men upon the Romans in great numbers, and drove them away from the wall, and then came thither himself, and set men to guard the city, and gave them were in the city; but these men fell upon the Romans for some time, at Romans than those within the city; for they found the fighting men of id = 57153 author = Karadordevic, Bozidar title = Enchanted India date = keywords = Abibulla; Ganges; Rajah; Vishnu; english; flower; gold; indian; light; like; little; long; look; man; red; round; stand; stone; temple; tree; wall; white; woman summary = stone walls pierced with tiny windows that admit but a dim light, stands flowers above their little flat faces all covered with saffron and white white, and mounted on a horse that looked like silver in the sunshine, Brussels carpets with red and yellow flowers on a green ground--we came yellow that looks like gold with the light shining through, which are little faces with large dark eyes that had greenish-blue lights in them, carved with flowers, and in the court, the tombs of white stone, covered white dresses sat on the ground making up little bunches of flowers, the wood, looks like a jewel-casket dropped in a vast park of green shade The women carry little jars in their hands looking like white marble cenotaph, covered with letters that look like creepers, are mosque of red stone flowered with white marble, the cupola of a id = 27901 author = Karpeles, Gustav title = Jewish Literature and Other Essays date = keywords = Abraham; Africa; Berlin; Bible; David; Gabirol; God; Haggada; Heine; Isaac; Israel; Italy; Jacob; Jerusalem; Jews; Joseph; Judah; Judaism; Law; Lord; Maimonides; Mendelssohn; Moses; Poland; Rabbi; Santob; Saul; Solomon; Spain; Talmud; Talmudist; Wahl; Yehuda; Zunz; arabic; german; greek; hebrew; jewish; spanish summary = taken in long neglected Jewish literature by such Christian scholars as loving devotion roused Jewish science and literature from their secular Jews in Arabia we meet with a large number of Jewish poets among sort of Jewish Ulysses, appeared among Jews, and at the same time modern life, was likewise a Jew, a descendant of Spanish-Jewish of "David''s royal song and harp." But, in general, Jewish literature is national life, so later times, the Talmudic periods, produced women with Judaism and Jewish poetry know naught of the sensual love so assiduously Prominent among the great men of this period was the Jew Moses ben had developed in Jewish soul life, since the day when Judah''s song first Since his time poets of Jewish race have enriched dramatic literature in the development of Jewish literature and culture: briefly, "The Jew''s all other Jewish histories are to be measured by Jews for many years to id = 30064 author = Kelly, R. Talbot (Robert Talbot) title = Peeps at Many Lands: Burma date = keywords = Burma; Burmans; Irrawaddy; Mandalay; Rangoon; burmese; forest; illustration; large; river; tree; water summary = upper waters give place to towns which bear names, while large and strangely-shaped boats carry the produce of the country to some great clothing the beautiful tints of their forest flowers and Many little Burmese villages surround Rangoon, where, half buried in number, the Irrawaddy forms its great highway for traffic, and a large extent, the whole country away from the river-banks is densely covered river, and are crowned by a belt of almost continuous forest-trees, little idea of how beautiful and interesting a river it is. for Burma is a thirsty land and some of these watering-places are far tree and thicket is a home for birds, all forms of animal life appear river-banks do these pagodas crown the hills, but in every town and by building them close to the water, either on the river-bank or hills rise from the banks of the river, each crowned by a pagoda, id = 27481 author = Kendall, Elizabeth Kimball title = A Wayfarer in China Impressions of a trip across West China and Mongolia date = keywords = Chengtu; China; Chinese; East; Government; Jack; Kalgan; Mongol; Mongolia; Omei; Peking; River; Szechuan; Tachienlu; Urga; West; Yangtse; Yunnan; day; european; french; illustration; man; russian; western summary = cross the great rivers and ranges of western Yunnan, a weary month-long Our day''s stage usually ended in a good-sized town. friendly way, generally stopping after I had passed to ask my coolies and a century ago the Chinese frontier stopped at Tachienlu, but to-day Later in the day we left the river, and crossing a head ridge or pass While in Chia-ting I crossed the river one day to see the great Buddha Kalgan stands hard-by the Great Wall; here China and Mongolia meet, and wild-looking men on sturdy little ponies told of an open country. these people, however, looked like Western men, and one simply could not a few Chinese, with a little group of frightened-looking Mongols. Or put it in another way: with Chinese and man of the West alike, that has lived a long time, the Chinese have found out a great many id = 22903 author = Keppel, Henry, Sir title = The Expedition to Borneo of H.M.S. Dido For the Suppression of Piracy date = keywords = Archipelago; Bandar; Borneo; Brooke; Captain; China; Chinese; Datu; Dido; Dyaks; England; English; Hassim; Kaya; Labuan; Lundu; Macota; Mr.; Muda; Orang; Pangeran; Pontiana; Proper; Rajah; Royalist; Sadong; Sahib; Sakarran; Sambas; Sarawak; Sarebus; Seriff; Singapore; Singè; Sir; Tanjong; Tumangong; british; european; malay summary = character of the natives.--Leave Sarawak.--Songi Dyaks.--Visit Seriff river.--Visit to the Singè Dyaks.--Description of Mr. Brooke''s house at made Rajah of Sarawak.--Liberation of rebel prisoners.--State of Dyak arrives in the Samarang''s boats.--Return to Sarawak.--New expedition changes and chances of time will place this fine country in the hands Malay or Dyak are a good-looking and industrious race, partaking prevent my reaching the Lundu Dyaks; the distance was great, the tribe character of the natives.--Leave Sarawak.--Songi Dyaks.--Visit applied by the natives of Borneo to the various wild tribes, Dyaks tribe of Dyaks, from the River Linga, coming to our assistance, different Malay chiefs heard that, in ten days, a handful of white men considerable native force of both Malays and Dyaks, was particularly body of the Malay to Sarawak, his native place; both parties having the present time, it is the Pangerans or rajahs of the country, with id = 27749 author = Keyser, Arthur Louis title = From Jungle to Java The Trivial Impressions of a Short Excursion to Netherlands India date = keywords = Abu; Batavia; CHAPTER; Dutch; General; Government; Java; Pura; Resident; Singapore; Tjilatjap; Usoof; Wodena summary = the official rendering of travelled) through a neighbouring State (known In the morning the traveller took leave of his kind host, who left first House officials, and the travellers entered a luxuriously fitted appeared that if the traveller was anxious for facts about Java, the natives selling vegetables--good wholesome English looking specimens, some distance round the town stretched rows and rows of native houses Few Dutch ladies in Java mind being seen in what to us appears but the traveller had already had sufficient of hotel life in Java, and hill, about eight miles from the station, stood a little halting house chief characteristic of the house was that it looked like a home, its the kind Assistant-Resident to use the Government Rest House, he drove seemed a pretty little country town, but the train left early and there Dutch official in Java stated that he considered that the way the id = 27604 author = Kikuchi, Dairoku title = A History of the Japanese People From the Earliest Times to the End of the Meiji Era date = keywords = A.D.; Arthur; Ashikaga; Bakufu; Buddhism; China; Christianity; Court; Crown; Daigo; Daika; Emperor; Empress; Fujiwara; Government; Great; Hideyoshi; Hojo; Hosokawa; Ieyasu; Ise; Izumo; Japan; Kamakura; Kami; Kiyomori; Koma; Korea; Kudara; Kwanto; Kyoto; Kyushu; Majesty; Manchuria; Minamoto; Mori; Muromachi; Mutsu; Nara; Nobunaga; Omi; Osaka; Otomo; Owari; Port; Prince; Records; Satsuma; Shinto; Shiragi; Shirakawa; Shotoku; Soga; Southern; State; Sun; Taira; Takauji; Tokugawa; Uesugi; Yamato; Yedo; Yemishi; Yoritomo; Yoshinaka; Yoshisada; Yoshitsune; Yuryaku; chinese; christian; chronicle; engraving; heian; imperial; japanese; russian; throne summary = sovereign''s reign--reckoning from the New Year''s day following his and the seventy-second year of his reign fell, therefore, in 219 B.C. Now, to the east of the town of Shingu in Kii province, at a place on Japan or presented to the Japanese Throne by foreign potentates. exercise public rights as head of a State." A Japanese Emperor Now, at the time of his death, Okusaka had a son, Mayuwa, seven years placing upon the throne Prince Furubito, a son of the Emperor Jomei. administrative power lay in the hands of the Court nobles in Kyoto, Kyoto Court to appoint an Imperial prince to the post of shogun. that the chief official in the shogun''s court at Muromachi in Kyoto Imperial Court in earlier times by leaving the military families in Japanese authorities by visiting Japan--not for the first time but family, no such custom having existed in Japan at any time." id = 36545 author = Kloss, C. Boden (Cecil Boden) title = In the Andamans and Nicobars: The Narrative of a Cruise in the Schooner "Terrapin" date = keywords = Andaman; Andamanese; Archipelago; Bay; Blair; Captain; Chaura; Elpanam; Government; Great; Harbour; India; Interior; Island; K.N.; Kachal; Kar; Linn; Little; Malay; Man; Nankauri; Nicobar; Nicobarese; Port; Pulo; River; Settlement; Shom; Sumatra; Teressa; bird; native; village summary = a schooner, to the Andaman and Nicobar Islands in the Bengal Sea, the Forest--Beach Formation--Native Hut--Little Andaman-We landed on South Andaman in a little bay, whose waters lapped a beach night, and at noon next day we sighted the low island of Kar Nicobar, Kar Nicobar, within a few miles of the little island of Batti Malv. Before we left, a number of men from Great Nicobar arrived in a large The Anchorage--The Island--Villages--We leave Kondul--Great The Anchorage--The Island--Villages--We leave Kondul--Great Nicobars and the group of islands adjacent to the north-east point of Nicobar Islands with a great number of small praus, and kill and take island, and at the village of M[=u]s, water rose into the houses of the a fourth; while Little and Great Nicobar with their adjacent islands almost the whole of the islanders; a group of one village in one house. id = 14346 author = Knox, Robert title = An Historical Relation of the Island Ceylon in the East Indies Together with an Account of the Detaining in Captivity the Author and Divers other Englishmen Now Living There, and of the Author''s Miraculous Escape date = keywords = CHAP; Cande; City; Countrey; Court; Dutch; English; Father; Fort; God; Governor; House; Island; King; Land; Men; Palace; People; Portugueze; Rice; River; Water; Woods; child; corn; man; money; order; soldier; town; tree; woman summary = like unto Leather, and of great use unto the Countrey People. many times Commands to lay hold on and carry away great and Noble men, The great Officers tell the King, the People that accrue to the King from Corn-Lands.] So that in time all Houses the Land affords for the Kings use, and to send persons to Court, And the great Men are as ready when the King Commands, both King and People do generally like the Christian Religion better between the King and the great Men; and what Employment the People of [An Order comes from the King to bring them up into the Countrey.] For [Parted.] Order came from the great Men in Court to place us in like to which the King never gave to any White man in my time. who was at this time a great man about the King, was not a little id = 13806 author = Knox, Thomas Wallace title = Overland through Asia; Pictures of Siberian, Chinese, and Tartar Life date = keywords = Amoor; Arctic; Asia; Baikal; Barnaool; CHAPTER; Captain; China; Company; Eastern; Emperor; English; Europe; Francisco; General; Irkutsk; Kamchatka; Kiachta; Korsackoff; Krasnoyarsk; Lake; Manjour; Mongol; Moscow; Mr.; New; Nicolayevsk; Ohotsk; Pacific; Pekin; Petersburg; San; Siberia; St.; Tartar; York; american; chinese; cossack; illustration; russian; tail summary = government office--A Chinese traveling carriage--Visiting a Manjour The day before we came in sight of land, my dog repeatedly placed his following night and day the Russians escaped and ascended the Straits Russian cities in winter and summer is largely due to the number of My second day on the Amoor was much like the first in the general both banks of the river, his power extending over native and Russian officers, English with occasional travelers, and a little Chinese and bade him good evening and returned to the boat and the Russian shore. river are generally built twenty or thirty feet above high water mark. Siberia, five thousand miles from the Russian capital and nearly half In the Russian posting system the horses carry loads only one way. not snow enough for good sleighing, and the winter roads generally like those used by Russian merchants when traveling. id = 50408 author = Krauskopf, Joseph title = Jews and Moors in Spain date = keywords = Ages; Andalusia; Arab; CHAPTER; Caliph; Chasdai; Christianity; Christians; Church; Cordova; Europe; Ferdinand; France; God; Ibn; Inquisition; Isaac; Isabella; Israel; Jews; King; Mohammedan; Moors; Moses; Rabbi; Sabbath; Spain; St.; day; die; great; history; illustration; jewish; moorish; spanish summary = requesting him to have his lectures on "THE JEWS AND MOORS IN SPAIN" JEWS AND MOORS IN SPAIN," in which you treat of the social, political, OF THE JEWS AND MOORS IN SPAIN," and read such as I did not hear, Endured.--Spain Makes Amends.--The Moors Lost.--The Jews Live. cultured Moors and Jews, whose prosperity continued as long as the Christianity banished the Jews and Moors from Spain. We know that the Moors and Jews are Oriental people, and, therefore, JEWS SETTLE IN SPAIN DURING THE REIGN OF KING SOLOMON.--JEWISH EUROPE.--PROSPERITY THE GREAT CRIME OF THE JEWS.--THE when in the early days of the Christian era the Jews of Spain were descendants of Jews who lived in Spain long before the time of Christ, Moors and the Jews held in philosophy during their stay in Spain from The position of the Moors and Jews of Spain in the industries may, id = 30347 author = La Gironière, Paul P. de title = Adventures in the Philippine Islands date = keywords = Ajetas; Alila; Anna; Captain; Cavite; Chinese; Don; France; Indians; Jala; Juan; Manilla; Philippines; Spaniards; Tinguians; day; friend; great; long; man; place; spanish; time summary = say its happiness, passed too quickly away; and the period soon came having rounded the Cape of Good Hope half-a-dozen times, I undertook The following day my friends prepared a small pirogue to convey me three weeks I lived with the Indian family without receiving any news an Indian Hunter--Return to Manilla--Injustice of the Governor--My desired; the Indian only wished to know whether I was a good horseman, It was indeed time, for we found the poor Indian half dead, the day of the contest, come upon the battle-field armed with long, time, till at last, towards the middle of the day, we came to a small person; every time an Indian passes under one of these fig-trees soon reached the long wished-for object of our journey--the village of On the next day the young man pays a visit to the mother, father, Several times, when passing through the woods with my Indians, id = 26162 author = La Motte, Ellen N. (Ellen Newbold) title = Peking Dust date = keywords = Allies; America; China; City; Europe; Germany; Government; Japan; Orient; Peking; President; Shanghai; Tientsin; british; chinese; european; french summary = "Ask the Chinese Government?" repeated the young man, scornfully. with many foreigners who have lived in China for a long time, who have China has suffered at the hands of the great powers, "China in Fetters"--a significant term for a Chinese newspaper to use. realize that the foreign governments have given China no assistance in already talking of the great day, only six months distant, when China As I told you the other day, the opium traffic in China is to come pressure upon the Chinese Government to extend the time by nine months. foreigner in China knows it, and the Chinese know it themselves only too Foreign Office, warning the Chinese Government against allowing the China, you wish Chinese interests to have the right of way. Chinese press referred to as "a glorious day for China and her various British officials in China, and to the Foreign Office in id = 39874 author = Lajpat Rai, Lala title = An Open Letter to the Right Honorable David Lloyd George Prime Minister of Great Britain date = keywords = George; Government; India; Indians; Lloyd; Mr.; british; people summary = Sir: I am an Indian who has, by the fear of your Government in India the best of Britishers engaged in governing India. India," that once when he told a high Anglo-Indian official that I was a No Indian can speak the _whole truth_ while in India. officers in India have taken away what little freedom the people enjoyed because we were in love with your Government in India, but on different Indian clerk is sweated in the offices of your Government in India on a Don''t you know, sir, that in India there are millions of widows (much I ask, sir, if it is not a fact that millions in India die of famine, well, sir, divide India into small nations and give them self-government Government established by the law in British India, or the cannot be safe for democracy unless India is self-governed. id = 41819 author = Lajpat Rai, Lala title = The Political Future of India date = keywords = Assembly; Bengal; Committee; Council; Empire; England; Executive; General; Government; Governor; India; Indians; Legislative; Montagu; Mr.; Parliament; Punjab; Report; Secretary; State; United; british; european summary = British Government and the Indian people which will result in discontent Government and I still hope that the Secretary of State for India, British Government in India are also conscious of that fact, as one of India by the Anglo-Indian bureaucracy and the non-official European on "Responsible Government in India." We have neither the time nor the future of India is a sisterhood of states, self-governing in all matters Government of India in future should be, not how far the people of The Indian critics of British rule in India have repeatedly pointed out Native States are so dear to the peoples of India and why the Indian of the report, "to reserve to the Government of India a general power of the Government of India to legislate for the provinces, but it people of India as British except in a time of war or id = 42726 author = Lala, Ramon Reyes title = The Philippine Islands date = keywords = Admiral; Aguinaldo; Americans; British; Captain; Cavité; Cebú; Chinese; Church; Filipinos; General; Government; Governor; King; Kong; Luzon; Manila; Mexico; Mindanao; Philippines; Spain; Spaniards; States; Sulu; United; european; great; island; native; spanish; year summary = Philippine Islands produce sugar, rice, hemp, tobacco, coffee, and 1,000 Europeans and a large number of natives manned this fleet, generations of Spanish robbery, where these people were forced to labor trousers and of native manufacture, made of abacá, or Manila hemp; the Philippine Islands; and, after the founding of Manila, being well Manila, the capital of the Philippines, is situated on the island of advanced government of the islands, Cavité should become a large city. plant-life in the Philippine Islands, of the richness and abundance year a State-galleon left Manila for Mexico, bearing the baled Chinese the galleon at Manila formed the great events of the year. the fibre that is shipped is cleaned by the old native hand-process. Another great source of Spanish weakness was their native the Americans in the Philippine Islands. To the General-in-Chief commanding the Spanish Forces at Manila: Major-General Merritt, Manila, Philippine Islands:--The President id = 13128 author = Landor, Arnold Henry Savage title = Corea or Cho-sen: The Land of the Morning Calm date = keywords = China; Cho; Court; Gate; Japan; King; Korai; Majesty; Mr.; Prince; Seoul; Year; chapter; chinese; corean; european; good; head; house; illustration; japanese; man; people; time summary = residents--The word "Corea"--A glance at Corean history--Cho-sen. residents--The word "Corea"--A glance at Corean history--Cho-sen. Corean sedan-chairs are somewhat too short for the long-legged foreigner, Going along at a good pace I reached the half-way house, a The Woman of Cho-sen--Her clothes--Her ways--Her looks--Her The Woman of Cho-sen--Her clothes--Her ways--Her looks--Her the man of Cho-sen and his clothes, to describe in a general way to you woman has a right to open and enter any door of a Corean house when she beats the man, for the Corean woman can have a temper at times. was surrounded by a large crowd of natives, when a good-natured old man When the Coreans eat in their own houses, the men of the family take King of Cho-sen, he set his heart upon having a house built in the It is a great mistake to suppose that the good-natured King of Cho-sen, id = 22117 author = Landor, Arnold Henry Savage title = Across Coveted Lands; or, a Journey from Flushing (Holland) to Calcutta Overland date = keywords = Abbas; Afghanistan; Ali; Amir; Bank; Beluch; Beluchistan; Benn; Birjand; Chah; Consul; Consulate; Customs; England; English; Government; Governor; India; Isfahan; Kerman; Khan; Kuh; Mahommed; Major; Meshed; Minister; Nushki; Persia; Persians; Quetta; Robat; Rustam; Sadek; Shah; Sher; Sistan; Teheran; Yezd; Zaidan; Ziarat; afghan; british; chapter; european; illustration; russian summary = by far the best rest-house on the road to the Persian capital, with large Of course Persia contains a comparatively small number of Persians of a animals from the great heat of the day--long strings of camels with their shingle hill range extending from the north-east to the south-west. Yezd men are great travellers and possess good business There was a high mountain north-east of camp, the Darband, 8,200 feet, towers--Passes into the desert--A wall-like mountain range--The wall-like barrier to the north and the handsome hills to the south-west. In the centre of this city was a large and high quadrangular wall like a We passed a great many parallel sand dunes, 100 feet high, east and west this place, but some two miles off the road a well of good water has been Three long sand banks from 30 to 50 feet high, facing north, id = 22210 author = Landor, Arnold Henry Savage title = In the Forbidden Land An account of a journey in Tibet, capture by the Tibetan authorities, imprisonment, torture and ultimate release date = keywords = Almora; Chanden; Dr.; Edition; Garbyang; Government; India; Jong; Kachi; Kali; Kuti; Lake; Lamas; Landor; Lhassa; Lumpiya; Mansarowar; Mansing; Mr.; North; Pass; Pen; Pombo; Rajiwar; River; Shokas; Sing; South; Taklakot; Tarjum; Tibetans; West; Wilson; author; british; chapter; foot; illustration; man; soldier; time summary = Lama Chokden--A Tibetan guard--The sacred Kelas--Reverence of my men I was provided with a very light mountain _tente-d''abri_ seven feet long, pass for the first time Shokas invariably cut a strip of cloth and place a large Tibetan tent manufactured to shelter my future followers--if enter Tibet by the Lippu Pass, was surrounded by Tibetan soldiers, and he wonder, a great human hand (as the Tibetans and Shokas call it), which is fear of being surprised by the Tibetan soldiers, and we passed hour after Tibetans had given me--had taken a large army of men into Tibet, and that remain in his tent, guarded by Tibetan soldiers. of Tibetan men, women and children, who seemed very good-natured and Tibetans pray to their god by means of water, wind and hand-power, are Travelling Tibetans--Over a high pass--A friendly meeting--A [Illustration: A SHOKA-TIBETAN HALF-CASTE] with a handful of men, escaped from the Tibetan soldiers watching id = 27021 author = Landor, Arnold Henry Savage title = An Explorer''s Adventures in Tibet date = keywords = Chanden; Jong; Kachi; Lake; Lamas; Landor; Lhassa; Mansarowar; Mansing; Mr.; Pass; Pen; Pombo; Shokas; Sing; Taklakot; Tarjum; Tibetans; Wilson; man summary = High mountain ranges bound the Tibetan plateau on all sides. way with great caution, particularly as by the time we reached that spot We arrived at Lama Chokten, a pass protected by a Tibetan guard. and louder, and then we saw coming our way a stream of limpid snow-water Tibetan officers, followed by their men, came trembling to meet us. When darkness came I placed a guard a little distance off our camp. pass and on the other side, a number of Tibetans following the yaks we (the name the Tibetans had given me) had taken a large army of men into then allowed to remain in his tent, guarded by Tibetan soldiers. bank of the stream, was a large Tibetan camping-ground with a high wall Next morning, the 20th idem, a number of Tibetans came to Mr. Landor''s tent, bringing food and ponies. id = 43997 author = Lang, John title = Wanderings in India, and Other Sketches of Life in Hindostan date = keywords = Agra; Black; Blue; Calcutta; Colonel; Court; Deputy; England; General; Government; Governor; India; Judge; Lieutenant; Lord; Maharajah; Major; Meerut; Mr.; Mrs.; Mussoorie; Rajah; Ranee; Sahib; Singh; Sir; british; european summary = lady said, "The heaven is speaking, Sahib." I answered, "Truly; but the tea, and followed the young man, who led me to the little house near "One day, when the Sahib came into my room, I began to talk to him "Sahib," said Black and Blue, looking up at the doctor, "you are very matter-of-fact way in which the natives of India regard the death of said--"No; it is written in general orders that no officer shall employ "Well, old man, what is the matter?" said the Lieutenant to the almost "''Look into that boy''s face,'' said the lady to her husband and myself; "I get, sir, for this business," said the old man, pointing with his "Good morning to you, sir," said the old man to the snake. "Well, sir," said the old man, coming up to me, after he had made a id = 39897 author = Layard, Austen Henry title = Discoveries Among the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon date = keywords = Agha; Arabs; Babylon; Baghdad; Bedouin; Bey; British; Desert; Dr.; East; Euphrates; Hillah; Hincks; Khabour; Khorsabad; Kouyunjik; Kurds; Mesopotamia; Mosul; Mr.; Museum; Nimroud; Nineveh; Pasha; Sennacherib; Shammar; Sheikh; Sinjar; Suttum; Tigris; Wan; Yezidi; armenian; assyrian; babylonian; eastern; egyptian; king; kurdish; persian; turkish summary = small Armenian village, the remains of a larger, with the ruins of three remains of ancient Armenian cities, far from high roads and mostly KOUYUNJIK.--TUNNELS IN THE MOUND.--BAS-RELIEFS REPRESENTING ASSYRIAN But little change had taken place in the great mound since I had last seen The bas-reliefs recorded the subjection by the Assyrian king of a nation The sculptured remains hitherto discovered in the mound of Kouyunjik had north-west palace, that great storehouse of Assyrian history and art. "Sennacherib, king of Assyria, the great figures of bulls, which in the considerable mounds, the remains of ancient Assyrian population;[97] the the Egyptian relics discovered in the Assyrian ruins are of the time of SCULPTURES.--CAPTURE OF CITIES ON A GREAT RIVER.--POMP OF ASSYRIAN sea-like plain, the great ruin of Ctesiphon appeared above the eastern If the walls forming the inclosures of Khorsabad and other Assyrian ruins id = 43451 author = Leonardo de Argensola, Bartolomé title = The Discovery and Conquest of the Molucco and Philippine Islands. Containing their History, Ancient and Modern, Natural and Political: Their Description, Product, Religion, Government, Laws, Languages, Customs, Manners, Habits, Shape, and Inclinations of the Natives. With an Account of many other adjacent Islands, and several remarkable Voyages through the Streights of Magellan, and in other Parts. date = keywords = Account; Admiral; Amboyna; Cachil; Cannon; Captain; City; Commander; Don; Dutch; Enemy; English; Fleet; Fort; General; Governour; India; Islands; John; King; Manila; Men; Moluccos; Natives; Pedro; People; Portugueses; Sea; Son; Spain; Spaniards; Ternate; Tydore; arm; chinese; country; day; man; order; ship; soldier; thing; time summary = say, That he has all things who has the Sea. The Kings, Boleyfe, of Ternate, and Almanzor, of Tydore, contended King Emanuel to order the Fort he desir''d, to be built upon Ternate, Spain, with the Letters from the King of the Molucco Islands, which Kings met in the little Island, which divides Ternate from Tydore, new Commander sollicited the Kings Sons to return to Ternate, and that which flourish''d, and advanc''d in Ternate and Tydore was Fed. Cachil Babu sail''d with his Brothers, and a great Number of Vessels of the Kings, and People, Governors, and other Portugueses at Ternate, [Dutch at Ternate.] that he was Brother to the King of an Island; Ships, and four Tenders, came to the Island, where two of the King''s in which were 1000 Men. The King and Prince of Tydore, with Captain Villagra, came to the the Governour, Don Pedro, took from the King [two Dutch Ships.] id = 52896 author = Leonowens, Anna Harriette title = Life and Travel in India Being Recollections of a Journey Before the Days of Railroads date = keywords = Bombay; Brahman; CHAPTER; Company; Deccan; East; England; English; God; Govind; Guzerat; Hindoo; Hindostan; India; Jehan; Mahratta; Mohammedan; Mohgul; Parsees; Sanskrit; Shah; Siva; Zoroaster; british; day; european; fire; ghaut; great; life; light; oriental; place; portuguese; temple; woman summary = ancient origin, being called after a very beautiful Hindoo queen, Hindoo temples which formerly stood in the great plain now called the dinner-party to be given at the house of a rich East Indian lady, a Mrs. C----, the widow of what is called in British India an uncovenanted Mahrattas are Hindoos, divided like them into four castes--the Brahmans, Trinity, Maha Dèo, the Great God, commonly called Brahm, the Hindoo the body of a Hindoo or a Parsee borne on an open bier by white-robed On this day every Hindoo and Brahman woman places seven wicks in a dish beautiful half-veiled women, the lovely children, the noble-looking held in great contempt by the high-class Brahmans and Hindoos. a Hindoo temple; he is then washed in pure water by the priests robed in his little daughter, a beautiful girl of seven years old, to death by the temple were composed of the most beautiful women that India could id = 8678 author = Leonowens, Anna Harriette title = The English Governess at the Siamese Court Being Recollections of Six Years in the Royal Palace at Bangkok date = keywords = Bangkok; Buddha; Buddhist; Cambodia; China; Chow; Chowfa; English; Excellency; God; King; Kralahome; Maha; Majesty; Meinam; Mongkut; Moonshee; Palace; Phya; Princess; Royal; Sanskrit; Second; Siam; Singapore; Somdetch; Supreme; Thou; Watt; boy; child; european; footnote; french; great; oriental; siamese; time summary = His Majesty, Somdetch P''hra Paramendr Maha Mongkut, the Supreme King of [Illustration: Fac-Simile of Letter from present Supreme King of Siam: the bed of the Meinam by the king P''hra Chow Phra-sat-thong, as a work playhouse is within the palace grounds of his Royal Highness Prince Krom Princes of the blood royal were for a long time engaged, brother first or supreme king of Siam, had just died, leaving this prince, Siam; and so, one morning, came the slow but welcome news that the king expressed his surprise, saying, "Siamese lady no like work; love play, the mother of a royal prince of Siam, her feet covered with a silk Mongkut, the reigning Supreme King of Siam, intimating the recent death A Siamese king may have two queens at the same time; in which case the watts, with idols and priests; palaces, with kings, queens, concubines, id = 39735 author = Lindley, Augustus F. title = Ti-Ping Tien-Kwoh: The History of the Ti-Ping Revolution (Volume II) date = keywords = Admiral; Bruce; Burgevine; Captain; China; Chung; Dew; England; English; Europeans; Futai; General; God; Gordon; Government; Hope; Kan; Major; Manchoo; Mr.; Nankin; Nar; Ningpo; Shanghae; Sir; Soo; Taepings; Tien; Ward; british; chinese; french; imperialist summary = The Kan-wang, the missionaries'' friend, having left the city while Mr. Muirhead was there, that event was mentioned in the following different offices of Ti-ping Government in Hang-chow, and completing his French aiding by six vessels only, a fact suppressed by Captain Dew. The final expulsion of the Ti-pings from Ningpo was thus effected:-placed directly between the British and French men-of-war and the guns the foreign men-of-war, as stated by Captain Dew. The Ti-pings fought their battery against the overwhelming fire from the A march of five days brought our forces to the city of Soo-chow, when Nankin and Soo-chow, the Chung-wang''s immediate command, and other The British men-of-war, the Manchoo gunboats, the French vessels, the China having just reached Shanghae, Major Gordon, R.E., took command of British army_; while General Brown sent a force of 550 men (including Ti-ping stockades outside Soo-chow; consequently, the Chung-wang id = 40350 author = Linebarger, Paul Myron Anthony title = Government in Republican China date = keywords = Chiang; China; Communists; Council; Empire; Government; Japan; Kuomintang; Manchu; Nanking; Nationalists; New; Party; Peking; Political; Republic; Shih; Sun; West; Yat; York; Yüan; chinese; confucian; japanese; western summary = the old Chinese society lay not in the power of an organized body of National Government of China and of the Nationalist armies under Chiang nationalism required of China in the new Westernized world--this was a the pivot of modern Chinese government and politics. possessed the power, under the legal sanction of the Chinese government, military power of the Nationalist armies led by Chiang K''ai-shek. China the background of a Chinese-dominated world society in the Far Chinese government appearing in quasi-military form. Undoubtedly China was and is too large to be governed by mere military provincial military commanders; many Chinese expected a new Yüan to making the Chinese government independent of Japanese and Western Western government and makes no attempt to transpose Chinese politics include much material on Chinese politics and government. How can modern government be made Chinese, Chinese political and military development may well id = 47815 author = Little, Burtis McGie title = Francisco the Filipino date = keywords = Filipinos; Francisco; Islands; Manila; Philippines; Spain; States; United summary = Francisco was a Filipino boy who lived in the southern part of Until Francisco was old enough to go to school, he spent a great deal of time in helping his mother about the house, carrying water, going Filipinos eat rice three times a day, and no meal is really complete Francisco''s grandmother, whose house was not far away, made her living as it comes from the tree is two or three times as large as the nut When Francisco entered school he knew a few English words and The other interest that Francisco found when he entered the town school and government of the United States and the Philippine Islands, WHAT FRANCISCO LEARNED OF PHILIPPINE HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT and government which Francisco studied in the provincial school. of the new era in the Philippine Islands, for which the Filipinos and Francisco''s high school days were at an end. id = 49121 author = Loti, Pierre title = The Last Days of Pekin date = keywords = Boxers; Bridge; China; City; Emperor; Empress; Europe; France; Heaven; Imperial; Marble; October; Palace; Pekin; Yellow; chinese; day; european; french; like; mongolian; old; wall summary = small boats--little steam tugs--hurry like busy people among the big cannot count on seeing the great walls of Pekin for six or seven days. THE GREAT WALL SURROUNDING THE OUTER CITY OF PEKIN] As we come through the separating wall and see the Chinese City framed the wood, great Pekin in its dust, which the sun is beginning to gild And every time each gate in the red walls with the yellow faience permit himself to be seen, to act in the light of day like other men, I shall come to a fresh opening in an old wall, which will be my crossed the wall of the Chinese City by this southern gate, first The place is paved with marble, and straight ahead, rising like a wall, walls the vests of Chinese soldiers are fastened up and arranged like and the "yellow wind" before reaching Y-Tchou, another old walled city id = 1409 author = Lowell, Percival title = The Soul of the Far East date = keywords = Buddhism; China; East; Far; Japan; Oriental; chinese; day; eastern; fact; japanese; life; like; man; nature; people; thing; western; world summary = individuals, whatever interest the Far Eastern people may succeed in a certain time of life, and long before a man grows old, it is the even life is altogether too fanciful a notion for the Far Eastern mind. earth-begotten concepts, and so to the Far Oriental, who looks at things man starts to-day with the same impersonal outlook upon life the race Nature and Art. We have seen how impersonal is the form which Far Eastern thought regards humanity as but a small part of the great natural world, instead With us, from the time of the Greeks to the present day, man has been The Far Oriental makes fun of man and makes love to Nature; and it Emblem of the spirit of man is this little pool to Far Oriental eyes. individual soul of man, namely, that it exists much after the manner of id = 26705 author = Ludwig Salvator, Archduke of Austria title = The Caravan Route between Egypt and Syria date = keywords = Gaza; Harish; Koubba; Melleha; Syria; Wadi; bedouin; illustration summary = excepting the old caravan route over Wadi el Harish, the ancient Torrens at the foot of low sand-hills, another small group of palms, called by water of which is slightly saline, is placed under a small group of road across the deep sandy ground, reached the small palm group of some distance reached a gentle slope, which brought us to the sandy hill interrupted in one place only by a small saddle-shaped sand-hill, and is large palm wood towards the sea, and the extensive plain planted with burial-place of the Bedouins, containing several tombs and a large rises for some distance over sandy hills into undulating ground, where desert, the palms and the Koubba of Sheik el Zvoyed. sand-hills, in the midst of which are three beautiful palm groups. The broad sandy road from Khanyunis to Gaza passes for some distance the meadows by sand-hills only, on which is a group of trees called Em id = 7489 author = Lumholtz, Carl title = Through Central Borneo; an Account of Two Years'' Travel in the Land of Head-Hunters Between the Years 1913 and 1917 date = keywords = Apo; Bandjermasin; Barito; Borneo; Dayaks; Duhoi; Dutch; Glats; Java; Kahayan; Katingan; Kayan; Kenyahs; Long; Mahakam; Malays; Mr.; New; Oma; Penihings; Penyahbongs; Punans; River; Samba; Sampit; Saputans; Sembulo; Upper; chapter; day; man summary = Long Pelaban, a Kenyah kampong, on the Kayan River Kenyah-Kayan, Iban or Sea Dayak, Malay, and the remaining tribes he the river to Kaburau, the principal Kayan kampong (village) to secure men Malays call the great jungles of Borneo, first going up the river half a his prahu (native boat) had been attacked one day at dawn in a small To-day the young men sing the song of the returning head-hunters more for day''s journey up the Kayan River, only the weak and old people remaining high ground, with Malay men, women, and children who had been living there The kampong consists of several long houses of the usual Dayak style, start at seven o''clock, arriving in good time at the Kayan kampong, Long little fruit, fish will not come up the river as far as our kampong, and Three times a day the women bring water and take baths, while the men id = 21661 author = Lynch, George title = Impressions of a War Correspondent date = keywords = Boer; China; City; Elandslaagte; Germans; Japanese; Ladysmith; London; New; Pekin; York; chinese; day; great; illustration; like; look; man; pass; time summary = and the men who _do_ things, and shove these life-wheels round, warms stayed just a little too long, and had not time to get to his horse, rending sound of the shells in the air like the tearing of a great in a long snake-like column of men that winds along the road through at what looks like a man but may be a tree-trunk, and then stops again I looked forward to seeing great things from the Germans. I wonder what that other city looked like from the of Coal Hill, I have looked down on at night, but none of them is like people who were men in their day and did things, palatial buildings, the increase, and for young business men who have little time for The general rule that the men are at work all day has its effect in id = 51492 author = Lynch, H. F. B. (Harry Finnis Blosse) title = Armenia, Travels and Studies (Volume 1 of 2) The Russian Provinces date = keywords = A.D.; Akhalkalaki; Akhaltsykh; Alagöz; Ani; Ararat; Araxes; Arpa; Asia; Brosset; Caucasus; Chai; Christ; Church; Dagh; Dubois; East; Edgmiatsin; Empire; Erivan; Europe; God; Government; Gregory; Kars; Katholikos; King; Kur; Lake; London; Mussulman; Persia; Sea; Sembat; St.; Tiflis; Tiridates; Trebizond; Turks; Van; armenian; christian; fig; georgian; greek; russian; turkish summary = the natural features, our tents spread upon the great mountain masses, (1453), and Western commerce is expelled from the Black Sea. The empire of Trebizond takes its place in this great tragedy of axis of the Armenian border ranges is turned towards south-east, and right a small Armenian village, we then descended to the river-bed; mile in width, pursuing a direction from south-east towards north-west Measured from north-east to south-west, the plain of further bank a small Armenian village; a little Tartar settlement on eastern mountains, we saw a village, which was inhabited by Armenian feature in the scene, extending from north of east to south of west view, on our right hand, of two considerable Armenian villages, we base is most developed lies north-east of the summit of Great Ararat, the right bank of the river Kur. The Georgians, like the Armenians, The stone of the walls and of the old Armenian church id = 53568 author = Lynch, H. F. B. (Harry Finnis Blosse) title = Armenia, Travels and Studies (Volume 2 of 2) The Turkish Provinces date = keywords = Akhlat; Ararat; Asia; Assembly; Berlin; Bingöl; Bitlis; Bull; Constantinople; Council; Dagh; Erzerum; Euphrates; General; Government; Jour; Journal; Kaimakam; Kala; Khamur; Khinis; Kurdistan; Kurds; Lake; Lond; London; Murad; Mush; Mussulman; Nimrud; Paris; Patriarch; Persia; Pet; Rev.; Sipan; St.; Turkey; Van; Venice; armenian; fig; kurdish; russian; turkish summary = Mountain Range along South Coast of Lake Van 119 marsh in the direction of a little Armenian village which stands on mountains south of Lake Van in which the present sources of the Tigris some of the peculiarities which distinguish Lake Van. It may not be out of place to cast one''s look a little further so south than the lake of Van and at a level which is lower by 1500 feet from the plain some little distance east of the rock of Van and place of the great plains, divided by irregular mountain masses of in the west the valley which receives the Kara Su. Our course was directed towards Ilija, a village of above-ground houses their present elevation, the lake of Van and the plain of Mush may be far east as the region to the south-west of Lake Van, where the Taurus id = 32206 author = Mabey, Charles Rendell title = The Utah Batteries: A History A complete account of the muster-in, sea voyage, battles, skirmishes and barrack life of the Utah batteries, together with biographies of officers and muster-out rolls. date = keywords = Battery; City; Filipinos; General; JOHN; June; Lake; Lieutenant; Major; Manila; Salt; San; States; Tagalans; Utah; Young; american summary = LATE A SERGEANT OF LIGHT BATTERY A, UTAH VOLUNTEER ARTILLERY. United States Artillery; Lieutenant Gibbs was the Major commanding the battalion of light artillery in the National Guard of Utah; Lieutenant some time the Captain of Company A, First Infantry N.G.U. All the officers of Battery B had been identified with the National guns at Santa Mesa and Bag Bag. The batteries left for San Francisco on May 20th. The final engagement on the 13th was short, but the guns of the Utah men The guns of Battery B took a position on the left of the line to the The guns of Utah and the two big rifles of Lieutenant Fleming were on Filipinos began the gun under command of Lieutenant Naylor was on its advancing Filipinos began firing before the gun was in position. and when the Utah men arrived there a few days later a long line of new id = 14660 author = Mabini, Apolinario title = Mabini''s Decalogue for Filipinos date = keywords = God summary = =MABINI''S DECALOGUE FOR FILIPINOS= "Thou shalt love thy country after God and they honor and more than Mabini was arrested by the American forces in September, 1899, and Thou shalt love God and thy honor above all things: God as the Thou shalt worship God in the form which thy conscience may appointed thee in this life and by so doing, thou shalt be honored, and being honored, thou shalt glorify thy God. Fourth. Thou shalt love thy country after God and thy honor and more Thou shalt strive for the happiness of thy country before thy if she be happy, thou, together with thy family, shalt likewise be Thou shalt strive for the independence of thy country: for only Thou shalt not recognize in thy country the authority of any Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself: for God has imposed liberty and thy interests, then thou shalt destroy and annihilate him id = 20189 author = MacMicking, Robert title = Recollections of Manilla and the Philippines During 1848, 1849 and 1850 date = keywords = Britain; CHAPTER; China; Europe; Government; Governor; Indians; Manilla; Philippines; Sooloo; Spain; Spaniards; british; country; european; good; great; place; spanish; time summary = for trade, having long been governed by a people whose notions of the place and people and any of his country''s Indian possessions; the and amusement, about that time, generally appears to be the order of The native Indians appear to have a good ear for music, and execute board ships sailing to Manilla, or, by hundreds at a time, sent out and for some time banished to a place at a short distance from Manilla, Europeans who enjoy good health at Manilla appear to become stout The large number of government _empleados_ residing at Manilla makes Their general character is that of a good-natured and merry people, At Manilla a labourer''s pay is a quarter of a dollar a-day, or a little these goods come from Madras, which is their native country, the duty and similar articles of general use, the trade in coloured goods is id = 27861 author = Macaulay, W. Hastings title = Kathay: A Cruise in the China Seas date = keywords = Amoy; Anger; Bay; CHAPTER; Canton; Cape; China; East; English; Governor; Hong; Island; June; Kong; Macào; Manilla; Sea; Shanghae; States; Town; Typa; United; Victoria; Whampoa; chinese; description; place summary = Visit Vice-Consul--New China Street--A Cow-House--Wonders made, felt sure of soon seeing Java Head, and in a short time this long fine house and extensive grounds kept in admirable order, and appeared China Sea--Anchor off Macào--Canton River--Whampoa--Trip to China Sea--Anchor off Macào--Canton River--Whampoa--Trip to way through the immense number of boats and other craft which appeared shipping at Hong-Kong, but at all the other ports in China waters; also The island of Hong-Kong, the original word in the Chinese is about four miles to a place called East Point, and upon it, about two Shanghae is a walled city, and in its appearance much like other Chinese ships in the bay, and from the general appearance of the people, would hundred and fifty miles from each, and appears to have been placed day that an officer of the Government was brought to Cape Town, a On leaving the Cape, our ship presented the appearance of a vessel id = 39486 author = Macgowan, J. (John) title = Sidelights on Chinese Life date = keywords = China; Chinaman; Confucius; East; Empire; England; Englishman; Heaven; Land; Shadows; West; chinese; day; face; good; great; home; house; illustration; life; little; look; people; thing; time; way; woman; year summary = two thousand years ago, that a man that did not know how to rule his home After a careful study of the family life of this great people, one the yellow face sooner than to ask a man if the idols love men. comparatively of whom have ever come back to look upon the land of great here come the people from the great city below, slowly winding could come to life to-day he would see that the old clumsy thing that he Chinese life and scenes afford to the Westerner, there comes a sense of mysteries of Chinese life and see how men and women can lead what seems to the remote times of Chinese history was a man who was taken direct from whilst men who had passed their lives in the commission of great wrongs, cognizance of men''s lives--Heaven looks after great moral id = 49544 author = Mackenzie, A. R. D. (Alfred Robert Davidson) title = Mutiny Memoirs: Being Personal Reminiscences of the Great Sepoy Revolt of 1857 date = keywords = Brigadier; Captain; Cavalry; Colonel; Craigie; Delhi; General; John; Lieutenant; Meerut; Mutiny; Sanford; Sir; european; man summary = Officer of Native Cavalry, who had the good fortune to be engaged in years by the confirming officer, General Hewett, Commanding the Meerut Nearly every British officer of the Regiment came to the ground, and ordered the men to mount and patrol the grounds, while I took the the way, nearly killed an officer, Lieutenant Galloway, of my regiment, We rode all day, expecting every moment our men to turn on us party got into a quicksand, and for some moments horse and man were commanding officer, to take a small party of mounted men and start off body of the enemy at a village about twelve miles from our camp. out, this time the whole Regiment, some 250 strong; and marched away miles of Jhujjur, we, the Guides Cavalry and a body of Irregular Horse For a moment our long line halted full in view of the enemy. id = 52189 author = Malcolm, John title = Sketches of Persia date = keywords = Abbas; Abdûlla; Abusheher; Aga; Ahmed; Ali; Beg; CHAPTER; Elchee; England; God; Hajee; Hoosein; Ibrahim; India; Isfahan; Khan; King; Mahomed; Mahomedan; Meer; Meerzâ; Persia; Persians; Roostem; Shiraz; Shâh; Teheran; english; man summary = man as their officer." "Why," said an old Moullah, "I have often seen in which the King and Prince held the Elchee, both of whom, he said, my brother,'' said the old man; ''bestow your alms, and you shall be price?''--''I shall only ask you, who are a new customer,'' said the man, "Now," said the old Mehmandar, "this man continued twenty years with said the Turkish chief, "they belong to one of the old Persian tribes, desirous to give it another character, said to the Elchee, "I have The king, at this visit, appeared in great good humour with the Elchee, of Persepolis, said he would like to be king of Persia. "Ay, ay," said the old man, "nature will come out. On the death of Hajee Ibrahim, the king is said to have desired to The King of Persia determined, however, as he said, that his first id = 52739 author = Malcolm, John title = Observations on the Disturbances in the Madras Army in 1809 date = keywords = Barlow; Colonel; Company; General; George; Government; Hyderabad; July; Lieutenant; Madras; Masulipatam; Sir; european summary = a general view of the principal acts of the Government of Fort St. George, from the commencement to the termination of the late violent letter circulated by the commanding officer of the forces, General was adopted; and the authority of commanding officers of corps was my letter addressed to a respectable field officer (Lieutenant-Colonel commanding officer, Lieutenant-Colonel Innes, had been placed under a letter from Colonel Barclay, written by order of Sir George Barlow, stated by Lieutenant-Colonel Innes to have been made by officers at instructions,'' in order to show the officer commanding the army in the officer commanding the army in chief, and Government, when their the officer commanding the army may recommend to Government to confirm As the information which the officer commanding the army in chief has As the information which the officer commanding the army in chief has received from the officer commanding the army in chief. id = 53424 author = Malcolm, John title = The Life of Robert, Lord Clive, Vol. 1 (of 3) Collected from the Family Papers Communicated by the Earl of Powis date = keywords = Admiral; Ali; Bengal; Calcutta; Captain; Clive; Colonel; Committee; Company; Dowlah; English; Europeans; French; India; Jaffier; Madras; Meer; Mr.; Nabob; Omichund; Suraj; Watts summary = State of Parties in Bengal, and in the Court of Meer Jaffier.--Clive Captain Clive, intending to place the enemy between two fires, ordered From his mother, Clive received at the same time one of those letters The moment Clive found that, from part of the Nabob''s army having apprehensions from the Nabob." In another letter to Clive, of the 10th Nabob desired him to inform Colonel Clive that if he attacked the These orders, Mr. Watts wrote Clive, the Nabob''s officers were Clive, in a letter to Mr. Watts[134], observes, "After the Nabob''s last a letter[135] from Mr. Watts, Clive observes, "I wrote the Nabob a After Clive had joined the Nabob at Rajahmahul, he received a letter Mr. Hastings, in a letter[251] to Clive, observes, "What the Nabob''s Clive, having received a request from the Nabob, marched on the 25th Clive, as already stated, had received several letters[270], written id = 53510 author = Malcolm, John title = Sketch of the Sikhs A Singular Nation Who Inhabit the Provinces of Penjab, Situated Between the Rivers Jumna and Indus date = keywords = Amritsar; Banda; Dás; God; Góvind; Gúrú; Hindús; India; Khán; Lahore; Muhammedan; Nánac; Penjáb; Sháh; Sikhs; Singh summary = varying accounts given, by Sikh and Muhammedan authors, of Nánac and best informed authors of that sect states, that when Gúrú Góvind first from a Sikh authority[50], asserts that Gúrú Góvind, after remaining Gúrú Góvind was the last acknowledged religious ruler of the Sikhs. under Gúrú Góvind; but several Sikh authors, of great respectability [26] It is stated, by a Sikh author named Nand, that Har Góvind, during [30] Gúrú Góvind is stated, by a Sikh author of respectability, B''hai government of the Sikhs, as established by Gúrú Góvind; as, on its The principal chiefs of the Sikhs are all descended from Hindú tribes. cast; who, being followers of Nánac, and not of Gúrú Góvind, are not [92] The Khalása Sikhs, who follow Nánac, and reject Gúrú Góvind''s Nánac is stated, by the Sikh author from whom the above account of his Gúrú Góvind Singh, agreeably to this Sikh author, after initiating the id = 54848 author = Malcolm, John title = The Life of Robert, Lord Clive, Vol. 3 (of 3) Collected from the Family Papers Communicated by the Earl of Powis date = keywords = Bengal; Clive; Colonel; Committee; Company; Council; Court; Directors; East; England; Footnote; General; Governor; House; India; Lord; Mr.; Parliament; Select; Sir; lordship summary = Clive received a letter from Sir Robert Fletcher, dated 25th April, a view of preventing Lord Clive and the Committee having time to Barker, he was in hopes, as appears by a letter to Mr. Verelst (2d May), that the officers, finding the Committee steady "I have received your letter[34]," Lord Clive observes, "and agree Lord Clive appears, from both his public and private letters, to have [Footnote 41: Vide letter to Colonel Richard Smith from Lord Clive, [Footnote 41: Vide letter to Colonel Richard Smith from Lord Clive, [Footnote 59: Before Lord Clive left India, he wrote to Sir R. favoured also the private trade of the Company''s servants or officers, year in Bengal, after the great service you have rendered the Company, [Footnote 114: Letter of the Court of Directors to Lord Clive, 17th Bill for the better management of the East India Company, Lord Clive id = 31572 author = Malleson, G. B. (George Bruce) title = Rulers of India: Akbar date = keywords = Abulfazl; Agra; Akbar; Bairám; Bengal; Bábar; Delhi; Emperor; Humáyún; India; Khán; Kábul; Mughal; Muhammadan; Prince; Punjab; Rájá; Sháh summary = His eldest son, Bábar, then just twelve years old, was at the time at Bábar, the day following his father''s death (June 9), seized very day Bábar despatched troops to occupy Delhi and Agra. Gulbahan he sent back to Kábul Akbar and his mother, and marching on Kábul to Akbar, then {58} eight years old, with Muhammad Kásim Khán The news of his father''s death, I have said, reached Akbar as he was Akbar, though a son of Kámrán was in Delhi at the time. The position in India, in the sixth year of Akbar''s reign, dating attack Jaunpur, whilst Akbar himself, marching by way of Kálpi, Uzbek noble placed there by Akbar, conscious that the Emperor had Early the following year Akbar marched into Rájpútána and halted at son and grandson, Akbar marched in person on his return from the {127} The year following, 1582, Akbar marched at the head of an army id = 32125 author = Malleson, G. B. (George Bruce) title = Rulers of India: Lord Clive date = keywords = Bengal; Calcutta; Clive; Company; Council; Court; England; English; French; Governor; India; Jafar; Madras; Mr.; Mír; Nawáb; St.; Súbahdár; Trichinopoli; footnote summary = of writer in the service of the East India Company, Robert Clive known in India, the English governor of Fort St. David had despatched guns Clive marched thither with all his force except 80 men. Arcot having been freed from enemies, Clive returned to Fort St. David, reached that place the 11th of March, halted there for three Clive took with him to India three companies of artillery and 300 Clive was anxious to proceed to take up his government at Fort St. David, when, on his arrival, he learned the death of Colonel Scott. following officers: Colonel Clive, Majors Kilpatrick and Grant, received from Mír Jafar, informing Clive of the contemplated under the pressure of Clive, Mír Jafar had made to the English some Clive had been nominated Governor-General and Commander-in-chief of The day before Clive''s arrival, an officer whom he had sent in Lord North''s Cabinet knew anything of India, and if Clive, commanding id = 60129 author = Mannerheim, Carl Gustaf Emil title = A Visit to the Sarö and Shera Yögurs date = keywords = Buddha; Kanchow; Sarö; Shera; Yögurs; chinese; day; lama; small summary = Sarö and Shera Yögurs, two small tribes which under the common name soon left behind us the pleasant little Chinese town Chin-t''a, with its Built near the remains of a small ruin, the plain temple buildings soon None of the lamas were at home but the Chinese officer Yögurs'') and called by the Chinese _Huang Fantzu_ (huang ''yellow'', temple had belonged to a race of people, having tails, whom the Chinese The clothes were cut in Chinese fashion but usually made of home-spun Sarö Yögur becomes lively and the interest is general, nearly as great In cases of death, a lama is called upon to read prayers. the Sarö Yögur language, where they substitute the Chinese word -but three day''s ride further south, under the care of elderly Yögur lamas. The Shera Yögurs inhabit the mountains round the following rivers, all The Shera Yögurs consist of the following so-called "bones". id = 26844 author = Marryat, Frank title = Borneo and the Indian Archipelago with drawings of costume and scenery date = keywords = Borneo; Brooke; Bruni; Dyaks; England; English; Europeans; Hong; Kong; Kuchin; Manilla; Mr.; Muda; Samarang; Sarawak; Sincapore; Sooloo; chinese; illustration; malay summary = town of Kuchin is built on the left-hand side of the river Sarawak going that could be obtained from the ship was brought up in the native boats, several piratical prahus, the look-out men in the European boats, gig left the ship to survey the island Ku-king-san, the nearest port of prahus in sight, full of men, and each armed with a long gun, pulling officers, left the ship with four days'' provisions to survey a portion men-of-war boats having been towed by the steamer, we arrived some time boat for some time, appearing to take a great interest in every thing One day, dining at the house lent us by the sultan, Mr. Brooke was talking with some of our party of a young Malay chief, who, boarded, the gun-boat returned to the island as wise as she came out. id = 16768 author = Marsden, William title = The History of Sumatra Containing An Account Of The Government, Laws, Customs And Manners Of The Native Inhabitants date = keywords = Achin; Achinese; Batavia; Batta; Bencoolen; Bengal; CHAPTER; Captain; China; Company; Dutch; East; England; English; Europeans; Footnote; Fort; India; Java; Johor; Malacca; Malayan; Malays; Marlborough; Marsden; Menangkabau; Moco; Mr.; PLATE; Padang; Palembang; Pase; Pidir; Portuguese; Pulo; Raja; River; Sumatra; Sumatrans; Sungei; account; country; great; island; man; mode; people; person; transaction; volume summary = manuscript written about the year 1173, speaks of a large island called islands, says it obtains its appellation from a certain high land called Along the western coast of the island the low country, or space of land The personal difference between the Malays of the coast and the country resemble a small turban; the country people usually twisting a piece of in small quantities in different parts of the island, particularly in Many of the princes or chiefs in different parts of the island having the gold country, which points out the different places where they work different parts of the island, but chiefly near the sea-coast, and in the the country they inhabit is an island, or have any general name for it. people, but in time the coast became generally known by that of Tanah and at the same time great officers of state, who resided at places named id = 15125 author = Martin, W. A. P. (William Alexander Parsons) title = The Awakening of China date = keywords = Canton; Chang; China; Chinese; Chou; Confucius; Dowager; Dr.; Emperor; Empire; Empress; Government; Great; Japan; Japanese; Manchus; Nanking; Peking; River; Russia; Shanghai; Tai; Viceroy; Wall; War; Yang; american; british; chapter; footnote; page; province; western summary = Passing from the Chinese city through the Great Central Gate we China, a tripod of empire, the hub of the universe, as the Chinese overlooking the Great River, I spent three years as aid to the viceroy conquests in China to the south of the "Great River" is still wanting, China; and its first act was the so-called Opium War (1839-42). which the Chinese emperors had permitted foreigners to open as as a mission field by the boom of British cannon in the Opium War. China was not opened; but five gates were set ajar against her of war and assured French people in China that if they refrained order of things open on China with a new century! They were not, like the Peking princes, ignorant Tartars, but Chinese with China; and they have made foreign nations known to the Chinese. to have the first place in the making of a New China. id = 39010 author = Martínez de Zúñiga, Joaquín title = An Historical View of the Philippine Islands, Vol 1 (of 2) Exhibiting their discovery, population, language, government, manners, customs, productions and commerce. date = keywords = Acapulco; Chinese; Colonel; Don; General; Governor; Indians; Juan; King; Legaspi; Manila; New; Philippines; Salcedo; Spain; Spaniards; Zebu; spanish summary = The Spaniards, soon after they came into possession of these islands, Spaniards in the Philippines, but the friar never arrived, having the Spaniards, Manila was taken possession of on the day following, district, in amity with the Spaniards, the Governor sent the Colonel of the Governor, arrived; he was sent by Captain Juan de Aguirre to When the Governor ad interim returned to Manila, he sent an embassy and before they returned, the new Governor of these islands arrived. the Moluccas and neighbouring islands, the Governor sent an expedition arrivals of the ships which are sent to New Spain, on account of their the Governor sent two Spaniards and an Augustine friar, to solicit On his arrival at Manila, the Governor received the the houses of the Spaniards, and some Indian towns, committing great time in the town of Samal, where the Spaniards having gone to Manila, id = 39027 author = Martínez de Zúñiga, Joaquín title = An Historical View of the Philippine Islands, Vol 2 (of 2) Exhibiting their discovery, population, language, government, manners, customs, productions and commerce. date = keywords = Anda; Archbishop; Chinese; Don; English; Governor; Indians; Jolo; King; Majesty; Manila; Philippines; Royal; Señor; Spain; Spaniards summary = Don Manuel de Leon, the new Governor of these islands, took possession some little time on charity near Manila, he embarked for New Spain, order arrived, in which the Archbishop was charged to place the Royal annihilated, as Señor Torralba was in prison by order of the King, Having thus made his dispositions, the Governor ordered the Archbishop, the arrival of a royal order, enjoining him to suspend the Governor The King of Jolo sent a Chinese as ambassador to Manila to treat for The Viceroy of Mexico had sent this royal order to Señor Tamon, King likewise having been attempted to be murdered, fled to Manila to The King of Jolo had by this time arrived at Manila, and when the English retired in good order to the King''s house at Maysilo, commanding officers at Manila, the despatches, by which he ordered The Spaniards have upon this island established Manila, the id = 17324 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 4 (of 12) date = keywords = Ahmosis; Asia; Baal; Babylon; Byblos; Chaldæa; Delta; Drawn; Egypt; Euphrates; Faucher; Gen.; Gudin; Hyksôs; III; Jordan; Khammurabi; King; Lebanon; Mediterranean; Nile; Orontes; Pharaoh; Phoenicians; Sea; Syria; Theban; Thebes; Thûtmosis; Tigris; Tyre; egyptian; illustration; semitic; time summary = circle of sovereign states which so closely hemmed in the city of Bel. We may surmise with all probability that the history of Babylon in early In the mean time, the kings of the five towns had concentrated their given by King Apôpi II Âusirrî to a scribe named Atu. Both their name and origin were doubtless well known to the Egyptians, If, in the time of the native Pharaohs, Asiatic tribes had been drawn the times of the Kings possessed concerning the origin of Nineveh and the first Cossæan kings--The peoples of Syria, their towns, Nineveh and the first Cossæan kings--The peoples of Syria, their towns, possess, calls himself _King of the Country of the Sea_, appears for the first time among Syrian places in the list of Syria, like those of Egypt and of the countries watered by the Egyptians of Hâtshopsîtû�s time landed is the present id = 17325 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 5 (of 12) date = keywords = Amarna; Amenôthes; Amon; Asia; Brugsch; Drawn; Egypt; Faucher; Gudin; Harmhabî; III; Karnak; Khâti; King; Memphis; Mitanni; Naharaim; Nile; Pharaoh; Ramses; Seti; Syria; Tel; Theban; Thebes; Thûtmosis; egyptian; illustration summary = and his peaceful reign--The great building works--The temples of of Amon at Luxor and at Karnak, the tomb of Amenôthes III, the chapel mentioned, in the time of Ramses III., in the list of the [Illustration: 015.jpg A SYRIAN TOWN AND ITS OUTSKIRTS AFTER AN EGYPTIAN ** The daughter of the King of the Khâti, wife of Ramses ** The daughter of the King of the Khâti, wife of Ramses the king for the temple of Amon at Karnak; at the present king, and in a few years a large town had sprung up, which was called King.* The lord of Thebes itself, a certain Ramses, bowed his head to against the countries subject to the great King of Egypt, and should he the great King of Egypt, and the great Prince of the Khâti shall destroy [Illustration: 307.jpg THE ARMY OP RAMSES III. [Illustration: 313.jpg THE CAPTIVE CHIEFS OF RAMSES III. id = 17326 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 6 (of 12) date = keywords = Amenôthes; Amon; Assur; Assyria; Babylon; Boudier; Chron; David; Drawn; Egypt; Euphrates; Faucher; God; Gudin; Hebrews; III; Israel; Jerusalem; Judah; Lord; Pharaoh; Philistines; Ramses; Sam; Saul; Solomon; Syria; Theban; Thebes; Tiglath; Tigris; egyptian; illustration; king summary = States--The priest-kings of Amon masters of Thebes under the suzerainty [Illustration: 018.jpg PAINTING IN THE FIFTH TOMB OF THE KINGS TO THE �Since the times of the god bodies are created merely to pass away, and continued to be the greatest of kings, Pharaoh�s god held a position when, the line of the Theban kings having come to an end, the Tanites [Illustration: 110.jpg A PHOENICIAN GOD IN HIS EGYPTIAN SHRINE] king appeared on the scene, and lost in a few years all the ground [Illustration: 193.jpg THE KING CROSSING A MOUNTAIN IN HIS CHARIOT] [Illustration: 200.jpg THE KING LETS FLY ARROWS AT A BESIEGED TOWN] great gods, my lords, I, Tiglath-pileser, King of Assyria, son of high places of the field.--The kings came and fought;--then fought the the time they were written, the king still possessed his was for a long time translated as king or kingdom of Judah, id = 17327 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 7 (of 12) date = keywords = Adini; Annals; Assur; Assyria; Assyrians; B.C.; Babylon; Boudier; Bît; Damascus; Drawn; Egypt; Euphrates; Faucher; Gudin; Hamath; III; Israel; Jahveh; Judah; Lake; Mount; Naîri; Nineveh; Orontes; Samaria; Sargon; Shalmaneser; Syria; Tiglath; Tigris; Urartu; Zab; illustration; king summary = the accession of Assur-nazir-pal: the Assyrian army and the progress of Assur-nazir-pal: His campaign of the year 867 in Naîri--The death of basin of the Tigris, and I should place it near Bitlistchaî, where different forms of the word occur many times on In a small town near one of the sources of the Tigris, Assur-nazir-pal [Illustration: 044.jpg THE CAMPAIGNS OF ASSUR-NAZIR-PAL IN MESOPOTAMIA] [Illustration: 050.jpg CAMPAIGNS OF ASSUR-NAZIR-PAL IN SYRIA] time of Assur-nazir-pal, but the inscriptions of the kings [Illustration: 055.jpg THE ASSYRIAN WAR-CHARIOT OF THE NINTH CENTURY rites incumbent on an Assyrian king whenever he stood for the first time [Illustration: 100.jpg SHUA, KING OF GILZAN, BRINGING A WAR-HORSE FULLY [Illustration: 131.jpg JEHU, KING OF ISRAEL, SENDS PRESENTS TO kings of Assyria, from Irba-rammân to Assur-nirâri III.:-[Illustration: 169.jpg TABLE OF THE DYNASTY OF THE KINGS OF ASSYRIA] Assyrian king had �taken the hands of Bel.� Tiglath-pileser accepted id = 17328 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 8 (of 12) date = keywords = Asia; Assur; Assyria; Assyrians; B.C.; Babylon; Boudier; Cimmerians; Egypt; Elam; Esarhaddon; Euphrates; Faucher; Gudin; Herodotus; Jahveh; Jerusalem; Judah; King; Lord; Medes; Nebuchadrezzar; Necho; Nineveh; Pharaoh; Psammetichus; Sargon; Scythians; Sennacherib; Susa; Syria; Tigris; Tyre; egyptian; greek; illustration summary = taken place during his second reign, in 703 B.C. The magnificent army left by Sargon was at his disposal, and summoning thee, saying, Jerusalem shall not be given into the hand of the King of Assur-bani-pal proclaimed himself King of Assyria, and Shamash-shumukîn, maintained for some years longer, the time seemed at hand when the king, Assur-bani-pal, King of Assyria, the creature of thy hands, the the Assyrian army re-entered Nineveh, Assur-bani-pal placed them on the [Illustration: 228.jpg THE EASTERN WORLD IN THE REIGN OF ASSUR-BANI-PAL] chief fell upon the Assyrians, and that his son Sandakhshatru carried on hostilities some time longer. before Assur-bani-pal, the king whom my hands have created;� the army, Assyrian kings was for a long time doubtful, and Sin-sharishkun was placed before Assur-etililâni; the inverse order declared to be the son of Assur-bani-pal, king of Assyria. on the time of year at which the king had ascended the id = 17329 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 9 (of 12) date = keywords = Ahura; Artaxerxes; Asia; Athens; B.C.; Babylon; Boudier; Cambyses; Croesus; Cyrus; Darius; Delta; Drawn; Egypt; Faucher; Greece; Greeks; Gudin; Herodotus; Lydia; Medes; Memphis; Minor; Nabonidus; Nile; Ochus; Sardes; Susa; Xerxes; egyptian; illustration; king; persian summary = _The Iranian religions--Cyrus in Lydia and at Babylon: Cambyses in Egypt slain at one time,** the Achæmenian kings killed each day a thousand Their victory placed the Lydian king in a position of great perplexity, The Persian king raised his camp as soon as all fear of an Herodotus did not even admit that the Lydian king took his own life; [Illustration: 078.jpg A PERSIAN KING FIGHTING WITH GREEKS] with the Persians, and gaining time meanwhile to collect a fresh army. instructions: �The great king commands those Persians who are in Sardes current when Herodotus travelled in Egypt, the king visited the temple ** Herodotus states that in his own time the Persians, like The Persian kings took large advantage of this The Persian king placed great faith in extraordinary military the Persian fleet had made its appearance in good time, and had kept the generals of Darius, but with the great king himself. id = 19400 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History Of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 1 (of 12) date = keywords = Abydos; Amon; Delta; Denderah; Egypt; Egyptians; Ennead; Faucher; Greeks; Gudin; Gîzeh; Heliopolis; Horus; Hâthor; Isis; Maspero; Memphis; Menés; Museum; Nile; Nûît; Osiris; Pharaohs; Professor; Shû; Sibû; Sit; Theban; Thebes; Thot; god; illustration; man summary = CHAPTER II.--THE GODS OF EGYPT Their Number and their Nature--The Feudal Gods, Living and Dead--The Triads--Temples and Priests--The Cosmogonies The Nile god: his form and its varieties--The goddess Mirit--The hence it was the Egyptians placed the river among their gods. [Illustration: 048.jpg THE NILE GOD. 1 THE NILE GOD: Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, after a statue in [Illustration: 051.jpg NILE GODS FROM THE TEMPLE OF SETI I. _THEIR NUMBER AND NATURE--THE FEUDAL GODS, LIVING AND DEAD--TRIADS---The nature of the gods: the double, the soul, the body, death of men and Most people invested them with human form, and represented the earth-god [Illustration: 116.jpg THE GOOSE-GOD FACING THE CAT-GODDESS, THE LADY OF which the sun revealed himself to men, was a living god, called Râ, as Nile-gods, Khnûmû, Osiris, Harshafitû, were incarnate in the form of a Each nome possessed the mummy and the tomb of its dead god: at Thinis id = 28876 author = Maspero, G. (Gaston) title = History of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria A Linked Index to the Project Gutenberg Editions date = keywords = CHAPTER; volume summary = CHAPTER I.�THE NILE AND EGYPT CHAPTER II.�THE GODS OF EGYPT CHAPTER III.�THE LEGENDARY HISTORY OF EGYPT Mummy Wrappings from Tomb at Thebes CHAPTER I�THE POLITICAL CONSTITUTION OF EGYPT CHAPTER II�THE TEMPLES AND THE GODS OF CHALDÆA CHAPTER I�THE FIRST CHALDÆAN EMPIRE AND THE HYKSÔS IN EGYPT Painting in Tomb of the Kings Thebes Painting on the Tomb of The Kings CHAPTER II�THE REACTION AGAINST EGYPT Profile of Head Of Mummy (Thebes Tombs) CHAPTER II�THE RISE OF THE ASSYRIAN EMPIRE Painting in the Fifth Tomb of The Kings to The Right Paintings at the End of The Hall Of The Fifth The Tomb CHAPTER II.�THE CHRISTIAN PERIOD IN EGYPT Painting at the Entrance of The Fifth Tomb Painting at the Entrance of The Fifth Tomb CHAPTER I�THE CRUSADERS IN EGYPT CHAPTER II.�THE FRENCH IN EGYPT CHAPTER III.�THE RULE OF MEHEMET ALI CHAPTER V.�THE WATER WAYS OF EGYPT CHAPTER VII�TEMPLES AND TOMBS OF THEBES id = 12617 author = Massey, Montague title = Recollections of Calcutta for over Half a Century date = keywords = Calcutta; Chowringhee; Co.; Court; East; Government; Hoffmann; House; Johnston; Mr.; Old; Photo; Road; Street; illustration summary = Old view of Government Place, East, and Old Court House Street Old view of Government Place, East, showing Gates of Government House Present-day view of Government Place, East, and Old Court House Street Old Court House Street, looking south Bathgate & Co.''s premises, Old Court House Street Currency Office, built on the site of the old Calcutta Auction Company Hamilton & Co.''s premises, Old Court House Street Present view of Clive Street, showing Chartered Bank''s premises on the [Illustration: Old view of Government House, South aspect _Photo by Place, East, and Old Court House Street] Place, East, and Old Court House Street] the building of new business premises, was when Jardine Skinner & Co. vacated their old offices which were situated on the site of Anderson by Johnston & Hoffmann_ Old Court House Street, premises, Old Court House Street] in Old Court House Street by a low-roofed, one-storeyed building owned id = 18031 author = Maxwell, Donald title = A Dweller in Mesopotamia Being the Adventures of an Official Artist in the Garden of Eden date = keywords = Amara; Babel; Babylon; Baghdad; Basra; Brown; East; Euphrates; Mesopotamia; Tigris; Tower; illustration; river; water summary = AN OLD WORLD CRAFT: A TYPE OF BOAT UNCHANGED SINCE THE DAYS OF "BY BAGHDAD''S SHRINES OF FRETTED GOLD, HIGH-WALLED GARDENS, GREEN [Illustration: "A mysterious-looking furnace tower."] An old-world touch is given to the waters of Basra by the high-sterned steamer proceeding up-river may be kicking up a great fuss in the water Great buildings like Ctesiphon near Baghdad or traces of the vast [Illustration: AN OLD WORLD CRAFT, A TYPE OF BOAT UNCHANGED SINCE THE Very little of the Baghdad as we know it to-day is old. run two great rivers, bare but for the palm trees on their banks and pictured myself making my way across the river in a goufa or bellam and Of the two great rivers, the Tigris and the Euphrates, the banks of the on hill and dale and plain." In irrigation lands like Mesopotamia it is watered the garden where the land was green and good. id = 40162 author = Mayer, J. E. title = The Humour and Pathos of Anglo-Indian Life Extracts from his brother''s note-book, made by Dr. Ticklemore date = keywords = Captain; Colonel; Court; Doctor; General; Judge; Lady; Major; Marston; Miss; Mitchel; Mr.; Mrs.; Sing; Sir; Trevanion; good summary = On the Captain''s right hand sat Lady Jervois, the young widow of old my good old friend,'' said Marston, shaking him cordially by the hand; and to his friends he said, ''Come, let''s get home; I am not a little there, for a time at least.'' ''I don''t think,'' said Colonel D., turning even my friend B.''s pith-hat.'' ''On my word, Doctor,'' said the Colonel, general laughing and chaffing going on, the Colonel said to B.: ''I think it''s high time for us to depart,''said Lady Jervois; ''I''m not ''Good-morning, Veneaty,'' said Mrs. G.; ''come for your rent, I suppose.'' ''Well, I am glad you think so,'' said Mrs. G.; ''good-morning.'' ladies, ''I never!'' ''On my life,'' said old Mrs. Fitslik, ''it''s like ''He was indeed, Mrs. B.,'' said the young lady. ''I think, Mrs. B.,'' said Miss F., ''I begin to understand your friend Sir id = 58378 author = McDonald, Etta Blaisdell title = Umé San in Japan date = keywords = Japan; Sama; San; Tara; Tei; Umé; Yuki; japanese summary = follow little Umé San through the year, to play with her dolls on the said Tei; but she went home and told her mother that she thought Umé "Now let us look at Umé''s plum tree," said the grandmother. "Perhaps it is under the plum tree, O Yuki San," said Umé, and ran to trees blossom, that I have nearly forgotten it," said Tei; but Umé was in the garden," said Umé as she clapped her hands for old Maru, the to listen to honorable stories at another," said Umé to the dolls as she "Go and get the spade from the garden-house, Umé," Tara said to his "O Haha San," said Umé, "when we took little Yuki San to the temple for "Yes, you may come with me," said Tei to Umé, after asking the honorable When at last Umé said her honorable good-night to her father and mother id = 44615 author = McDonald, N. A. (Noah A.) title = Siam: Its Government, Manners, Customs, &c. date = keywords = Bangkok; Budha; Budhist; CHAPTER; Chinese; Europeans; King; Laos; Pra; Rev.; Siam; Siamese; day; man; place; time summary = generic name for river, meaning mother of water, and Chow Phya being chief ministers of state, who during the life of the king are merely At 11 o''clock, A.M., the new king appeared for the first time before The present King is about sixteen years old, and is apparently a almost any time by the better classes of Europeans in Siam, but the large an element in Siamese character, than any man in the kingdom. The late king of Siam speaks of the founder of the Budhist faith thus: thing for a man to leave his wife and family for a short time, and build his house, which generally requires but a short time, and the When a prince of high rank has died, the King visits the house of The remains of a king generally lie in state about twelve months, coming out in heads, and found the water in many places four feet id = 27568 author = McDougall, Henriette title = Sketches of Our Life at Sarawak date = keywords = Bishop; Borneo; Brooke; Captain; Chambers; Chinese; Christians; Dyaks; England; English; God; Government; James; Kuching; Map; Mr.; Mrs.; Rajah; Rev.; Sarawak; Singapore; Sir; malay summary = A little procession left our house, the rajah walking first, dressed in to have an English governess for my Mab, I took the little Chinese girl The Lundu Dyak chief was a great friend and admirer of Sir James Brooke to get out of his large boat and scramble up into a Dyak house. Dyaks, ten days in the boats our friends had with them. boat of about twenty-eight feet, with a little covered house in it, and Bishop then went to the Rajah''s war boat at the Quop, and told him that was all arranged than the Bishop arrived in his little boat; it was like lived in the house, the married people having each their little room, As early as the year 1848, the Rajah had a little Dyak house built on church, Chinese, English, and Dyak. people there are: Dyaks, Malays, Klings, Chinese, English. id = 13368 author = McKenzie, Fred A. (Fred Arthur) title = Korea''s Fight for Freedom date = keywords = Cabinet; China; Christians; Court; Emperor; General; Government; Independence; Ito; Japan; Kim; King; Korea; Koreans; Minister; Mr.; Pyeng; Queen; Seoul; american; japanese; man summary = They attempted to turn the people of Korea into Japanese--an by the Japanese troops, by the students, and some 800 Korean soldiers, "We are not ready to fight China yet," said the Japanese Foreign Minister King was to return to his palace and Japan was to keep her people in Korea fleet, and the Japanese soldiers had seized the Korean Emperor''s palace. an American missionary and certain Koreans against the conduct of Japanese Japanese people treat the Koreans and will make their acts all best-informed Koreans realize that Japan and Japanese influence Koreans to the left and Japanese to the right of the Emperor, with the Korea in the Korean language, and it is edited by a Japanese. land as possible from the Koreans and hand it over to Japanese. enough in the old days; since the Japanese acquired full power in Korea it with the Korean people, is that the Japanese, indifferent to us, id = 41977 author = McManus, Blanche title = Our Little Hindu Cousin date = keywords = Chola; Colonel; Cousin=; Harry; Hindu; Mahala; Nao; Shriya; child; little summary = little kids came frisking toward them, while the big white mother goat the old man, who did not like having to come down from his little room their way." So saying the two little boys ran into the big garden "I am helping grandmother," said Mahala''s little sister Shriya, who, thine," said Chola, coaxingly, as he and his little cousins seated "Welcome, oh, little friends," said the big, bluff fellow. said Chola, proud to be able to talk to a little Sahib. "CHOLA, art thou there?" said little Nao the next morning, peeping in Well, that is just what a little Hindu boy can do, for elephants "Look, the little elephants do not like the road," said Chola, pointing Our two little friends were sorry to part, but Harry said that Chola A delightful story of a little boy who has many adventures by means of id = 46042 author = McManus, Blanche title = Our Little Arabian Cousin date = keywords = Abukar; Awad; Bedouin; Cousin=; Fatimah; Hamid; Rashid; little; tent summary = hills," cried young Hamid, galloping up on his fiery little pony to Fatimah, Hamid''s little sister, now brought the guests rose-water with Hamid led his little guest out among the great palm-trees and past a "Where is Hamid?" asked Rashid, looking around for his little friend. Hamid, like all little Arab boys, had been taught to love horses, and Making "_kayf_" is just a little Arab boy''s way of having a good time "Thou art a great traveller," said Fatimah, looking at the little girl "Thou art indeed quite a little woman," said Fatimah''s mother, smiling Hamid looked very fine indeed, for a little Bedouin boy likes to look Awad, the falconer, when Hamid and Rashid came to look at the birds on After Rashid had thanked his kind little friends, there was great The other children called Hamid the little "Sheik" and often they would id = 13127 author = Meer Hasan Ali, Mrs. title = Observations on the Mussulmauns of India Descriptive of Their Manners, Customs, Habits and Religious Opinions Made During a Twelve Years'' Residence in Their Immediate Society date = keywords = A.D.; Ali; Allah; Arab; Arabia; Begum; Court; Delhi; Divine; Durgah; Durweish; Eade; Emaum; England; Fatima; God; Hadjee; Hasan; Hindoostaun; Holy; Hosein; India; Islam; Khoraun; King; Koran; Kraabaallah; Lucknow; Mahumud; Mahurrum; Mecca; Meer; Mir; Muhammad; Musalman; Mussulmauns; Natives; Oude; Oudh; Persia; Prophet; Saadie; Shah; Soofie; Syaad; Tazia; day; english; letter; man summary = highly coloured sketch of court life in the days of King Nasir-ud-daula, observance of Christmas day by a Native Lady.--Opinions entertained poor lady, in consequence of this prejudice, lives out her numbered days conveying water, in general use amongst Musalmans at this day in of the great men, and the houses of friends, to pay the visit of respect home;--such is the veneration they entertain for the name of God. The opulent people of Mussulmaun society have an Emaum-baarah erected in The Mussulmaun Lawgiver commanded Namaaz (daily prayer) five times a day: they have been taught to reverence and respect as the servants of God. Every year may be witnessed in India the Mussulmauns of both sexes forming It is generally to be observed in a Mussulmaun''s family, even at this day, This Durweish is said,--and believed by the good Mussulmaun people I have some good people of Hindoostaun of the present day; indeed, the veneration id = 29109 author = Menant, Delphine title = Les Parsis date = keywords = Bombay; College; English; Guebres; India; Khan; Kirman; Mr.; Parsee; Parsis; Persia; Persians; Sanjan; Surat; Yezd; Zoroastrians summary = which, according to Persian writers, must have followed from the year the period of their arrival in India, the Parsis were settled in For nearly three hundred years the Parsis lived peacefully at Sanjan; Parsis had settled in a great many cities of Upper India; but it At the time of the invasion of India by Timur, we find Parsis or Magi relations between the Parsis of Persia and their brethren of India, Guebres addressed to the Parsi community of India (1511), in which The Parsis in India are divided into two sects, the Shahanshahis and this schism among the Parsis first took place, and for some time the The Parsis, at the time of their arrival in India, had made some the enumeration of the Parsi population of Bombay according to the Parsis of Bombay, during the last ten years, in the Journal of the id = 32086 author = Menpes, Dorothy title = Japan: A Record in Colour date = keywords = Danjuro; England; Fukuchi; Inchie; Japan; Kiyosai; West; art; european; illustration; japanese; little; man; picture; western; work summary = In Japan the scenic work of a play is handled by one man alone, and that point of view of a picture, it is wrong, for in a work of art the frame possible, a little flower placed in a pot--bending it this way and that Japanese painters have a great admiration for Michael Angelo''s work, and Japanese artists study a great deal from life, and in order to draw a artist saw his picture complete in his mind, he began with the little characteristic of Japanese pictures, an artist must first fill his brush A bough or a tree in a Japanese room looks exactly like a real as compared with the work of a great Japanese master in the art of Japan at the present time this little man is known as Mr. Inchie. Little Inchie and I, as I have said, soon became great friends. id = 42732 author = Michie, Alexander title = The Englishman in China During the Victorian Era, Vol. 1 (of 2) As Illustrated in the Career of Sir Rutherford Alcock, K.C.B., D.C.L., Many Years Consul and Minister in China and Japan date = keywords = Alcock; Britain; Canton; Captain; China; Commissioner; Company; Davis; East; Elgin; Elliot; England; English; Foreign; General; Government; Great; Hongkong; Imperial; India; John; Lord; Macao; Majesty; Minister; Nanking; Peking; Shanghai; Sir; american; british; chinese; french; portuguese summary = by British Government -To conciliate Chinese as in days commodity by a British agent on the mere demand of a Chinese official, case, that the Chinese Government regarded the treaty of Nanking as a As regards the attitude of the Chinese Government towards foreigners places, or at Canton, generally with the Chinese natives; port limits, a trade which was invisible alike to Chinese and British prevailed between British and Chinese officials and people in Shanghai treaty consuls acted as trustees for the Chinese Government, there was which marked the opening of China to foreign trade. the successful establishment of trade at the new ports in China, Lord [20] The annual value of the whole foreign trade with China, imports characteristics of the two trading communities, foreign and Chinese. Trading facilities -Relations with Chinese Government -To trade as such the Chinese Government never seem to have id = 45167 author = Michie, Alexander title = The Siberian Overland Route from Peking to Petersburg, Through the Deserts and Steppes of Mongolia, Tartary, &c. date = keywords = Angara; Baikal; CHAPTER; Chan; China; Emperor; Europe; Genghis; Great; Huns; Irkutsk; Kazan; Kiachta; Kitat; Lama; Mongolia; Mongols; Moscow; Mr.; Peking; Petersburg; Shanghae; Siberia; Tientsin; Tolla; Tomsk; Urga; Volga; Yenisei; chinese; day; european; good; government; russian; time summary = Wealth--Mongols--Russians--Name of Kalgan--Chinese Leave China--Mishap in the pass--Steep ascent--Chinese Marshes--Camels dislike water--Chinese caravan--Travellers'' Custom-house delay--Fine country--Good roads--Hotels Amoor that time extended as far south as the Great River, and included a non-military nation like the Chinese, as they were in the days person, and a man of great authority among Mongols, whether lamas or mission to the great lamasery at Dolonor, a Mongol town a few days'' fellow, who speaks Mongol like a native, to a Lama convent, called a halting-place, the Mongols generally contrive to combine a good the Chinese government sought to divert the Mongols from forming any in the pastoral peoples, the great race of the Mongols has in the for as we intended to travel as the Russians do, night and day, it The Russians lose a great deal of time the country been as great as it is now, China might have become a id = 49835 author = Miles, William Augustus title = The Letters of Gracchus on the East India Question date = keywords = Charter; Company; Court; Directors; East; Government; India; London; Parliament summary = The rights of the East India Company are two-fold; and have long been East India Company to a renewal of their Charter; and as such they have the exclusive Charter of the East India Company; in order to inquire, East India Company, by conceding a regulated Export Trade, have at once East India Company''s Charter, which was made by the Directors to the established rights of the East India Company. the East India Company to watch and control the trade carrying on under Government, if an import trade from India should be granted to the East India Company, &c._ The General Society possessed the privilege of trade ever been conceded to the East India Company; either under its THE RIGHTS AND PRETENSIONS OF THE EAST INDIA COMPANY. RIGHTS and PRETENSIONS of the East India Company; and that the judgment government_ has never been granted to the East India Company, _but with id = 32752 author = Millington, Powell title = To Lhassa at Last date = keywords = Chaksam; Chumbi; Gnatong; Gyantse; India; Lhassa; Pete; Sikkim; Tibet; british; day; leave; life; mule; officer; supply; tibetan summary = When the Sikkim-Tibet Mission Force marched to Lhassa, it carried along About two or three days'' marching takes you out of India into Sikkim, men of the British working class whom one has known in old days. very long train of pack-mule transport in our column, and the checks up As we foraged on the days following these fights our way was strewn with hundred mule loads, and so could not start our march with many days'' course, before our five-mile-long column had reached the top. the value set by a Tibetan on a ''chit'' written by a British officer. exciting climax to our march, such as a good fight in the Lhassa plain, place with the post, prepared to proceed to Lhassa the next day; but it miles up the river, and the following day I was able to reach Lhassa Sixteen days later the column left Lhassa. id = 26170 author = Montefiore, Judith Cohen, Lady title = Diaries of Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore, Volume 1 (of 2) Comprising Their Life and Work as Recorded in Their Diaries, from 1812 to 1883 date = keywords = Colonel; Consul; Damascus; Duke; East; Emperor; England; Excellency; George; God; Government; Governor; Holy; House; Imperial; Israelites; Jerusalem; Jews; King; Lady; London; Lord; Majesty; Mayor; Monsieur; Montefiore; Moses; Mrs; Pasha; Rothschild; Sir; Synagogue; hebrew; jewish summary = The next day Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore attended the Queen''s of British Jews taking place on this day, Sir Moses attended as Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore now landed, proceeding to an hotel, On the following day, Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore received visits On reaching the house Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore were most Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore, having appointed twelve addressing Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore, said, "I will now leave you Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore asked to have the evening prayers read The following day Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore received a beautiful was read to Her Majesty:--''Sir Moses Montefiore, F.R.S., presented by presented to Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore by Mr H. A few days later Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore were present at an _May 19th._--Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore attended Her Majesty''s with them, came to meet Sir Moses and Lady Montefiore at a place id = 28690 author = Montgomery, H. B. (Helen Barrett) title = The Empire of the East date = keywords = Ainos; America; Army; Britain; Buddhism; China; Christianity; Constitution; East; Emperor; England; Europe; Government; Great; House; Japan; Navy; Russia; art; chinese; country; english; european; japanese; people; western; year summary = years been published about Japan and things Japanese a correct prefer to regard Japan as a country of more ancient civilisation than "Progress of Japan," asserts that the religion of the Japanese country as also for the place that Japan holds among the Great Powers men has been a great boon for such a country as Japan, and if she is Japan, as also to the fact that the Japanese are a joyous race but Japanese life, and, as I have shown, the All Souls'' Day in Japan is an Japanese people are now largely dependent on the foreigner for art to the literature of that country: "The time will come when Japan, European Powers has had upon nations like China and Japan. trade of Japan will very largely pass into the hands of the Japanese between the Europeans in Japan and the Japanese themselves. id = 7001 author = Morga, Antonio de title = History of the Philippine Islands date = keywords = Antonio; Audiencia; Belloso; Camboja; Captain; China; Chinese; Dasmariñas; Diego; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; Indians; Islands; Japanese; Japon; Joan; Juan; Luis; Luzon; Majesty; Maluco; Manila; Mindanao; Morga; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; Portuguese; San; Sangleys; Spaniards; St.; spanish summary = Majesty appointed as governor and captain-general of the islands, arrived in Manila many Chinese ships which carried many men and with some Spaniards, Japanese, and natives of Manila, reached Camboja Butuan, in the island of Mindanao, and reached Manila after great Inasmuch as these men came from the Luzones, from the island of Manila, easily the war with Manila, the governor sent two ships of the fleet remain there until, having sent news to Manila, ships and the other Luis was coming in person with a large force of ships, men, arms, of the Spaniards'' coming yearly with ships from Manila to trade at six ships of Japanese corsairs had sailed that year from the island the vessels left Capul for Manila, sailing among the various islands, this island were of great importance." Thence five Dutch vessels went the provinces of Manila, in this great island of Luzon, both along id = 10956 author = Morley, John title = Indian speeches (1907-1909) date = keywords = Act; Bill; Council; Government; Governor; House; India; Indians; Lord; Parliament; Secretary; State; Viceroy; lordship summary = countries, but the vital question for Indian Governments is, How far on in India--personal government along with free speech and free right "The officers of the Government of India never said a word on the Indians and not the Europeans?" "The Government," said these men, Last year I told the House that India for a long time to people in India who have any responsibility know that it is a great considered by the Council of India and by His Majesty''s Government, propose to hand over the charge of governing India. Government of India to report to the Secretary of State all the The view of important persons in the Government of India is that in gentlemen to the Council of India sitting at the Indian Office. He said that the Government of India had Before that, two Indians were placed on the Council of India id = 31571 author = Morris, Charles title = Historic Tales: The Romance of Reality. Vol. 12 (of 15), Japanese and Chinese date = keywords = Asia; China; Corea; Europe; Hojo; Iyeyasu; Japan; Khan; Kioto; Manchu; Minamoto; Mongol; Nobunaga; Peking; Taira; Tartar; Yedo; Yoritomo; army; chinese; christian; emperor; great; japanese; year summary = This imperial Amazon was the wife of the mikado Chinai, who in 193 A.D. set out at the head of his army for Kiushiu, a rebellion having broken ten thousand men was sent to Japan, but was soon driven from the country Kublai Khan, the Mongol emperor of China, now sent nine armies of China, when word came from Japan (in 1598) that Hideyoshi was Nobunaga''s great generals, as the rising power in Japan. This took place five thousand years or more ago, and for a long time the Fortunately for the young emperor, the great princes, having no fear of The long reign of the great emperor had not been confined to wars with The war that followed continued for twelve years, the armies of The "sublime" emperor, the supreme head of the great realm of China and War between China and Japan was at hand. id = 50145 author = Morris, Mowbray title = The First Afghan War date = keywords = Ameer; Cabul; Candahar; Dost; Khan; Lord; Macnaghten; Mahomed; Soojah; british; english summary = through the great Khyber and Koord-Cabul passes to the Afghan years later, Burnes arrived in Cabul the courtiers turned in disgust government Dost Mahomed was firmly seated on the throne of Cabul, and Shortly after Lord Auckland''s arrival at Calcutta Dost Mahomed and open manners." Returning in the following year, Burnes was sent Ameer''s brother Mahomed, from whose government the Sikhs had originally Herat advance on Candahar, he would himself march with Dost Mahomed to Sir Henry Fane, Commander-in-chief of the British army in India, rather with Dost Mahomed than with Soojah, and it was far from clear The English army lay on the plain, a noble force, in perfect order and English military officers were inclined to look upon Soojah and his nevertheless, when the English force advanced, three days afterwards, the chief officers of the English army swelled his train. and with him went Macnaghten, leaving Burnes in charge at Cabul. id = 19172 author = Morrison, George Ernest title = An Australian in China Being the Narrative of a Quiet Journey Across China to Burma date = keywords = Bhamo; Burma; CHAPTER; Chaotong; China; Chinaman; Chungking; City; Dr.; England; English; God; Inland; Mission; Mr.; Page; Rev.; River; Shan; Shanghai; Suifu; Szechuen; Tali; Temple; Tengyueh; Tongchuan; Western; Yangtse; Yunnan; chinese; french; illustration summary = then, dressed as a Chinese, to cross quietly over Western China, the During the time I was in China, I met large numbers of missionaries of the Chinese cities, especially of Western China, and the flaunting a grateful Chinese patient to the first medical missionary in China. THE CITY OF CHUNGKING--THE CHINESE CUSTOMS--THE FAMOUS MONSIEUR HAAS, the traveller in China to believe that the Chinese are sincere in their THE CITY OF SUIFU--THE CHINA INLAND MISSION, WITH SOME GENERAL REMARKS The China Inland Mission has pleasant quarters close under the city officials, and there is not a Chinese home within ten miles of the city Chinese) were carried through the town on their way from Chaotong to the traveller in Western China, was in Yunnan City in 1882. In the course of his many journeys through China, Mr. Jensen has been invariably well treated by the Chinese, and it is id = 14294 author = Morrison, John title = New Ideas in India During the Nineteenth Century A Study of Social, Political, and Religious Developments date = keywords = Bengal; Britain; Calcutta; Christ; Christianity; Church; College; English; Footnote; God; Government; Hindu; Hinduism; India; Indians; Jesus; Krishna; Mahomedans; Report; british; christian; new; sidenote summary = seeds of the new ideas in India during the past century are so clearly [Sidenote: The nineteenth century in India--a conflict of ideas] Of the new religious organisations of educated India, three repudiate English education is the chief solvent of old ideas in India and the India with modern ideas through English education--8000 fresh recruits a [Sidenote: Variety of religious ideas in India.] [Sidenote: India a new touch-stone of Christianity.] Anglo-Indians from religious and social progress in India. attitude of the Indian Christian Church to the new ideas introduced by character of the new Indian religious associations in Western India? The Indian mind is open to new religious ideas, The new theism of educated India is more and more emphatically Christian When Christian doctrine was presented to India in modern times, the the new idea in India is to be wholly ascribed to Christian influence. id = 37741 author = Moss, C. R. (Claude Russell) title = Kankanay Ceremonies (American Archaeology and Ethnology) date = keywords = Ampasit; Benguet; Buguias; Igorot; Kabigat; Kankanay; Lepanto; Nabaloi; ceremony; lightning summary = In personal traits the Benguet Kankanay are similar to the Nabaloi, but The Kankanay ceremonial system is similar to that of the Nabaloi. show what caused the sickness and what ceremony should be celebrated COMPARATIVE NABALOI AND SOUTHERN KANKANAY CEREMONIES [5] COMPARATIVE NABALOI AND SOUTHERN KANKANAY CEREMONIES [5] The amlag is a ceremony celebrated in all Benguet Kankanay towns. Lawit is a ceremony celebrated by the Benguet Kankanay to cause the The Buguias Kankanay celebrate a ceremony called tingiting to cause This ceremony is celebrated by the Nabaloi, and in the Lepanto Kankanay The palis is celebrated by the Nabaloi and the Lepanto Kankanay. Wada, kano, san dua sin agi--Timungau. Wada, kano, san dua ay sin agi, Bogan un Singan. The Kankanay as well as the Nabaloi celebrate sibisib to cure The Lepanto Kankanay also celebrate a ceremony before The tanong is a ceremony celebrated to cure sickness caused by the id = 59972 author = Nozhin, E. K. (Evgenii Konstantinovich) title = The Truth About Port Arthur date = keywords = Admiral; Arthur; August; Battery; Chi; Colonel; Commandant; Council; December; District; Fock; Fortress; General; Hill; Japanese; Kinchou; Kondratenko; Kuropatkin; Liao; Lieutenant; Metre; Officer; Port; Smirnoff; Staff; Stössel summary = the Fortress Commandant, Lieutenant-General Smirnoff, had two enemies Fortress, numbers of officers of the Japanese General Staff, disguised for it to be fortified with the utmost rapidity, and in his order No. 228, of March 23, he authorized the Fortress Commanding Engineer to commanding officer, can give me general orders relating to the defence Next day Order 285 was issued by the Officer Commanding the District, officers, began to get the position on Green Hills into some order; General Fock''s command--the left flank--fared during these days. General Stössel published the following order this day: officer commanding, General Smirnoff went to look at the destruction to persuaded General Stössel to lay mines under our forts in order that and General Smirnoff asked the Officer Commanding the District, through orders direct from General Stössel that the fort was to be abandoned. _Lieutenant-General Smirnoff_, Commandant of the Fortress. Fortress of Port Arthur to its Commandant, Lieutenant-General Smirnoff, id = 34341 author = Okakura, Yoshisaburo title = The Japanese Spirit date = keywords = Buddhism; China; Hsi; Japan; Lao; Mr.; Samurai; Zen; chinese; confucian; form; great; japanese; life summary = besides a volume by several well-known Japanese, entitled _Japan by the some kind of general introduction to the Japanese views of life. With respect to the Japanese proper, the only thing known about their thought of after-life and the Confucian ideas of broad-day morality. Society of Japan in 1894, entitled ''Developments of Japanese Buddhism,'' Of the sects which have exercised great influence on Japanese mentality, clans had been forming themselves in different parts of Japan and Nippon (which corresponds to your word Japan), is no purely Japanese For an average Japanese mind in present Japan, thanks to the same forces already at work in the formation of Japanese thought, like formative element of the Japanese spirit. have exercised so great an influence on our mind, no Japanese will archaic time liked to express their thoughts in a measured form of which had not its present meaning, viz., ''the spirit of Japan'' in the id = 16226 author = Oliphant, Laurence title = A Journey to Katmandu (the Capital of Napaul), with the Camp of Jung Bahadoor Including a Sketch of the Nepaulese Ambassador at Home date = keywords = Bahadoor; Benares; CHAPTER; Colonel; Durbar; England; Ghorkas; India; Jung; Katmandu; King; Majesty; Minister; Nepaul; Queen; Rajah; Sahib; Singh; Terai; great; nepaulese summary = visit--The marriage of Jung Bahadoor--Review of the Nepaul rifle view from the summit of the Chandernagiri pass--The scenery of Nepaul--The Excellency General Jung Bahadoor, the Nepaulese Ambassador, on his return of Jung Bahadoor--Review of the Nepaul Rifle Regiment--Benares College_. General Jung Bahadoor had reached Benares a few days before I arrived first day''s march I looked forward to the productions of a Nepaul small hours of the morning, and came up to Jung Bahadoor''s camp on the Looking round, I saw Jung himself, seated in the place of the mahout, I observed in the Nepaul valleys--what must be the case in every country Jung Bahadoor had been appointed prime minister of Nepaul, and had placed General Jung Bahadoor to the office of prime minister. Nor can Jung look to his brothers for support as in times of old: one of Jung''s house was a large white building, which looked as if a Chinaman id = 6559 author = Olmstead, A. T. (Albert Ten Eyck) title = Assyrian Historiography: A Source Study date = keywords = Annals; Ashur; King; Smith; Winckler; footnote summary = latest days of the Assyrian empire in the inscriptions placed on the annals inscription from this earlier period has been discovered, and work is in annals form, in so far as the events of the various years historical inscriptions in which would be given, only those editions not found in the earlier Annals, are given in the Obelisk, [Footnote: Assyrian historical inscriptions, dates the events by the name of the Annals in its account of the Nairi campaign [Footnote: Ann. IV. in the so called Standard Inscription, [Footnote: L. [Footnote: Budge-King, 177 ff.] Bulls, and Ninib inscriptions, No annals or in fact any other inscription has The sources for the reign of Sargon (722-705) [Footnote: Collected in [Footnote: Inscription at building inscriptions, perhaps the most important is the New Year''s Esarhaddon (686-668), [Footnote: Inscriptions of the reign collected 264 ff.; Menant, 291 ff.] and Nabu inscriptions, [Footnote: id = 34096 author = Paine, Albert Bigelow title = The Ship-Dwellers: A Story of a Happy Cruise date = keywords = Abraham; Algiers; America; Cairo; Colonel; Constantinople; Damascus; David; Diplomat; East; Egypt; English; Ephesus; Gaddis; Habib; Holy; Jerusalem; Laura; Malta; Nile; Orient; Paul; St.; day; german; illustration; little; look; place; way summary = said that I might look at the book--that I might even read it, some day, until a time comes like this when particular places on the map are to be and the day before arrival we began to look up guide-book information on water-jars on their shoulders that looked a thousand years old--the but it sounds like a place to put people for a good while, and I had no By and by we came to a place where the guide said that eight thousand of "We think they look better there, Your Majesty, as in the old days." "Look here," he said, "if I knew as little as you do about such things City_ pilgrims forty-two years ago looked a good deal like ours as we prophet, Ali, yet sleeps to-day with honor in a little mosque-like tomb. We would like to look about a little, I said, and to go inside the big id = 6624 author = Parker, Edward Harper title = Ancient China Simplified date = keywords = B.C.; China; Chou; Confucius; Duke; Emperor; Han; Hia; King; Lao; Muh; Nan; Protector; River; Shan; Sung; Tartar; Tsin; Tung; Wei; Yang; Yellow; Yiieh; chapter; chinese summary = Central Chinese orthodox stales--Fighting instincts all with semiChinese states--Struggle for life becoming keener throughout China Tartar-born rulers of Tsin, and war with T&n--Second Protector prince to Confucius'' state--Lu''s "powerful" family plague--Lu''s Titles of the Emperors of the Chou dynasty--The word "King" in modern times--Posthumous names--The title "Emperor" and the word moon--Celestial observations in different states--Chinese year is Chinese history, and in this year the Emperor had to flee from his This Wei Valley (including the subvalleys of its north-bank tributaries) was also in 842 B.C. colonized by an ancient Chinese family--not of imperial extraction of China, Chinese federal princes between the Han River and the of the Great River branches, In ancient times the Yang-tsz was King died; and as his services to China (i.e. to orthodox Tsin colonists of the imperial Chou family in 1200 B.C. So far as purely Chinese traditions and history go, the cumulative comparatively modern China, 1500 years later, the third emperor of the id = 43540 author = Paxton, J. D. (John D.) title = Letters from Palestine Written during a residence there in the years 1836, 7 and 8 date = keywords = Alexandria; Beyroot; Damascus; Dead; Egypt; God; Jaffa; Jerusalem; Jordan; Lebanon; Lord; Mount; Nile; Palestine; Pasha; Sea; place; plain; water summary = run far to the north-east and south-west: a long sea coast spreads Not far from our encampment, we passed a place near the upper part little hollows about Zahle--a small district near the town, and a north-east, we saw scarcely any water, except this stream passing such a way that the water can be seen in but one or two places,--is places, form a kind of cord-like appearance round the hills. evidence that they do at times carry much water into the Dead Sea. We had a striking proof of how little the people here knew of the reached a place where a small plain came in from the west at right hill, that rises in the plain a little south-east of Mount Tabor. Near Tabor we passed a small village called Nain, the place where places we saw villages; for the most part they appeared small. id = 42304 author = Peery, R. B. (Rufus Benton) title = The Gist of Japan: The Islands, Their People, and Missions date = keywords = America; Bible; Buddhism; China; Christianity; Church; Dr.; East; God; Japan; Japanese; Shinto; West; chinese; christian; man; missionary; native; people; western; work summary = foreign religion, that nation was Japan at that time. new upon the subject, but because a story of mission work in Japan This same year the Board of Foreign Missions of the Presbyterian Church native church and its relation to the foreign boards and missionaries The Baptist missionaries laboring in Japan are an able, hard-working, The Lutheran Church began mission work in Japan only four years ago, The mission boards should not appoint too young men to work in Japan. Japan, and the missionary must work among an educated people. First, then, the mission home is an example to the non-Christian people How long can the missionary safely work in Japan before taking his There was a time when Christian schools did a good work in Japan. Japanese Christians take the ground that the missionary has nothing to Christianity in Japan will depend in part upon the present working the native church in Japan to-day? id = 27260 author = Penfield, Frederic Courtland title = East of Suez Ceylon, India, China and Japan date = keywords = Asia; Bombay; Britain; Calcutta; Canton; Ceylon; China; Colombo; East; England; Europe; Germany; Great; Hong; India; Japan; Jeypore; Kandy; Kong; Panama; Russia; States; Suez; Taj; United; american; british; chinese; european; illustration summary = CEYLON, INDIA, CHINA AND JAPAN For many years to come India and Ceylon will practically be what they five years a considerable number of the sovereign people of the country of China''s vast empire, enterprising Japan, the East Indies, Australia, Ceylon from India, has given the world more pearls than all other [Illustration: COOLIES CARRYING PEARL OYSTERS FROM THE BOATS TO THE good for every man to see some little of the great Indian Empire and the the days of the East India Company, the forerunner of British rule in Great Britain''s next station in the Far East is Hong Kong, likewise an A few years ago the British Government induced China to lease a Hong Kong''s streets are among the most interesting in the great East, China and Japan obsolete years ago in those countries, money of the little men of Japan, for German officers had for years been the id = 32231 author = Pennell, T. L. (Theodore Leighton) title = Among the Wild Tribes of the Afghan Frontier A Record of Sixteen Years'' Close Intercourse with the Natives of the Indian Marches date = keywords = Afghan; Afghanistan; Alam; Amir; Bannu; Christian; Christianity; Church; God; Gospel; Government; Gul; Hindu; India; Islam; Khan; Kurram; Muhammadan; Mullah; Peshawur; Quran; Sadhus; Sahib; Taib; Wazir; West; british; chapter; day; english; man summary = vain search--A night quest--The Mullahs circumvented--Dark days--Hope appeared to be living at the present time, he said: "Yes, we are good frontier villages of India, as has been their custom from time of the cures effected in the Bannu Hospital from a man in his village it came to pass that one day a wounded Afghan was brought to the man home, and next morning brought him to the mission hospital. Now it is time to visit the hospital wards, and perform the day''s these villages frequently come to the Bannu Hospital, and now I and Afghan life, and as he naturally feels that the advance of mission work team represented all classes--Muhammadans, Hindus, native Christians, and is to this day working in one of our frontier medical missions. place, and witnessing in that little Afghan village of how he went for schools, where Christians, Muhammadans, Hindus, and Sikhs are as id = 12561 author = Pfeiffer, Ida title = A Visit to the Holy Land, Egypt, and Italy date = keywords = Alexandria; Arabs; Bedouins; Beyrout; CHAPTER; Cairo; Constantinople; Damascus; Danube; Herr; Holy; Jerusalem; Lebanon; Mount; Naples; Nile; Rome; Sea; St.; Sultan; Syria; Turks; Vienna; european; find; house; town; turkish summary = continual necessity to climb up and down steep places in the badlypaved roads, soon render the stranger weary of a residence in this half an hour through long empty streets, then out at the town-gate, large open place near a river, where the camels rest, and where they Burnaba, a place lying on the sea-coast not far from the town, and country looks like an Arabian desert, and a few unfruitful datepalms rise beside the roofless stone houses. Near places of this description a great number of people are always About an hour''s journey from Jerusalem the valley opens, and little The little convent and church are both situated near the town, and I happened one day to pass a house, from within which a great An hour and a half before we reached the goal of this day''s journey, sea of sand surrounding the town; but soon we reached the beautiful id = 61774 author = Philippine Islands. Commission of Independence title = Beautiful Philippines: A Handbook of General Information date = keywords = Archipelago; Bureau; Cebu; China; City; Co.; Company; Filipinos; General; Government; Governor; Iloilo; Insurance; Islands; Juan; Luzon; Manila; Mindanao; Negros; Pesos; Philippine; President; Province; San; Spain; Spaniards; States; United; american; spanish summary = Philippine Islands (except the cities of Manila and Baguio) active business in the Philippine Islands, during year "Behold, then, the Philippines: thousands of islands, great and small islands in general, of their people, history and government. The islands produce great quantities of sugar, hemp, copra, rice, corn To the north of the Manila Hotel is the Philippine Museum, housed in NUEVA ECIJA PROVINCE is the rice granary of the Philippine Islands, authority of the central Philippine Government in Manila, and the the Philippine Islands; for that year 132 long tons were imported. The government of the Philippine Islands as it now exists and said that the Government of the Philippine Islands would cease to The proportion of Filipinos to Americans in the Philippine Government of the Islands, the Philippine government has been compelled to in the Philippine Islands, to wit, "a government elected by the product, or manufacture of the United States, the Philippine Islands, id = 34199 author = Phillips, E. C. (Edith Caroline) title = Peeps Into China; Or, The Missionary''s Children date = keywords = Canton; China; Chinese; Formosa; Graham; Hong; Kong; Leonard; Mr.; Peking; Sybil; illustration; man summary = "I don''t think I care to go to China now, father," Sybil then said. "I shall like to see Chinese soldiers," Leonard said. "What Chinese shops are like, I think," said Sybil. "I remember," Sybil said, "a girl at school having a Chinese "I thought the Chinese were clever people," Sybil said; "if so, how can "You were saying the other day, father, that Chinese people smoke "I wonder what made people first think of doing this?" Sybil said. "There is one thing I cannot understand the Chinese doing," Leonard said It seemed strange to Sybil and Leonard to think that boat-children never "I do think, do you know, Leonard," Sybil said, as she wished her "How little," Sybil and Leonard said to one another, "we ever thought, Sybil and Leonard were told, were to be seen on almost all Chinese And Sybil, who had said "_I like my father to be a missionary very id = 19378 author = Pickthall, Marmaduke William title = Oriental Encounters: Palestine and Syria, 1894-6 date = keywords = Allah; Consul; Englishman; God; Honour; Jew; Rashîd; Sheykh; Suleymân; Syria; Yûsuf; chapter; day; druze; english; good; man; turkish; way summary = ''My son, praise Allah for thy great good fortune in finding favour in horse''s legs, but had never viewed it as a badge of honour till Rashîd the usual way; but Rashîd, having chanced upon the carriage, a great ''The way of the majority of men!'' said Suleymân. Rashîd, who had been out to tend the horses, came presently and asked the villagers, and rode back up the path a little way, Rashîd obeying I told him that Suleymân was a man of learning, and then let him talk ''Now your Honour knows how we feel when we meet a man like that; and ''May Allah help thee!'' said Rashîd. ''Upon my head,'' replied the complaisant old man, laying his right hand ''The man was certainly ungrateful--curse his father!'' said Rashîd. He said: ''God knows I wish to give thee house and land since thou ''Rashîd may well be right,'' said Suleymân, ''although I cannot judge of id = 41569 author = Pierotti, Ermete title = Jerusalem Explored, Volume 1—Text Being a Description of the Ancient and Modern City, with Numerous Illustrations Consisting of Views, Ground Plans and Sections date = keywords = A.D.; Christians; Church; David; Gate; God; Greeks; Haram; Herod; Holy; Jerusalem; Jesus; Jews; John; Josephus; Lord; Mary; Mohammedans; Mount; Note; Palestine; Plate; Pool; Saviour; Sepulchre; Siloam; Sion; Solomon; Temple; Titus; Valley; Virgin; War; jewish; king; sidenote summary = great city of Syria, taken by Necho, king of Egypt, may be Jerusalem; "Uzziah built towers in Jerusalem at the corner gate and at the _valley of David_ begin at the south-east angle of that king''s wall and extend stones, which at different times have been used to build the city walls inside the present wall at its north-east corner, where massive masonry ancient Herodian wall; which I believe to have formed the south-east placed in their present position when the city walls were repaired by visited the ground between the city-wall and the south-west part of the near the north-west corner of the city-wall, and there looks down upon Outside the south-east corner of the garden-wall a rock is pointed out take place in this valley, which is close under the walls of Jerusalem, "Now after this he built a wall without the city of David, on the west id = 44241 author = Pierotti, Ermete title = Jerusalem Explored, Volume 2—Plates Being a Description of the Ancient and Modern City, with Numerous Illustrations Consisting of Views, Ground Plans and Sections date = keywords = Bell; Church; Gate; PLATE; Pierotti summary = REMAINS OF ANCIENT MASONRY, CALLED THE RUINS OF THE TOWER GATE OF THE ENTRANCE-DOOR TO THE CHURCH OF THE RESURRECTION. PLANS AND SECTIONS OF THE TOMB OF THE VIRGIN MARY, AND OF THE THE MOUNT OF OLIVES.--VIEW, PLAN, AND SECTION OF THE TOMB OF [Illustration: PLATE I., Panorama of Jerusalem, seen from the Mount Land for the Russian Consulate on the site of the ancient Church [Illustration: PLAN OF MODERN JERUSALEM, PLATE II. [Illustration: PLAN OF ANCIENT JERUSALEM, Plate III. ANCIENT JEWISH WORK IN THE NORTH-EAST OF THE HARAM WALL, NEAR ANCIENT JEWISH WORK IN THE NORTH-EAST OF THE HARAM WALL, NEAR THE HOLY SEPULCHRE--PLAN AND SECTION OF THE TOMB IN ITS ANCIENT AND IN PLAN AND SECTION OF MOSQUE SITUATED ON THE MOUNT OF OLIVES, AND PLAN AND SECTION OF MOSQUE SITUATED ON THE MOUNT OF OLIVES, AND PLAN AND SECTION OF THE CHURCH OF THE HOLY CROSS TO THE WEST OF id = 29546 author = Poe, Clarence Hamilton title = Where Half The World Is Waking Up The Old and the New in Japan, China, the Philippines, and India, Reported With Especial Reference to American Conditions date = keywords = Asia; China; Chinaman; East; Emperor; English; Europe; Hindu; India; Japan; Korea; Manchuria; Manila; Mr.; Mukden; Orient; Peking; Philippines; Russia; South; States; Tokyo; United; american; chinese; day; illustration; japanese; oriental; work; year summary = long trip through Japan, Korea, Manchuria, {viii} China, the and the little five-year-old girl near Chuzenji the other day thanked Japanese farm boys and girls are getting ten months'' schooling a year, girls and women averaging 13-1/2 cents a day, and the male labor man''s trade loses in Japan will be recompensed for in China and India. pretty an English or American girl does look in this far land!) told (even with labor at 20 cents a day out here, the people don''t pull of making the schools train for more useful living, China and Japan cents a day American money would be a good wage for farm hands--but Chinese men and women he employs average about 12 cents a day At one place a pretty little twelve-year-old girl gets a day; the laborers at work on the new telephone line in Peking get 10 The people in England live a great deal better to-day than id = 49735 author = Politovskii, Evgenii Sigizmundovich title = From Libau to Tsushima A narrative of the voyage of Admiral Rojdestvensky''s fleet to eastern seas, including a detailed account of the Dogger Bank incident date = keywords = April; Arthur; Borodino; English; Japanese; Kamchatka; Kamranh; Madagascar; Malay; March; Nosi; Orel; Port; Russia; Saigon; Suvaroff; Vladivostok; french summary = Not one ship did the fleet leave behind, and this was in a great when I went on board the torpedo-boat _Buistry_, not having even drunk The crews of the ships at Port Arthur asked leave to go order to gain time, the admiral asked the local captain of the port to readiness to weigh anchor at 7 a.m. When the admiral went ashore to-day, he was met in state. me on board a sea-going ship again for a very long time. It is a good thing it is not a head sea--the ship steams more easily Probably at that island we shall be joined by the ships going by the time we stop to coal I shall have to pass the whole day on board the torpedo-boats by day to an enemy''s fleet. the fleet, in order that each ship should know about them. id = 32418 author = Pollard, Edward B. title = Oriental Women date = keywords = Arabs; China; David; East; Egypt; God; Herod; Hindoo; India; Israel; Japan; Jehovah; King; Mohammed; Rebekah; Sarah; chinese; christian; day; egyptian; girl; great; hebrew; husband; japanese; jewish; life; moorish; mother; oriental; people; persian; turkish; wife; woman summary = the world has led some to hold that these "daughters of men" were women Hebrew history two of the most important women of ancient Israel,--Leah indeed, a long life of vicissitudes awaited the women whose lives were before the Christian Era. This affair of the heart was brought to light when one day the young man Among no ancient people was the love of chastity in women so thorough In writing of the women in the days of the kings, one naturally turns against a woman, Susanna, a Jewish lady of great beauty, the wife of a woman is given a larger place, or to which women have contributed more regards the best women as those who never see any man but their husbands By placing women upon so far lower a plane of social and religious life the women of the world--the Moorish woman. woman''s husband, for he becomes the servant of his mother-in-law, and id = 27404 author = Powell, E. Alexander (Edward Alexander) title = Where the Strange Trails Go Down Sulu, Borneo, Celebes, Bali, Java, Sumatra, Straits Settlements, Malay States, Siam, Cambodia, Annam, Cochin-China date = keywords = Bali; Bangkok; Borneo; British; Cambodia; China; Company; Djokjakarta; Dutch; Dyak; East; England; General; Governor; Holland; Indies; Java; King; Malay; Negros; New; North; Sandakan; Siam; Siamese; Singapore; States; Sultan; american; chinese; european; illustration summary = little, palm-fringed islands which rise from peacock-colored seas. A Dyak head-hunter, Dutch Borneo 200 head-hunters in Borneo, of strange dances by dusky temple-girls in running of opium from Borneo across the Sulu Sea to the Moro islands. Java, the mere fact that we had come from British North Borneo caused thousand feet above the sea, he has a country house set in a great the lives of fifteen thousand soldiers, the Dutch Government has come But the day usually comes when a native who has gone down to the river great kingdoms of the East, long before the coming of the white man. Native women of the interior of Dutch Borneo] Dutch officials and planters in the Insulinde lived with native women, Harbor, on the far end of Long Island, instead of at New York. [Illustration: A Dyak head-hunter, Dutch Borneo] To visit Siam without seeing the royal white elephants would be like id = 14345 author = Putnam Weale, B. L. (Bertram Lenox) title = The Fight for the Republic in China date = keywords = America; Chang; China; Constitution; Council; Eastern; Emperor; Excellency; Foreign; General; Germany; Government; House; Imperial; Inner; Japan; Kuo; Manchuria; Minister; Mongolia; National; Outer; Parliament; Peking; President; Provisional; Republic; Shih; South; Yuan; chinese; japanese; power summary = China agrees that Japanese subjects shall have the right Japanese subjects shall be tried entirely by Chinese law courts. The Chinese Government agrees that Japanese subjects shall be other Powers have no objection, China shall grant the said right to Government shall not grant the said right to any foreign Power concerning Japanese subjects shall be tried entirely by Chinese law 1. The Chinese Government declare that China will not in future 2. The Chinese Government declare that China will herself provide 2. The Chinese Government declare that China will herself provide Japanese capitalists for co-operation, the Chinese Government shall 7. On the establishment of a new Government in China, all Japan''s demands on China shall be recognized by the new Government as present President Yuan Shih-kai as Emperor of the Chinese Empire." The power of Government of the Republic of China shall be The administrative power of the Republic of China shall be id = 15921 author = Raisin, Jacob S. (Jacob Salmon) title = The Haskalah Movement in Russia date = keywords = Abraham; Alexander; Berlin; Footnote; Government; Haskalah; Hayyim; Hebrew; Isaac; Israel; Jacob; Jews; Joseph; Judaism; Lilienthal; Maimon; Maskilim; Mendelssohn; Moses; New; Nicholas; Odessa; Petersburg; Poland; Rabbi; Russia; Russo; St.; Talmud; Vilna; Warsaw; german; jewish; polish summary = Russia (Russian Poland), all possess Jewish communities of considerable zeal for the conversion of Jews, was translated into Hebrew and German open public schools and establish rabbinical seminaries, Jews looked Russia itself, not only Jews and non-Russians but even many Christians Russia_[9] "that the Russian Jews live strictly in accordance with our council decided to open Jewish public schools in every city where Jews Society for the Promotion of Haskalah among the Jews of Russia. "to spread the knowledge of the Russian language among the Jews, to As often before in Jewish history, the Jews helped not a little to Jews of Russia exact from their rabbis. Hebrews, as the Russian universities admit only about four Jews [Footnote 1: Most of this is based on Persecution of the Jews in Russia, place of study for Russian Jews, 285, 298. Society for the Promotion of Haskalah among the Russian Jews, 237-239, id = 17330 author = Rappoport, A. S. (Angelo Solomon) title = History of Egypt From 330 B.C. To the Present Time, Volume 10 (of 12) date = keywords = Alexander; Alexandria; Antiochus; Antony; Asia; Cleopatra; Cyprus; Cyrene; Cæsar; Demetrius; Egypt; Jews; King; Memphis; Nile; Philadelphus; Ptolemy; Rome; Soter; Syria; egyptian; greek; illustration; roman summary = _Alexander the Great in Egypt--Alexandria founded--The Greeks favour the desert; but Egypt under Ptolemy was country on the sea-coast; and, who had died of old age soon after Ptolemy came to Egypt, he spent the Egypt, but was a Greek state in its neighbourhood, holding the Egyptians While Ptolemy was busy in helping the Greek cities of Asia to gain their obligations to Ptolemy Euergetes, King of Egypt, he gave orders that his Egyptian kings of Lower Egypt, we find new grammatical endings to the Egypt is sometimes called Cleopatra; by her he left two sons, Ptolemy foreign states were sent to Egypt to wish the king joy, to do honour to He left Euergetes, King of the Greeks, at Alexandria, and young Alexander landed at Alexandria, as King of Egypt and the friend of The Egyptians, with the young king Ptolemy now at their head, id = 17331 author = Rappoport, A. S. (Angelo Solomon) title = History of Egypt From 330 B.C. To the Present Time, Volume 11 (of 12) date = keywords = A.D.; Abu; Alexander; Alexandria; Arabs; Athanasius; Augustus; Bishop; Christianity; Christians; Constantinople; Egypt; God; Jews; Muhammed; Nile; Red; Rome; Sea; Serapis; Syria; Thebaid; Upper; egyptian; greek; illustration; roman; year summary = Alexandria--Strabo�s visit--The Egyptian religion at Rome--Wise years and three new year�s days in use in Egypt: one about the 18th Greek laws, while the other cities in Egypt were under Egyptian laws and tribes, had made an early settlement on the African side of the Red Sea. So numerous were they in Upper Egypt that in the time of Strabo half the converts to Christianity in Alexandria were Jews, Greeks, or Egyptians, In A.D. 122, the sixth year of the reign of Hadrian, Egypt was honoured coins of Alexandria, dated the first and second years of their reign. For three years the coins of Alexandria bear the name of that emperor. reigned for part of a first and a second year in Egypt; but the subject news of this rising reached Constantinople the emperor sent to Egypt a year the new caliph confided the government of Egypt to Anbasa, but id = 17332 author = Rappoport, A. S. (Angelo Solomon) title = History of Egypt From 330 B.C. To the Present Time, Volume 12 (of 12) date = keywords = Alexandria; Ali; Bey; Bonaparte; Cairo; Christians; Egypt; England; English; Europe; France; Ibrahim; Ismail; King; Kléber; Mamluks; Mehemet; Nile; Pasha; Porte; Sir; Syria; Turks; Upper; british; egyptian; european; french; illustration summary = the Mamluks--Egyptian army reorganized--Ibrahim Pasha in Greece--Battle courts, and government of modern Egypt--The Nile; its valley, branches, Petrie--Palæolithic man--Egyptian record of Israel--Egypt Exploration a large number of great and small war-ships built, and established a a large army against him, determined to return to Egypt to bring his whereupon the Egyptian troops returned to Egypt with the captive king army; by General Kléber, in evacuating the Upper Nile, Cairo, and the the ranks of Elfi�s adherents and joined Mehemet Ali. The Pasha of Egypt possessed a zealous partisan in the French ambassador close on sixty thousand men, while the Egyptian army only comprised occasion Mariette Bey ransacked the tombs of the ancient Egyptian kings army of 33,000 men was gradually landed in Egypt, under the command of Pasha returned to Egypt in the year 1902, after an exile which had Governor of Egypt, on a journey of exploration up the Nile as far as id = 26412 author = Ready, Oliver George title = Life and sport in China Second Edition date = keywords = China; Chinaman; East; England; Europeans; Hankow; Hongkong; Kiukiang; New; Peking; Shanghai; Wang; Yangtse; chinese; day; foot; good; great; illustration; large; pass; place; time; water summary = lighted, public seats placed in pleasant spots facing the water, trees foreigners seldom know the correct names of their Chinese servants, The cooking in foreign houses is entirely European, the Chinese water, broken ice and fish shoot up two or three feet high from a hole Following the beach a little above high-water mark, I presently came As European dogs seldom live in China more than three or four years, Carrying from ten to eleven stone according to measurement, good time His arrival in one of the fine Chinese river-boats was signalised by Hot courses were now placed on the table, our Chinese friends helping Ice in Northern China is seldom good, as owing to the frequent winds generally places their New Year some time in February, the exact date The last few days of the old year is a great time of reckoning, when existed in Chinese waters, nor have I since seen any. id = 20329 author = Reed, William Allan title = Negritos of Zambales date = keywords = Aeta; Bataan; Bolinao; Bulacan; Dumagat; English; Filipinos; Iba; Negritos; Philippines; Province; Santa; Subig; Zambal; Zambales summary = Negrito man from Nangsol, near Subig, Zambales. Old man of Zambales, pure Negrito. Old man of Zambales, pure Negrito, showing hair on face and Negrito Man of Zambales, showing hair on the face. Negrito man of Zambales, mixed blood. Negrito man of Zambales, mixed blood. Old Negrito woman of Zambales, pure blood. Negrito man of Zambales, pure blood. Negrito man of Zambales, pure blood. Negrito man of Zambales, pure blood. Group of Negrito men at Santa Fé, Zambales. Group of Negrito women at Santa Fé, Zambales, showing dress. Negrito woman of Zambales, pure blood, showing scars made by Negrito woman of Zambales, pure blood, showing skin disease. Negrito boy of Zambales, mixed blood, showing skin disease. Negrito man of Zambales, mixed blood, showing skin disease. Negrito man of Zambales, mixed blood, showing skin disease. and the general condition of the Negritos of Zambales Province. coast also have Negritos, generally called "Aeta." These are probably id = 26707 author = Reese, A. M. (Albert Moore) title = Wanderings in the Orient date = keywords = Borneo; Canton; East; Hongkong; Manila; Singapore; american; chinese; city; illustration summary = [Illustration: MARIVELES VILLAGE AND MOUNTAIN, FROM MANILA BAY.] Like many native villages Mariveles has a large stone church, with red young native, in an American suit of white, always appeared and seated never before been visited by white men, unless in the old Spanish days. [Illustration: ISLAND NEAR TAY TAY WHERE EDIBLE BIRDS'' NESTS ARE FOUND.] [Illustration: CONCRETE KITCHEN AND LAVATORY BUILDINGS AND NATIVE the streets are seen men of several nationalities, Chinese, Malays, [Illustration: CHINESE WOMEN CARRYING LOG, SANDAKAN.] [Illustration: A CHINESE RESIDENCE STREET.] [Illustration: A YOUNG RUBBER TREE SHOWING ONE METHOD OF TAPPING. [Illustration: CHINESE JUNKS IN THE HARBOR OF CANTON.] look at a real Chinese city, Canton, located about ninety miles up the In a few of the streets outside of the walled city rickishas are the [Illustration: A CITY GATE AND PARTS OF THE WALL AND MOAT, AS SEEN FROM id = 27556 author = Reid, Thomas H. title = Across the Equator: A Holiday Trip in Java date = keywords = Batavia; Buitenzorg; Djocjakarta; Dutch; East; General; Governor; Hotel; Java; Raffles; Sindanglaya; Singapore; Sourabaya; british; illustration summary = When consideration is given to the fact that Java is only two days'' tropical island of Java makes us think of the tablet in the little advantage is taken of this facility by the Dutch and native travellers. Batavia to Sourabaya, at the other end of the island, in two days. time to the beauty spots of Western Java or to make the various centre of fertile plains we have the real Java of ancient times. scarcely at all on the mountains of East Java. In Java, as in most Oriental countries, the traveller feels that he is The Dutch in Java; 1904, by Clive Day. should read "Java: The Garden of the East" by Miss E. covers the whole of Java from Tanjong Priok, the port of Batavia, to the The general impression left by one''s visit to Java is the excessive Dutch administration in Java. id = 23573 author = Reidy, John J. title = The Battle of Bayan and Other Battles date = keywords = Americans; Battery; Fort; Infantry; Lake; Maciu; Moros; Sultan summary = once stood that impregnable Moro stronghold, Fort Binidayan, I can see at a place known as Fort Pualos, a camp was established in that vicinity "Boom," echoed the little mountain guns, and away went a shrapnel of the silent American soldier, with whom the Moros knew the ultimate the American fighting line, the shells would burst upon the trenches or regret is to leave the fort with my work unfinished.'' I saw one soldier of wounded men and give them water, while fighting, biting, dying Moros Perhaps never in the history of battles and wars did men fight with such The Moros, having seen the column advancing on them, set to work to front of the skirmish line was a fort from which shots were fired at as the first shot from the Artillery was fired the Moros began to hitherto savage Moro tribes, and chiefly by the brave officers and men id = 56089 author = Reinsch, Paul S. (Paul Samuel) title = An American Diplomat in China date = keywords = Chang; China; Department; Doctor; Dr.; Emperor; Foreign; General; Germany; Government; Hsun; Imperial; Japan; Legation; Liang; Minister; Mr.; Peking; Premier; President; Shantung; Shih; States; Tuan; United; War; Yuan; american; british; chinese; japanese summary = Others whose knowledge of Chinese was exceptional were Mr. Sidney Mayers, representative of the British China Corporation, who had attack on me personally, and on American action in China generally. visited China in 1913, Chinese officials expressed to him the wish in China unless the Chinese Government shall give some positive proof At this time I informed the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs that American Government did not object to any arrangement whereby China The Chinese Government gave to the American concern the right to build The Japanese Government was still trying to get China into the war, The American Government had held to its view that China should not be the Chinese to feel that the American Government, desiring them to But the Japanese minister had already informed the Chinese Foreign The Americans in China, as well as the British and the Chinese, were id = 27422 author = Richings, Emily title = Through the Malay Archipelago date = keywords = Archipelago; Boedoer; Boro; Celebes; East; English; Government; Hindu; Holland; India; Java; Nature; Sultan; Sumatra; chinese; dutch; eastern; european; forest; green; island; javanese; life; malay; mountain; native; palm; tree; white; world summary = where vast forests of waving palms, blue chains of volcanic mountains, red-stemmed Banka palms cluster on the green islets of lake and river, Amherstia trees forming aisles of dark green foliage, brightened with A mountain road winds through rice-fields and tree-ferns towards fold of the palm-forest, bowed beneath the weight of green and yellow nuts a island gives place to the ancient Javanese territory, and Malay half-hidden in the green shadows of a great tamarind tree. red road beneath towering palms, skirts rice-fields and bamboo thickets green spaces and luxuriant trees, appears a typical Dutch town, variety of colour, blue and yellow, orange and green, red and violet." white, gold and green, orange and red, wave interlacing branches of The vivid green of one palm-clad shore burns in the gold of Little _campongs_ of palm-thatched huts stand on piles at the water''s gleams whitely against the green gloom of the vast palm-forest on id = 35899 author = Rizal, José title = The Philippines a Century Hence date = keywords = Filipinos; Islands; Philippines; Rizal; Spain; country; government; great; people; spanish summary = "In the Philippine Islands the American government has Rizal''s reference to America as a possible factor in the Philippines'' Americans understand that the people of the Philippines, unaccustomed in that terrible crisis when a people changes its form of government, Will the Philippine Islands continue to be a Spanish colony, and if So the Philippine peoples have remained faithful during three governing powers, which forces the inhabitants to leave the country, The Philippines, then, will remain under Spanish domination, but A government that rules a country from a great distance is the one that when a country like the Philippines is concerned, where the inhabitants the insult, great for the Philippines, but still greater for Spain, But in a country dominated by a foreign race, even the by colonizing countries, and the fact that government regards the The Filipino loves his country no less, and although he id = 48438 author = Rizal, José title = Rizal''s own story of his life date = keywords = Biñan; Filipino; José; June; Kalamba; Makiling; Manila; Rizal; spanish summary = Ends, first published Rizal''s farewell poem "My Last Thought", was Rizal''s mother and two of his sisters 16 Where Rizal went to school in Biñan 18 A Manila school girl, drawn by Rizal 62 Portrait of Rizal at time of finishing El Filibusterismo 121 Silver pen prize won by Rizal for poem "To Philippine When I was four years of age, my little sister Concha died, and for In June of 1868, I went to Manila with my father. Her mother, a good old woman, lived with her. My mother had not wanted me to return to Manila, saying that My mother was teaching me to read in a Spanish reader called "The "You will pay for this in the end!" A few days later my father received Rizal took great interest in the education Rizal''s novels, in volume 1 of "The Philippine Teacher." Manila, 1905. id = 6885 author = Rizal, José title = The Indolence of the Filipino date = keywords = China; Filipinos; Manila; Morga; Philippines; Rizal; Spaniards; native; spanish; time summary = Philippines, has demonstrated that such indolence does not exist, and The fact is that in tropical countries violent work is not a good of patient, Philippines; instead of malady, indolence. up at another time, speaks of China''s relations with the islands, mines and washings of gold, and peopled with natives," as Morga says; "The natives," says Morga, in chapter VII, speaking of native of ancient times converted into the lazy and indolent Christian, which exists in the Philippines toward indolence, and which must the Philippine youth embarked for the expedition, saying good-by to two countries with which the Philippines continued to have relations time went to China, not even gold, for in those years the Chinese The sordid return the native gets from his work has the effect of references to the decline of the native industries of the Philippines The decrease of population among native people in the Philippines id = 16528 author = Roberts, Frederick Sleigh Roberts, Earl title = Forty-one years in India: from subaltern to commander-in-chief date = keywords = Afghanistan; Ali; Amir; Army; Artillery; Bengal; Brigadier; Calcutta; Captain; Cavalry; Chamberlain; Chief; Colonel; Commander; Delhi; England; Foot; General; Government; Governor; Highness; Horse; India; Infantry; John; Kabul; Kandahar; Khan; Lawrence; Lieutenant; Lord; Lucknow; Mahomed; Majesty; Major; Mutiny; Nicholson; Peshawar; Punjab; Simla; Sir; Viceroy; afghan; british; european; footnote; native summary = the officers and men of the 1st Troop, 1st Brigade, Bengal Horse The force remained in camp for some time for the protection of the men arrived, Sir William Gomm, the Commander-in-Chief of that day, who had first time the present Commander-in-Chief in India, General Sir George The Commander-in-Chief in India at that time was General doubt, but very few officers holding commands in India at that time [Footnote 3: Afterwards commanded by Lieutenant, now General, Sir Artillery troop and the two Native Infantry regiments were ordered to troops had reached Delhi: four Horse Artillery guns (two British ''General Sir Colin Campbell, or any officer commanding troops on the Lieutenant-General Sir Robert Napier, the Commander-in-Chief of the General Sir Neville Chamberlain, at that time Commander-in-Chief in ''FROM AMIR SHER ALI KHAN TO THE OFFICERS OF THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT. yet time for a British army to reach Kabul before the great cold id = 7320 author = Rodenbough, Theophilus F. (Theophilus Francis) title = Afghanistan and the Anglo-Russian Dispute date = keywords = Afghanistan; Army; Asia; Central; General; Herat; India; Kabul; Kandahar; Khan; Pass; Russia; Sir; afghan; british; footnote; illustration summary = May 16, 1884, Lieut.-General Sir Edward Hamley, of the British Army, upon the Herat road about ten miles west of Kandahar, and there is passing by the town of Farrah, which is 230 miles from Kandahar. Pass near the city, entirely cut off the retreat to India which Another British force of twelve thousand men, under General Pollock, years in the ranks; the furlough of short-service men is passed in presence of a British officer." [Footnote: Indian Army Regulations.] _Routes_.--For operations in Afghanistan the general British base is [Footnote: The Khurd Kabul Pass is about five miles long, with the Kandahar road leads for sixty miles through the Pass--a gradual The Commander-in-chief of the Army of India, General Sir Donald M. existing between the Russian frontier and India which pass the Khusk River for some weeks a large Russian force under General General Hamley, the leading British military authority, [Footnote: id = 20913 author = Russel, Florence Kimball title = A Woman''s Journey through the Philippines On a Cable Ship that Linked Together the Strange Lands Seen En Route date = keywords = Bongao; Burnside; Cagayan; Cebu; Corps; Dumaguete; Iligan; Manila; Mindanao; Misamis; Moro; Niño; Santo; Signal; Sulu; Zamboanga; american; cable; day; little; spanish; woman summary = ON A CABLE SHIP THAT LINKED TOGETHER THE STRANGE LANDS SEEN EN ROUTE. showing the cable as good as new, whereupon the women return to their Corps officers, men, and natives were hard at work establishing an office in the town, digging a trench for the shore end of the cable, town gave a ball in honour of the cable-ship, at the house of one of ship, and the officers stationed in town, to stop at his house on turbans, _sarongs_--the long skirt-like garments in which Moro men and several days, and meanwhile on board ship the cable was being turned buoyed shore end, which in turn was spliced to the deep-sea cable, American women really looked like, not having seen one before in two Unlike other Moro women, her teeth were white, the Zamboanga officers the natives elsewhere, several American women in town having helped id = 13940 author = Russell, Bertrand title = The Problem of China date = keywords = America; China; Conference; Emperor; Europe; Footnote; Germany; Government; Great; Japan; Japanese; Manchuria; Mikado; Mr.; Peking; Russia; Shantung; State; Washington; West; chinese; european; power; western summary = relations of the Western Powers with China, beginning with our war of abandoned free trade by the Safeguarding of Industries Act. The import tariff being so low, the Chinese Government is compelled, for Great Powers at present, in relation to China, is America, and the worst For modern China, the most important foreign nation is Japan. the previous differences between China and Japan: modern Chinese like Shantung brings us to what Japan did in the Great War. In 1914, China Powers in China and of the independence and integrity of the Chinese war, and had sold China to Japan in return for Japanese neutrality--for the interests and desires of America, Japan, Russia and China, with an save China from themselves as it were, if the Chinese Government surplus to educating Chinese students, both in China and at American to China, the Chinese now have control of all their more important id = 8860 author = Russell, Michael title = Palestine, or, the Holy Land: From the Earliest Period to the Present Time date = keywords = Acre; Arabs; Bethlehem; Christians; Clarke; David; Dead; Dr.; Egypt; Europe; Galilee; God; Hebrews; Herod; Holy; Israel; Jehovah; Jerusalem; Jews; Jordan; Judah; Judea; Land; Lord; Maundrell; Moses; Mount; Palestine; Saviour; Sea; Sepulchre; Solomon; St.; Syria; Temple; Tiberias; Turks; history; jewish; king; roman summary = pious Reader; Holy Places; Pilgrims; Grounds for Believing the Ancient Description of Chateaubriand; Holy Places in the City; On Mount Zion; THE HISTORY OF PALESTINE FROM THE FALL OF JERUSALEM, TO THE PRESENT TIME. Holy Places; Pilgrims; Grounds for believing the ancient Traditions on times, given a deep interest to travels in the Holy Land. About the year 705, Jerusalem and its holy places were visited by "pardons of the Holy Land begin." At Jerusalem he found the Christians Mount Calvary shown at this day in the holy city the actual place where This holy hill is equally celebrated in the Old Testament and in the New. Here the successor of Saul built a city and a royal dwelling,--here he years after, the ancient and holy city of Jerusalem was taken by assault, the Holy Sepulchre and other sacred places, the Latins left the city and id = 20583 author = Russell, R. V. (Robert Vane) title = The Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India, Volume 1 date = keywords = Ahir; Aryans; Bania; Banjara; Bengal; Berar; Betul; Bombay; Brahmans; Census; Central; Chamar; Chanda; Chhattisgarh; Das; Dhimar; District; God; Gond; Gujarat; Hindu; India; Jain; Kabir; Kawar; Kol; Koran; Korku; Koshti; Krishna; Kumhar; Kunbi; Kurmi; Mahar; Mali; Maratha; Mr.; Muhammadan; Nagpur; Nai; Panwar; Parsis; Provinces; Rajputs; Report; Samaj; Saugor; Sikh; Sir; Siva; Sudra; Sunar; Teli; Tribes; Uriya; Vedas; caste summary = subcastes or clans in the same caste consider the marriage of their be of full status in the clan, tribe or caste in order to produce a caste, though the existing Rajput clans are probably derived from tribes or tribal castes, descended from the unions of Gonds and Hindus. living in Hindu villages have become a separate impure caste with Subcastes are also formed from members of other castes who have taken dyers and printers; the small Dangri caste has subcastes called Teli, local or titular groups of ordinary Hindu castes are called ''section,'' clans named after the Dhobi, Ahir, Gond, Mali and Panka castes. members of such clans pay respect to any man belonging to the caste the Dahait caste members of the clans named after certain trees, go to Glossary of Minor Castes and Other Articles, Synonyms, Subcastes, Glossary of Minor Castes and Other Articles, Synonyms, Subcastes, id = 20668 author = Russell, R. V. (Robert Vane) title = The Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India, Volume 4 date = keywords = A.D.; Bengal; Berar; Bilaspur; Bombay; Brahman; Bundelkhand; Castes; Census; Central; Chanda; Chhattisgarh; Colonel; Crooke; Deo; Devi; Districts; Gazetteer; Gonds; Gujarat; Hindus; Hoshangabad; India; Jubbulpore; Kunbis; Kurmis; Lal; Mahadeo; Mahars; Mandla; Maratha; Mr.; Muhammadan; Nagpur; Nerbudda; Panwar; Pindaris; Provinces; Punjab; Raja; Rajasthan; Rajputana; Rajputs; Report; Risley; Sanskrit; Saugor; Singh; Sir; State; Telis; Thugs; Tod; Tribes; Uriya summary = The Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India Articles on Castes and Tribes of the Central Provinces in Alphabetical of the Kunbi caste are probably derived from the primitive tribes somebody falls ill his family get a Brahman''s cast-off sacred thread, Kunbis of Nimar, however, women eat before men at caste feasts in Members of all castes come to the Panwar''s house at night for ancestors of the caste had a calf called Hardulia, and one day he said caste, belonging to the Maratha Districts of the Central Provinces and The caste is divided into exogamous family groups named after animals Like the women of low Hindu castes they tattoo their bodies, Central Provinces, as in northern India, the caste may be considered Brahmans and other castes of Hindus for their marriages. [652] Low-caste Hindu and Gond women often wear a large id = 22010 author = Russell, R. V. (Robert Vane) title = The Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India, Volume 2 date = keywords = Ahirs; Baigas; Bania; Banjaras; Bengal; Berar; Bhils; Bhuiyas; Bilaspur; Bombay; Brahmans; Castes; Census; Central; Chamar; Charans; Chhattisgarh; Colonel; Crooke; Deo; Devi; Dhobi; Districts; Gazetteer; Gonds; Gujarat; Hindu; India; Jain; Jubbulpore; Krishna; Lal; Mandla; Maratha; Mr.; Muhammadan; Nagpur; Nimar; Provinces; Raipur; Raja; Rajputana; Report; Risley; Saugor; Sir; Sleeman; State; Tribes; Vishnu; rajput summary = the family dies, the caste-fellows at the mourning feast tie a cloth eat together; but the Brahmans and other high castes belonging position, and respectable Hindu castes will accept cooked food Their marriage rules are those of high-caste Hindus. cultivating caste have, like the Banias, a subcaste called Dasa, bad conduct, taking cooked food or water from a caste from which a man marries a girl of the tribe he is put out of caste or obliged Some, no doubt, are derived from the Brahman caste as stated Central India found many low-caste female slaves in Brahman houses, the person other than a Brahman, adultery with a woman of impure caste and The caste worship the ordinary Hindu and village deities of through the form of marriage with any man in the caste, and when a The caste worship the Hindu and village gods rank below the cultivating castes, and Brahmans will not take water id = 41424 author = Russell, R. V. (Robert Vane) title = The Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India, Volume 3 date = keywords = Bastar; Bengal; Berar; Bombay; Brahman; Bura; Census; Central; Chanda; Chhattisgarh; Chota; Colonel; Crooke; Deo; Devi; District; Gazetteer; Gonds; Gujarat; Hindu; Hoshangabad; India; Jat; Jats; Jubbulpore; Kanjars; Kayasths; Khonds; Kols; Korkus; Kunbis; Lal; Lingo; Mahadeo; Mandla; Maratha; Mr.; Muhammadan; Mundas; Nagpur; Provinces; Punjab; Raja; Rama; Report; Risley; Sir; Siva; State; Telugu; Tribes; caste; rajput summary = Adult marriage is the general rule of the caste and a fixed bride-price Their septs are of the usual low-caste type, being named after animals, The Raj-Gonds rank with the Hindu cultivating castes, sword seven times round the marriage-post with the bride and placed the animal with rice, and saying to the dead man''s spirit, ''Your sonor brother-in-law has given you this.'' Sometimes the rule is that the Gonds will not eat the leavings of any Hindu caste, probably on account Very few Hindu castes will take water or food from the Gonds, children of a Gond woman by a man of another caste. respectable caste and worship the Gond gods, [115] and there seems or family names of the caste are also taken from the Gonds, and this The marriage customs of the caste follow the ordinary Hindu ritual the lower Hindu castes and the Gonds at the present time. id = 41770 author = Saleeby, Najeeb M. (Najeeb Mitry) title = Studies in Moro History, Law, and Religion date = keywords = Bwayan; Cotabato; Datu; Din; God; Jamalu; Kabungsuwan; Magindanao; Mawlana; Mohammed; Moros; Putri; Raja; Sarip; Sharif; Sultan; Sulu; Tabunaway; shall summary = Baratamay married Gimbulanan, the daughter of Datu Maputi, and begot and married a woman related to the sultan of Juhur and begot Sarip from Raja Tabunaway, and begot a son called Qudrat, and a daughter Sultan Kaharu-d-Din Kuda married Lady Sinal, the daughter of Datu Sultan Dipatwan Anwar married a lady of Agakan Munawal and begot Raja Datu Sakaludan Jamalu-d-Din married Layma, the daughter of Sultan Kuda, Sultan Mohammed Pakaru-d-Din Bulagas Armansa married Badwi and begot Saripada Kunyaw married Anik and begot Sultan Mohammed Alimu-d-Din, Sultan Digra Alam married Nya, a Magindanao woman, and begot Raja Raja Bwayan Mohammed Alimu-Din married Ani, a lady of Magindanao, Qudrat married Idayu, the daughter of the Sultan of Balilah, and begot and the man shall marry the woman and live with her even though he If a married man commits adultery with a free woman, both shall the sultan shall be fined one male slave. id = 41771 author = Saleeby, Najeeb M. (Najeeb Mitry) title = The History of Sulu date = keywords = Archipelago; Basilan; Borneo; Captain; Datu; Din; Don; Excellency; General; God; Government; Governor; Islands; Jolo; King; Kiram; Majesty; Manila; Maymbung; Mindanao; Mohammed; Moros; Philippine; Spain; Spaniards; Sultan; Sulu; Zamboanga; spanish summary = Archipelago and Island of Sulu and sketches of the town of Jolo. it was governed by Sulu datus and paid tribute to the Sultan of with the sultan of Sulu providing for trade between Manila and Jolo, resolved to set the sultan free and return him to Jolo if the Sulu Sulu boats in Manila and Zamboanga and by Spanish vessels in Jolo. Spanish vessels shall pay in Jolo, and those which the Sulus presented by the Sultan of Sulu and the Datus to His Majesty the presented by the Sultan and Datus of Sulu, to his Majesty the King of This is the treaty of Spain with the Sultan and Datus of Sulu of Sulu, or the commanders of war ships, the Sultan shall have between the Spanish Government and the Sultan of Sulu, the archipelago 1. The Sultan of Sulu shall direct at once all the Datus and Chiefs id = 52903 author = Sankaran Nair, C. (Chettur), Sir title = Gandhi and Anarchy date = keywords = APPENDIX; Bengal; Bombay; Calcutta; Committee; Congress; Council; Gandhi; Government; Hindus; Home; India; January; Khilafat; Mr.; November; Police; Rule; Swaraj; non summary = Government action to check the illegal activities of Mr. Gandhi and his Government of India have influenced even moderate Mahomedans and Hindus British Governments to satisfy Mr. Gandhi or the Khilafat agitators led I believe also that the Government of India committed a great In his scheme of "Home Rule for India" Mr. Gandhi said:-and Mr. Gandhi asks every body, in fact the people of India, to carry on if all the people of India adopted it the machinery of Government is boycott of Councils and Courts, non-violence as a means of attaining his with Khilafat agitators by the Government of India who are therefore as a subjection to the Government of India, which will be common to Hindus Since the inauguration of the non-co-operation movement the Government Government without the previous sanction of the All-India Congress towards the Government established by law in India. id = 43541 author = Satow, Ernest Mason title = A Diplomat in Japan The inner history of the critical years in the evolution of Japan when the ports were opened and the monarchy restored, recorded by a diplomatist who took an active part in the events of the time, with an account of his personal experiences during that period date = keywords = Admiral; Aidzu; Bizen; British; Captain; Chôshiû; Colonel; English; Foreign; Gotô; Harry; Higashi; Hiôgo; January; Japan; Kami; Keiki; Kiôto; Kuzé; Legation; Mikado; Minister; Mitford; Mr.; Nagasaki; Ozaka; Prince; Satsuma; Shôgun; Sir; Tokugawa; Tosa; Tycoon; Willis; Yedo; Yokohama; chapter; european; french; japanese summary = day, the foreign consuls continued to date their official reports from four times what he received from the Foreign Office, and he went where the Tycoon''s government and the foreign ministers at Yedo." Itô came on board one day with a couple of men who, he said, were that the foreign ministers had visited the Tycoon at Ozaka all was to be Yedo Foreign Department, who had come from Yokohama with Sir Harry, and these two places, and so content foreigners, while the Japanese went on Next day the two great men came again, and the Nagasaki murders were the called next day on the foreign representatives they came to us last of Foreign Representatives had addressed Notes to the Japanese Government The foreign representatives left Kiôto the following day. Japanese ministers for Foreign Affairs on the other. Next day I went up to Yedo on board a Japanese steamer belonging to the id = 38081 author = Sawyer, Frederic H. title = The Inhabitants of the Philippines date = keywords = Aguinaldo; Archipelago; Augustinians; Bay; Cagayan; Cavite; Cebú; Chinese; Civil; Cordillera; Don; Father; General; Government; Governor; Grande; Igorrotes; Ilocos; Infantry; Islands; Lake; Luzon; Madrid; Manila; Mindanao; Moros; Mr.; Negritos; Nueva; Otis; Pampanga; Philippines; Rio; River; San; Santa; Spain; Spaniards; States; United; Visayas; american; british; chapter; christian; great; malay; native; order; spanish; tagal summary = of native priests in 1872--Small garrison in the islands-Islands any person, whether Spaniard, native, or foreigner, by a The news that a native could obtain justice from a governor-general men to the assault of a Moro Cotta, or fort, dying like our General that the priest of any large town would be a man advanced in years At this time thousands of natives were in prison in Manila awaiting Custom-House Guards took place in Manila at the captain of the port''s The islands were badly governed by Spain, yet Spaniards and natives and at times large numbers of men and women are to be seen at work, Many native men and women and numbers of Chinese coolies are employed at most of the principal houses, during the time I lived in Manila, The natives of this part of the province are good wood-men and hunters. id = 12976 author = Sayce, A. H. (Archibald Henry) title = Early Israel and the Surrounding Nations date = keywords = Amon; Amorites; Asia; B.C.; Babylonia; Canaan; David; Edom; Egypt; Euphrates; Hittites; III; Israel; Israelites; Jerusalem; Judah; Palestine; Pharaoh; Syria; assyrian; egyptian; king; semitic summary = the Assyrian king to march unopposed into Egypt, and the battle of Kings; Nineveh and not Babylon was the capital of the Assyrian empire, king of "the land of the Amorites," as Palestine was called by the great temple of the Moon-god had been founded by Babylonian princes name of an Egyptian king in the period when Egypt was ruled by Asiatic the country, was taken by the Assyrian king Sargon, and northern Israel the days of the later Assyrian empire its kings contended in battle with from the vassal-king of Jerusalem, show that the power of Egypt in Asia Egyptians retreated to their own country, and Jerusalem fell in B.C. 588, one year after the death of the Egyptian king. Six years later he was carried off to Elam, and a new king of (the temple of the god Bir), the city of the king, is separated from the id = 14405 author = Sayce, A. H. (Archibald Henry) title = Patriarchal Palestine date = keywords = Abraham; Amarna; Amorites; Beth; Canaan; Ebed; Egypt; God; Hadad; Hittites; III; Jacob; Jerusalem; Jordan; Palestine; Pharaoh; Ramses; Syria; Tel; Thothmes; Tob; babylonian; egyptian summary = THE KINGS OF EGYPT AND BABYLONIA DURING THE PATRIARCHAL AGE. the great temple of Baal Melkarth, "the city''s king," which he saw "the great king of the Hittites" the Egyptian forces were driven in "Palestine," or "Canaan," the term "land of the Hittites" came to denote portion of Moab by the Amorite king Sihon took place only a short time already an important city in the age of the eighteenth Egyptian dynasty, Even the Babylonian language was known and used in the cities of Canaan, city in the land of the Amorites; Ramses III. (I.) "To the king my lord [my] Sun-god, thus [speaks] Ebed-Tob thy troops come this year, all the countries of the king my lord will be king knows that Ebed-Tob has taken my city from my hand." The writer complaint before the Pharaoh: "Canaan is thy country and the king [of id = 37411 author = Sayce, A. H. (Archibald Henry) title = A Primer of Assyriology date = keywords = Assur; B.C.; Babylonia; Bel; Merodach; Nineveh; Sargon; Sennacherib; Tiglath; assyrian; king; semitic; sumerian summary = Babylon a sacred city--Tiglath-pileser I--The First Assyrian Babylonian and Assyrian religion--Sumerian religion Shamanistic-Babylonian Kings--Assyrian Kings--High Priests of Assur--Kings Assyrian population was Semitic, and the common language of the country Assyrian belongs to the northern group of Semitic languages, being more gave a dynasty of kings to Babylonia which lasted 576 years and nine Sumerian.--The decipherment of the Assyrian texts brought with Sumerian texts in the Semitic language of Babylon and Assyria. cuneiform script of Nineveh had been borrowed in the ninth century B.C. As the characters of the script continued to preserve their Assyrian year of his reign marched against Babylonia, captured Babylon and to have been ''the king''s son'' who commanded the Babylonian army in Babylonian city had at least one library, and the Assyrian kings named, as well as of the dynasties of kings and the number of years (1) The Dynasty of Babylon: 11 kings for 304 years 2478-2174 id = 40243 author = Sayce, A. H. (Archibald Henry) title = The Hittites: The story of a Forgotten Empire date = keywords = Asia; Carchemish; Egypt; Hittite; Kadesh; Kappadokia; Keui; Kheta; Minor; Palestine; Ramses; Syria; assyrian; egyptian summary = MONUMENT OF A HITTITE KING FOUND AT CARCHEMISH 72 Ramses, its conditions show that ''the great king of the Hittites'' ''the great king of the Hittites'' preserved his power intact; his shall see, it is from Merash that a long Hittite inscription has come. of the site of Carchemish, the great Hittite capital, and of the characters of all other Hittite inscriptions known at the time, [Illustration: MONUMENT OF A HITTITE KING FOUND AT CARCHEMISH.] that the Hittite prince was as ''great'' a king as himself, and could populations of Asia Minor in its wars with the Hittites, and the figures Hittite king of Kadesh and the Egyptian Pharaoh was written was a tablet Hittites in Syria were like a conquering race everywhere; they formed Kadesh, the supreme Hittite god is called Sutekh, the goddess being Ramses II., and of the great wars between Egypt and the Hittite princes id = 52638 author = Schnapps, Charles H. title = Archag, the Little Armenian date = keywords = Aintab; Aram; Archag; Armenians; Bernier; Boghos; Dr.; Effendi; Garabed; Mills; Monsieur; Mrs.; Nejib; Professor; Spencer; Van; boy; turkish summary = "I''m very glad of that," said Archag, "for you are the only boy I Archag took a liking to Garabed, and talked to him about Van and his (That''s right) Baron Archag," said Garabed, "take Aram down Archag was in the room with Aram, Garabed, Soghomon, She gave Archag great pleasure by beginning to talk about Van, which But now Aram had joined them: "Listen, Archag," he said Profound silence followed Archag''s imprudent words; the boys dared "Gentlemen," said he, "I ask you to keep Archag here; five days on Professor Pagratian also took a great interest in Archag, and often At last Archag went up to Monsieur Bernier and said: Aram and Archag spent the next day with Nizam and her husband, After his departure, the days seemed long to Aram and Archag, and they "Yes," said Archag, "for years the Armenians have been groaning and id = 60335 author = Scott, John Lee title = Narrative of a Recent Imprisonment in China after the Wreck of the Kite date = keywords = Anstruther; CHAPTER; Captain; Chinese; Chusan; Lascars; Lieut; Mrs.; Noble summary = rights--Jolly-boat returns--Chinese--Leave the wreck. questions--Chinese music--Jolly-boat party arrive--Privations-the mandarin--Letters and clothing from Chusan--Chinese After standing here some time, a man came and took me away to another proceeded on, till we came to the head mandarin''s house. In a short time some officers came in, and opening the lid of my cage, had finished, some mandarin officers arrived, one carrying a small I did not remain long in this place, for I was soon walked out into the The day passed on, and supper-time came; this meal was the same as mandarin--Letters and clothing from Chusan--Chinese clothes--Irons room, and, after waiting a short time in the yard, sedans having been Douglas and Captain Anstruther, clothes of all sorts for Mrs. Noble, and a quantity for the child which was drowned; but nothing told them that the mandarins said we were going to Chusan in six days, taken; and each sedan being placed in a separate boat, we were soon id = 54160 author = Shakespear, John title = The Lushei Kuki Clans date = keywords = Anal; Cachar; Chin; Chiru; Hills; Khuavang; Kolhen; Kuki; Kúngóri; Lamgang; Lushai; Lusheis; Manipur; Old; Purum; Sailo; Sakhua; Thado; Thangchhuah; Vuite; clan; house; man; village summary = Mi-thi-khua.--"Dead men''s village." Expression used by all clans for A stranger might live for a long time in a Lushai village without the name of the branch of the Lushai clan to which the present chiefs In wars between Lushais it was considered wrong to kill chiefs. of the Lushai-Kuki family believe in a spirit called Pathian, who is of the clan, and the pig is killed outside the house, but is brought village and in one day killed a mithan and two goats. road just outside the village, but in the case of chiefs and of men [The Ralte.] This clan is found scattered in the Lushai villages to the young men generally sleep in the houses of well-to-do villagers, days'' feast in the village, during which time the young people dance of the clan are also found in the Lushai and Chin villages adjoining id = 45844 author = Shedd, E. Cutler (Ephraim Cutler) title = Our Little Persian Cousin date = keywords = Abdullah; Cousin=; Dada; God; Karim; Kurds; Nana; Rustem; Sheikh; little; persian summary = ONE day Karim''s mother, whom he was now learning to call "Nana," said THE village where Karim lived lay at the mouth of a little valley. When Karim was seven years old Dada began to send him here with his time Karim was given stories to read which told of the wonderful deeds ONE evening Dada said, "Shahbaz has just come from the city, and says But when Karim was thirteen years old the mullah said, "You When Karim was still a little boy Nana had taken him with her to the WHEN the agha went back to the city to become its governor Karim bade One day the mirza said, "Karim, you know about that dog of a Kurd, The village boys with Karim said that this was a holy place, because On the way back Karim asked the major what the sheikh had said. id = 31910 author = Shipp, John title = Memoirs of the Extraordinary Military Career of John Shipp Late a Lieut. in His Majesty''s 87th Regiment date = keywords = Bhurtpore; Cape; Captain; Cawnpore; Colonel; Company; East; England; English; General; India; John; Lieutenant; Lord; Major; Mr.; Pindarees; Shipp; Sir; british; day; fort; illustration; little; man; officer; regiment; soldier; time summary = by far too old a soldier to give trust till pay-day.[4] The pudding, The following day we again bent our way towards India, with light hearts morning following, we left the fort, with the band of the regiment men, and lying down every time I saw a rocket; the having neglected to following day, having seen the French fleet the night after the affair you think I like good men in my regiment as well as Colonel K----? passed away, but still no appearance of the great man from the fort. On the following morning, we found that the enemy, having seen us march On the following day I visited the strong hill fort of Callenger. this time we generally broke off firing, for the purpose of the men took possession of the fort, having lost but very few men during the short time the struggle was hard; but our brave little general soon gave id = 13051 author = Silver, J. M. W. (Jacob Mortimer Wier) title = Sketches of Japanese Manners and Customs date = keywords = CHAPTER; Daimio; Japanese; Mikado; Tycoon; Yeddo; family; great; house; illustration; native summary = [Illustration: Sketches of Japanese Manners and Customs] [Illustration: MERCHANTS'' GREAT FESTIVAL.] illustration, is also a festival of great importance: it takes place largely engross the attention of Japanese artists, generally depict His court consists of the members of his own family and certain great [Illustration: THEATRICAL PERFORMANCE IN FRONT OF THE MIKADO''S PALACE.] [Illustration: LADIES OF THE MIKADO''S COURT PERFORMING THE BUTTERFLY The Japanese, being a high-spirited and patriotic people, consider The Japanese fence well, and deliver their points with great The Japanese are great frequenters of the theatres, of the interior of the Japanese attach great importance. A religious observance of great importance with the Japanese is No Japanese dreams of entering a friend''s house while the white lamp scenes, and conveys a fair idea of an ordinary Japanese house. way, have regular halting-places at tea-houses officially set apart The sitting-apartments in Japanese houses are generally situated at id = 37722 author = Sivachandra Vasu title = The Hindoos as They Are A Description of the Manners, Customs and the Inner Life of Hindoo Society in Bengal date = keywords = Baboo; Bengal; Bengalee; Brahmins; Calcutta; Chunder; Doorga; God; Government; Hindoo; India; Kali; Koolin; Krishna; Mr.; Poojah; Rajah; Ram; Roy; Rupees; Sabitri; Shiva; Sir; Tagore; day; english; european; family; female; footnote; goddess; great; life; man; native; present; time summary = The general state of Hindoo female society, as at present constituted, monopoly of a husband''s love is the life-long prayer of a Hindoo female. great influence of women on Hindoo society in general. circumstance of Hindoo females performing those rites in the manner in On such occasions the heart of a Hindoo female, naturally By far the most popular religious festival of the present day among the The very great interest which Hindoo females feel in the periodical Every respectable Hindoo family, even now-a-days when invariably the case with the other Hindoo gods and goddesses generally privation to which the life of a Hindoo female is subjected. said that the happiest days in the life of a Hindoo female are those a Hindoo girl sometimes becomes a widow,[109]--a state of life which is out by facts, that a Hindoo widow generally lives to a very long age. id = 15483 author = Sleeman, William title = Rambles and Recollections of an Indian Official date = keywords = A.D.; A.H.; Agra; Akbar; Bengal; Bundêlkhand; Bêgam; Calcutta; Central; Colonel; Company; December; Delhi; District; Emperor; England; Europe; Fraser; Ganges; Gazetteer; General; God; Government; Governor; Gwâlior; Hindoo; India; Jahân; Jahângîr; January; Jhânsî; Jubbulpore; Karîm; Khân; Korân; Lord; Mr.; Muhammadan; Nawâb; Nerbudda; Oudh; Provinces; Râjâ; Râo; Shâh; Sindhia; Singh; Sir; Sleeman; Smith; State; Sâgar; Thomas; Thugs; Vishnu; William; british; chapter; english; european; history summary = thought of leaving the place till they heard the guns.[4] Mrs. Colonel Faithful, with her daughter and another young lady, who had territories, and, I believe, among the people of India generally, In the author''s time the courts of the East India Company still part of Central India, the people have a great variety of good secured for the public the best exertions of all the existing corndealers of the place, but actually converted for the time a great great changes have taken place in India, and many of the author''s generally; and old people stated that they recollected two returns of The old man thought that the men of those days were quite a different What the people of India want is not public spirit, for no men in the men in India feel that too much of their time before they left id = 16997 author = Sleeman, William title = A Journey through the Kingdom of Oude, Volumes I & II date = keywords = Allee; Amil; Begum; Buksh; Captain; Colonel; Court; December; Deen; Dowlah; Durbar; Dursun; General; Government; Governor; Hoseyn; India; January; Khan; King; Lord; Lucknow; Maheput; Majesty; March; Mr.; Nazim; Oude; Rajah; Rajpoot; Resident; Rughbur; SLEEMAN; Signed; Sing; Sir; british; european; lordship summary = Sing and his eldest son, Dirgpaul, continued to pay the Government _khalsa_ lands to Tallookdars, by local officers--Rajah Dursun Sing-_khalsa_ lands to Tallookdars, by local officers--Rajah Dursun Sing-good management; and offered the Oude government one lac of rupees ayear; but it pays to the Oude Government a revenue of only one lac Sing, the present head of the family, who holds the fort and estate Dursun Sing''s family now pay to the Oude Government, a revenue of Salone district--Rajah Lal Hunmunt Sing of Dharoopoor--Soil of Oude-Salone district--Rajah Lal Hunmunt Sing of Dharoopoor--Soil of Oude-having, seven years ago complained through the Resident of overexactions for the small patch of land he held, and got back the grain purpose of securing good government in Oude; that the King can, sixty-five villages; paying to Government 12,000 rupees a-year, and family and people of Oude, and that the British Government should id = 27926 author = Smith, J. J. title = In Eastern Seas Or, the Commission of H.M.S. ''Iron Duke,'' flag-ship in China, 1878-83 date = keywords = Amoy; Bay; CHAPTER; Chefoo; China; Chinaman; Choo; Corea; Duke; England; English; Gibraltar; Hakodadi; Hong; Japan; Kobé; Kong; Manilla; Nagasaki; Singapore; Vigilant; Yokohama; chinese; day; european; french; japanese; man; ship; spanish summary = captain''s arrival our first day on board came to an end. Work is again the order of the day; for coaling a large iron-clad over not being the proper day and so on, whilst all the time he is making a Coaling at Port Said is effected with great rapidity, for ships The day after sailing, the look-out from the mast head reported a vessel ship ready for sea, and awaiting orders in the briefest possible time. life." The ship sailed, freighted as desired, and after a few days like all salt water fish, after being on shore for a short time we fact was, his ship had been got ready for sea in _two days_; hence the day to a close--cheers which most of the ships in port took up as the The sailing races were to have come off the following day, but id = 44681 author = Smyth, H. Warington (Herbert Warington) title = Notes of a Journey on the Upper Mekong, Siam date = keywords = Bangkok; Chieng; Khorat; Kong; Laos; Luang; Meinam; Mekong; Mr.; Nam; Nan; Prabang; Siam; Siamese; Smyth; illustration summary = [Illustration: THE RAPIDS AT THE GATES OF CHIENG KONG, MEKONG RIVER.] would go far on into the night; and then long before day the great and is brought down in small pieces, generally about 14 feet long. province, which to the north-east reaches to the Mekong at Chieng Kan. The Governor, Phya Pechai, is a fine, tall young man, who is (and this of Nan. The trail on to Cherim (north-east) crosses a number of small river-bed, which can be seen deep down in the clear water, or rising time we had been in the water that day), we reached the sala of M. and meeting it half a day''s boat journey below Chieng Kong. turning of the boat in rapids, a long oar is fitted to work night a temporary village on the north bank, where a number of Laos, the town was not good; after a long day''s pulling, helping the men, id = 21835 author = Spargo, John title = The Jew and American Ideals date = keywords = Bolshevism; Dearborn; Ford; Independent; Jews; Mr.; Nilus; Russia; Semitism; american; jewish; socialist summary = Just as in the case of the British anti-Semitic press, the Jew-baiting Jewish imperialistic program; that Jews in all lands have been and are that American Socialism originated in Jewish conspiracy. civilized country that Bolshevism is essentially a Jewish movement, For the universally known fact that there are Jews among the leaders is it evidence that Bolshevism is a part of a Jewish conspiracy to charge that "nearly all the Bolshevist leaders are Jews," and in that Jewish pogroms in Bolshevist Russia have occurred with that there are many Jews among the leaders of the anti-Bolshevist of prominent Jews, and murdered numerous others, is part of a Jewish Jewish race in Russia was a peril to the nation; he charged that Jews instigated by Jews, British and American anti-Semites have appealed to pogrom it was not the rich Jews who were the victims, but Jewish id = 37587 author = St. Clair, Francis title = The Katipunan; or, The Rise and Fall of the Filipino Commune date = keywords = Archipelago; Blanco; Bonifacio; Council; Filipino; Francisco; General; Japan; Katipunan; Liga; Manila; Philippines; Pilar; Rizal; Spain; Spaniards; Supreme; Tagalog; Valenzuela; spanish summary = days was created in Manila a committee of propaganda (29) formed by great idea was the presidency; Rizal''s: the honor and glory of having orders, the Katipunan revolt broke out in Manila and the suburbs. "Manila 29th December 1896.--José Rizal.--Witnesses: Juan del the Spanish Authorities laid hands also upon a large number of Bonifacio who knew Rizal''s influence over the people to In Spanish times the native enemies of the Religious Orders were the S. The Spanish masons and the Filipino separatists found the "Previous to his return to Manila Rizal lived some time in The work of propaganda carried on by certain Filipinos cannot be of the old-time form of script of the pre-Spanish filipino; also a what state did the Spaniards find the Tagalog people at the time of Rizal concerning armed rising against the supreme authority of Spain [3] About this same time a lodge composed of Filipinos was formed in id = 48706 author = Stack, Edward title = The Mikirs date = keywords = Assam; Assamese; Boro; Burman; Chin; Harata; Hills; Khasi; King; Kuki; Kunwar; Lushei; Meithei; Mikir; Mr.; Naga; Recho; Stack; Tibeto summary = Mikirs returned as speaking some other language (probably Assamese) a house by themselves, called in Mikir maro or terà ng (in Assamese, The following list of Mikir words for family relationship has some Harata Kunwar says he will take to wife the daughter of the Sun-god road; saying to myself, ''To-day Harata Kunwar will bring along his wife and child,'' I am watching the road he is coming." Harata Kunwar said, sister-in-law said, "Harata Kunwar has come home! house; a-òng-mar-atum che-pu-lo, "his uncles said to one another"; The Mikir verb indicates time, past, present, or future, by means the root with -si; hèm che-voi-si thèk-lo, "having returned home, he a-thai che-pòn-si hèm-thà p dà m-lo; à nsi chituhis bow taking with him the jungle-hut went-to; and (name of a plant) The negative verb in Mikir is formed by suffixing the particle -e to Kuki-Chin group, are added; where they are wanting the Mikir word id = 39848 author = Steel, Flora Annie Webster title = India Through the Ages: A Popular and Picturesque History of Hindustan date = keywords = A.D.; Akbar; Alexander; Ali; Asôka; Aurungzebe; B.C.; Babar; Bengal; Calcutta; Clive; Company; Dekkan; Delhi; East; Emperor; England; English; France; French; General; God; Government; Governor; Great; Hastings; Hindu; Humâyon; India; King; Kâbul; Lord; Mahomedan; Mahrattas; Moghul; Nawâb; Oude; Prince; Punjâb; Râjah; Râjput; Shâh; Sir; british summary = Days of the Epics--Larger extent of India known--Two great husband''s death--Nâsir-ud-din--A good king followed by by Humâyon''s brothers--Held India for twelve years. India, attempting to re-people it with the men of olden time, estimate of what India was like a thousand years before Christ. During the ten years of his reign he entered India with an army three the king to abandon his border principalities and seek time in India But this man even the Mahomedan India of the time could not stand. man in store for the old original East India Company. the Old East India Company gained the right to trade in Bengal free of appointed the first Governor-General of India under the New Act. This same Act, however, brought out from England his and Clive''s These two great men left India a very different place from what they years, settled the great territorial question of India as only it id = 31226 author = Stephens, H. Morse (Henry Morse) title = Rulers of India: Albuquerque date = keywords = Affonso; Albuquerque; Calicut; Cochin; Dom; East; Gama; Goa; India; João; King; Malacca; Muhammadan; Ormuz; Portugal; Sháh; Viceroy; portuguese summary = of the King of Portugal and promised to provide the Portuguese ships Portuguese had sustained in India, Albuquerque returned to Cochin. Governor to direct his fleet against Goa, and while Albuquerque was state of affairs in the Portuguese fleet, and Albuquerque therefore Sháh at the request of Albuquerque refused to allow the Portuguese resolved that Goa should be the capital of Portuguese India, and he his great feats of arms to the capture of Goa. It gave the Portuguese trade of Malacca with India is said by the Portuguese chroniclers to as Captain of Goa. Albuquerque next sent ambassadors to the principal native princes, Portuguese, the Captain-General of India might as well build Affonso de Albuquerque were at Goa India was secure. However, when Affonso de Albuquerque took the city of Goa, successors of Albuquerque must end: he was the last great Portuguese Portuguese conquerors in the East, Mathias de Albuquerque and Dom id = 60842 author = Stevens, Joseph Earle title = Yesterdays in the Philippines date = keywords = Bay; Captain; China; Chinese; East; English; Esmeralda; Hong; Kong; Luneta; Manila; New; Pasig; Philippines; Sunday; Uranus; american; house; leave; little; native; spanish summary = thousand miles across land and water to tropic islands in the Far East. mouth to Manila Bay. On the left, the coast mountains sloped steeply My third Sunday in Manila is a cool breezy day, with fresh winds more comfortable place to live in than Manila as it stands to-day, in the little tram-car which is bringing home a handful of native youth turn opened up new scenes; our house on the hill began to fade away, eating a bit, we said good-night to our new friends and turned in on river before the early morning sun had looked over the mountains into a three hours'' journey, pulled up at a little native house situated We left after a few hours'' stay, and got back to Manila to find water day, after four months of waiting, the pieces of the big engine came id = 26924 author = Stidger, William L. (William Le Roy) title = Flash-lights from the Seven Seas date = keywords = China; God; Japan; Java; Korea; LIGHTS; Mr.; Orient; Seoul; Shantung; american; chinese; flash; japanese; like; oriental summary = "It looks like heat lightning back at home," said an American. "The Japanese are burning the Korean villages!" said one who knew. "From our village it looked like a light over a great American the old man said with a new light in his own flashing eyes. "His name is God!" said this seventy-year old, fearless Christian Korean secrecy, to talk commonplace things like that!" said the missionary a "The dogs are having a baby feast to-night," said an old missionary. A fifteen-year old Japanese train boy, seeing him standing there, Japanese had said "Our plan will be to assimilate the Korean people!" The Japanese official smiled and said significantly, "We know the way!" "Then I don''t want to go!" said the little eight-year-old Korean with When he had gone from the room the Korean girl said to the American I personally, one day in Korea, saw the Japanese gendarmes come for a id = 62121 author = Stoddard, John L. (John Lawson) title = John L. Stoddard''s Lectures, Vol. 03 (of 10) Japan I, Japan II, China date = keywords = Canton; China; Chinamen; Cum; England; Hong; Japan; Kong; Mikado; Pacific; TEMPLE; Tokio; Yokohama; chinese; european; foot; great; house; illustration; japanese; like; time summary = appear, the traveler soon comes to like these little vehicles. [Illustration: A JAPANESE TEMPLE.] The Japanese are usually small their women seem like girls; their [Illustration: A JAPANESE BRIDGE.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE LADY EN ROUTE.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE DOCTOR OF THE OLD STYLE.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE LADY.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE BEAUTY.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE SHOP.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE FAMILY MOVING.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE AT PRAYER.] [Illustration: A JAPANESE BED.] [Illustration: JAPANESE TEA-HOUSE.] [Illustration: TWO MODES OF TRAVEL IN JAPAN.] [Illustration: ENTRANCE TO A JAPANESE TEMPLE.] [Illustration: INTERIOR OF A JAPANESE TEMPLE.] The streets in Kioto, like those of most Japanese cities, are usually [Illustration: A HONG-KONG STREET--IN THE CHINESE QUARTER.] [Illustration: AN OLD CHINESE FORT, CANTON RIVER.] [Illustration: CHINESE BOATS, CANTON.] [Illustration: HALL IN A CHINESE HOUSE.] once said to me: "The more you see of the Japanese the less you will like [Illustration: THE GREAT WALL OF CHINA.] id = 57861 author = Street, Julian title = Mysterious Japan date = keywords = CHAPTER; California; Emperor; English; House; Imperial; Japan; Kaneko; Kyoto; Mr.; New; President; Prince; Roosevelt; States; Tea; Tokyo; United; Viscount; York; Yoshinobu; american; chinese; come; european; illustration; japanese; like; little; man; woman summary = The satisfying thing about Japan is that it always looks exactly like little Japanese house with its few feet of garden which appeals Like most large foreign-style buildings in Japan, it is architecturally in Japan than that of a Japanese woman dressed in other than the native intractable, like American women who, according to the Japanese idea, by the fact that it is served by a lovely little Japanese hand] of Japanese men and women who have lived for years in the United States, Japanese, and for a number of years did not even meet Americans who came The Japanese business man''s custom of taking a day off whenever it in kind, saying that I thought they also looked like Japanese, and very geisha in Japan the average Japanese husband will have them at his Within, the streets look much like other Japanese Japanese Parliament met in the year following, 1890, when Japan adopted id = 11873 author = Swinburne, T. R. title = A Holiday in the Happy Valley with Pen and Pencil date = keywords = Akbar; Ali; April; Baramula; Chitor; Colonel; Delhi; Gulmarg; India; Jane; Jhelum; Kashmir; Lake; Lolab; Mewar; Mogul; October; Pahlgam; Palace; Pindi; Sabz; Sind; Singh; Sir; Smithsons; Srinagar; Sunday; Udaipur; Valley; Wular; day; foot; good; great; like; little; water summary = The best book on Kashmir that I know is Sir Walter Lawrence''s _Valley of miles of level and open road lay now between us and Srinagar. life, we drove for some little way along a straight level road, flanked, A day like this, as we sit on the little roof of our floating home camping in Kashmir had pictured her little white canvas home set up in a My shikari having reported a good bara singh in a small nullah off the The view of the Kashmir plain, through which the river winds like a silver tow-rope, and even the great and good Sabz Ali was seen to bear a hand in _Saturday, June_ 24.--We got away in good time for our short eight-mile Far away down the valley the Sind River gleamed like a The good greys took us down the eleven miles in a very short time, and we id = 33131 author = Tagore, Rabindranath title = The Spirit of Japan date = keywords = Europe; Japan; West; life; man; power summary = like the sense of sight, or of touch,--it is a natural gift. into your life, and the truth which lies in the beauty of all things has all nations, and it is ever active in getting hold of men''s natures and of Europe has given her people the power of organisation, which has vision of beauty in nature and the power of realising it in your life. science, but not its wrong application in life,--a mere imitation of our life''s growth, or else when the time comes they easily give way and are The living man has his true protection in his spiritual showing signs of defeat at the hands of politics, and her modern races, has produced from her inner life and not from her mere power of fascinated the modern Eastern mind by the mere exhibition of her power. nature of man. id = 7951 author = Tagore, Rabindranath title = Glimpses of Bengal Selected from the Letters of Sir Rabindranath Tagore date = keywords = June; SHAZADPUR; SHELIDAH; boat; day; footnote; life; like; little; man; river; water; way; world summary = and the household news of the village girls, who come for water, and sit We have got past the big rivers and just turned into a little one. There was a great, big mast lying on the river bank, and some little name of God, my heart felt like breaking and no words would come. to live and die as a man, loving and trusting the world, unable to look on If I could finish writing one poem a day, my life would pass in a kind of Every year one such great, time-hallowed day drops out of my life; and the When I realise this I feel I want to take a good look at nature, to the day may come when I shall feel that, could I but have the past back, I The world is ever new to me; like an old friend loved through this and id = 10924 author = Taylor, Bayard title = The Lands of the Saracen Pictures of Palestine, Asia Minor, Sicily, and Spain date = keywords = Aleppo; Christ; Church; City; Constantinople; Dagh; Damascus; East; François; God; Granada; Greek; Holy; Jerusalem; Jordan; José; Lebanon; Mosque; Mount; Mr.; Orient; Palestine; Pasha; Plain; Quarantine; Sea; Seraglio; Seville; Spain; St.; Sultan; Syria; Taurus; Turks; Valley; christian; oriental; ride; turkish summary = crosses the hill behind the city, between the Forest of Pines and a long from this mountain that he saw the cloud, "like a man''s hand," rising from rose the blue line of the mountains--the hill-country of Judea. low hill, and at a distance appears like a stately place, but this offences in some mine on the coast of the Black Sea. Near the bottom of the village there is a large ruined building, now used eye passed directly over the city, to rest far away upon the lofty Dead Sea, though several miles of low hills remained to be passed. picture, with its long mass of white, dome-topped stone houses, stretching hills an hour more, we came out upon the town of Jenin, a Turkish village, Leaving the plain the next morning, we travelled due east all day, over hill we had a grand view, looking back over the plain, with the long line id = 33496 author = Taylor, William title = Scenes and Adventures in Affghanistan date = keywords = Affghan; Bombay; British; CHAPTER; Cabul; Candahar; Captain; Cavalry; General; Ghuznee; Indus; Infantry; Khan; Lieutenant; Majesty; Shah; Sir summary = The Bombay troops ordered to form part of the army of the Indus Bombay Light Cavalry, two troops of the Honorable Company''s Horse departure the troops were reviewed by Lieutenant-General Sir John Keane, Early on the morning of the fifth day, we arrived at Tattah, a place of party, left the camp on foot at an early hour of the morning. Positive orders having been issued that neither officers nor men should Before Sir Henry left us he inspected the troops, and appeared satisfied Horse, they turned in pursuit, and soon came in sight of the enemy, appearance of a general officer on the heights to our left, who Light Dragoons was immediately ordered out in pursuit under the command our men, and again did the fleetness of his horse place him for a time and then followed the Commander-in-Chief, with the whole of the general Commander-in-Chief, several general and field officers, and the id = 13552 author = Tennent, James Emerson, Sir title = Ceylon; an Account of the Island Physical, Historical, and Topographical with Notices of Its Natural History, Antiquities and Productions, Volume 1 date = keywords = A.D.; Adam; Anarajapoora; Anim; Arabia; Arabs; B.C.; Bengal; Blyth; Boisd; British; Buddha; Buddhism; Buddhists; Ceylon; Chemn; China; Christ; Colombo; Conch; Cram; Cuv; Dej; Dohrn; Dr.; Dutugaimunu; Dynasty; East; Eastern; Epitome; Europe; Fabr; Galle; Gray; Greek; Guén; Hagen; Hindus; Hist; Hope; Hübn; Ibid; India; Jaffna; Journ; Kandy; Kandyan; Kelaart; King; Lam; Latr; Layard; Leach; Linn; Mahawanso; Malabar; Mr.; Nat; Neuera; Niet; Pali; Pasc; Peak; Pfeiff; Point; Pollanarrua; Portuguese; Prakrama; Proc; Ptolemy; REINAUD; Rajaratnacari; Rajavali; Reeve; Rohuna; Sanskrit; Sea; Serv; Singhalese; Sir; Smith; Steph; Syst; TURNOUR; Tissa; Trincomalie; Val; Vert; Vol; Westw; Wijayo; Wlk; Zool; chap; chinese; european; footnote; great; history; illustration; island; sidenote summary = Rice was imported into Ceylon in the second century B.C. The practice of irrigation due to the Hindu kings [Footnote 1: _An Account of the Island of Ceylon_, &c., by Capt. [Footnote 3: _Voyages and Travels to India, Ceylon, and the Red Sea_, by [Footnote 5: _A History of Ceylon from the earliest Period to the Year_ a remote period on the east coast of Ceylon, whereby the island of [Footnote 1: KNOX, _Historical Relation of Ceylon, an Island in the East [Footnote 1: There are two species of the tree rat in Ceylon: M. [Footnote 1: A Singhalese work, the _Sarpa Doata_, quoted in the _Ceylon [Footnote 1: Two other species are found in the Ceylon waters, _P. [Footnote 1: FORBES''S _Eleven Years in Ceylon_, vol. [Footnote 1: FORBES''S _Eleven Years in Ceylon_, vol. [Footnote 1: _Eleven Years in Ceylon,_ vol. present day regarding Ceylon, the following account of the island has id = 42146 author = Thomson, Thomas title = Western Himalaya and Tibet A Narrative of a Journey Through the Mountains of Northern India During the Years 1847-8 date = keywords = August; Chenab; Dras; Himalaya; India; Indus; Iskardo; July; June; Kashmir; Kunawar; Mr.; Nubra; Parang; Piti; September; Shayuk; Simla; Sutlej; Tibet; Zanskar; foot; pass; river; sidenote; valley; vegetation summary = valley is traversed by a little stream descending from the mountains, Sutlej valley; but the lofty ranges north of that river, covered with immediately above the valley of the river Giri, a large mountain tree at 4-5000 feet in the north-western Himalaya, always in valleys precipitous rocks, to the valley of the Sildang river, a large stream few hundred feet, the road continued nearly level for some miles, with few other species, all common mountain-plants at low elevations, which mountain range north of the Sutlej, at the great bend of that river feet, into a wide steeply-sloping valley, descending from the north to Kuru -Great contraction of valley -Mountain pass of Waris the river and near a village, a considerable tree perhaps forty feet Chenab valley -Chishot -Snow-beds -Camp at 10,500 feet -Chenab valley -Chishot -Snow-beds -Camp at 10,500 feet -- id = 42991 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 1 of 7 date = keywords = Badagas; Balija; Bants; Beri; Boyas; Brahmans; Canara; Canarese; Census; Chettis; Ganjam; Gazetteer; Hindu; India; Kurumba; Madras; Malabar; Malayalam; Manual; Mr.; Mysore; Nilgiris; North; Oriya; Presidency; Report; Sanskrit; Siva; Smarthas; South; Southern; Tamil; Telugu; Todas; Travancore; Tulu; Vaishnavas; Veda; Vishnu; Vizagapatam; caste; day; dravidian; place summary = engage Brahman priests, and perform their birth, marriage, and death the bride on an auspicious day, followed by a few females carrying a people in the Badaga village, where this ceremony is to take place, A new pot, full of water, is placed in the milk-house, sixth day of the ceremony, the bridegroom runs away from the house of marriage ceremony is performed at the house of the bride or bridegroom, day, the bride and bridegroom are seated on two planks placed on following day, the roof of the house is sprinkled with turmeric water, But, at the present day, a ceremony called Various castes, besides Brahmans, take part in temple worship, respect than the generality of the temple-priest Brahmans, are called from Tamil Brahmans in some of their marriage and death ceremonies, the marriage ceremony, both the bride and bridegroom wear clothes The sub-divisions of the Telugu Brahmans are as follows:-- id = 42992 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 2 of 7 date = keywords = Arcot; Black; Brahmans; Canara; Census; Chenchus; Cheruman; Chetti; Cochin; Dasaris; Desayi; Devanga; Eurasians; Gadabas; Gazetteer; Gollas; Government; Hindu; Holeyas; India; Irulas; Jains; Jews; Krishna; Madigas; Madras; Madura; Malabar; Manual; Mr.; Muhammadans; Mysore; Nayars; North; Oriya; Pulayas; Report; Siva; South; State; Tamil; Telugu; Travancore; Vizagapatam; White; caste; day; european; marriage; place summary = as a sub-division of Madigas, who, at marriages, place the offering Reports, Chembukotti is recorded as an occupational title or sub-caste a dance takes place." In the second form of marriage, as described in South Malabar where they are called Cheruman, a large sub-division meaning gods whom high caste Hindus are in the habit of worshipping Darabala.--Taken, in the Madras Census Report, 1901, as a sub-caste "At the present day they form a regular caste, having its own laws caste, are formally married in a temple to a sword or a god, the tali "In the Oriya country the dancing-girl caste is called Guni, but there in water from seven different houses obtains among many Oriya castes, At the census, 1901, the following were returned as sub-castes of "their marriages take place at night, a pujari of their caste ties the last day of the pollution ceremony the girl''s clothes and the id = 42993 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 3 of 7 date = keywords = Arcot; Brahmans; Canara; Census; Ganjam; Gazetteer; Government; Hindu; India; Kadirs; Kaikolans; Kallans; Kammalans; Kammas; Kaniyans; Kapus; Khonds; Komatis; Kondh; Koravas; Lingayats; Madras; Madura; Malabar; Manual; Mr.; Mysore; North; Oriya; Raja; Rao; Reddis; Report; Siva; South; Stuart; Tamil; Tanjore; Telugu; Travancore; Vishnu; Vizagapatam; caste; day; kanikar; place; woman summary = who keep the village chavadi (caste meeting house) clean, look Kadir family will perform the final death ceremonies eight days after In some places, the following sub-divisions of the caste are and is performed only in two places--the house of a certain Brahman are described as follows: "A caste of temple priests and cultivators, at the present day, in quarrels between women of the lower castes, on houses in certain streets by the head of the Kallan caste in return twenty-eighth day the child-naming ceremony takes place. In the case of a girl, the ear-boring ceremony takes place In the Madras Census Report, 1901, the following sub-castes of Brahman is sent for, who performs the ceremonies near the dais on bride''s father comes forward, and, placing his daughter''s right hand "are said to be out-castes from the Komati sub-division of that performed by members of this caste if a man and woman have been living id = 42994 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 4 of 7 date = keywords = Arcot; Badagas; Basava; Bellary; Brahman; Cain; Census; Gazetteer; Godavari; Government; Hindu; India; Jangam; Kois; Koran; Kotas; Kuruba; Kurumbas; Lambadis; Lingayats; Madiga; Madras; Malabar; Malaialis; Malas; Manual; Mappillas; Matangi; Mr.; Muhammadan; Mysore; North; Report; Rev.; Siva; South; Stuart; Tamil; Telugu; Todas; Travancore; Vishnu; caste; day; place; village; woman summary = place of worship in each village consists of a large square of ground, but what takes place at the present day is said to be unknown to the Todas go on the appointed day to the Kota village, headed by a ceremony breaking a small pot full of water in front of their houses. appointed day, and collect from every house in the village a fowl and of the marriage ceremonies, the bride''s party go to the house of the final death ceremonies take place on the eleventh day, and consist a ceremony called booma idothu (food placing) is performed. bride and bridegroom with cotton thread passed round four pots placed The marriage ceremony, which often takes place some years later, The idea of carrying the head and rice round a village, bride''s house and takes her to his home on the following day. id = 42995 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 5 of 7 date = keywords = Aiyar; Bhutas; Brahmans; Canara; Census; Chettis; Cochin; Coimbatore; Fawcett; Gazetteer; Hindu; India; Madras; Madura; Malabar; Manual; Maravans; Mr.; Muduvars; Muttatus; Mysore; Nambutiri; Nattukottai; Nayars; North; Pallans; Parasu; Raja; Rama; Rao; Report; Siva; South; Subramani; Tamil; Telugu; Travancore; Vedas; Vellalas; Vishnu; Vizagapatam; caste; ceremony; day; house; marriage; place; temple; time; woman summary = or fourth day a ceremony called paparakkolam, or Brahman disguise, performed on the sixteenth day, a Brahman being called in. the woman who is to offer the sacrifice performs certain ceremonies the fourth day, a ceremony, called pasupu muttukovadam, or touching or little day ceremony, of the low-country castes. fourteenth day, the final death ceremony is performed. this day, cooked food is offered to the deceased by placing it near to this day a set of people called Bhargava Brahmans live. day after birth, the ceremony of naming the child takes place. a Nayar woman, consorting with a man of a higher caste, follows sham marriage ceremonies performed among certain inferior castes Agathu Charna Nayars of South Malabar, the ceremony takes place in Of the death ceremonies among the Nayars of Malabar, the following other castes, the lucky dip ceremony is performed on the last day id = 42996 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 6 of 7 date = keywords = A.D.; Arcot; Bishop; Brahmans; Canara; Census; Christians; Cochin; Government; Hindu; India; Jacobite; Kshatriyas; Kudang; Madras; Madura; Malabar; Manual; Mar; Mr.; Mysore; Nayar; North; Oriya; Pallis; Panans; Paraiyans; Paravas; Patriarch; Portuguese; Raja; Report; Saora; Savaras; Shanans; Siva; South; St.; Stuart; Syrians; Tamil; Tanjore; Telugu; Thomas; Travancore; Vizagapatam; caste summary = and the marriage pots are brought by a woman of the potter caste. round the dais, and they offer pongal (cooked rice) to the village that they are a class of priests who serve the non-Brahman castes. In the Census Report, 1901, Vairavi is returned as a sub-caste of seven days after death, a little rice gruel is placed at distance Brahmans, perform the final death ceremonies on the twelfth day. Madras villages, held by persons of the Paraiyan caste. The Paraiyans, like all the other right-hand castes, come under the carrying the water-pot, three times round the grave, the barber makes On the tenth day a caste feast takes place. his caste observes all the ceremonies that Brahmans do, but without of marriages and other ceremonies in his caste, Malabar Brahmans are time afterwards, the marriage ceremony takes place. hands of the Brahman priest." At the marriage ceremony of some Kapu id = 42997 author = Thurston, Edgar title = Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 7 of 7 date = keywords = Arcot; Brahmans; Census; Cochin; Dr.; Gazetteer; Government; India; Kammalans; Madras; Madura; Malabar; Malayalam; Manual; Mr.; Nayars; North; Paraiyans; Perumal; Raja; Report; Rivers; Siva; South; Tamil; Tandan; Tanjore; Telugu; Tiyan; Todas; Tottiyans; Travancore; Uralis; Valaiyans; Velamas; Vellalas; Vettuvans; Yanadis; caste; ceremony; day; house; place; woman summary = A girl''s tali-tying ceremony, which is called kazhuttukettu, takes married women carry two new pots painted white on their heads. In olden days, the women used to wear coloured and striped cloths round The ceremony must be performed at the house of the girl''s family. It may be day or night when the ceremony takes place, not go to the girl''s house before the day appointed for the marriage. ninth day ceremonies, are borne by the people of the house, who may ceremonies have taken place must bathe and wash his or her cloth to the fourth day of the marriage ceremony, the bride and bridegroom, offered to their family gods, and, on the following day, all the men placed in front of the marriage dais, and offered to the gods. Their places of worship are not temples, but houses, called takes place a few days after the marriage ceremony. id = 27547 author = Treacher, W. H. (William Hood), Sir title = British Borneo Sketches of Brunai, Sarawak, Labuan, and North Borneo date = keywords = BROOKE; Borneo; British; Brunai; China; Coast; Colony; Company; East; Government; Governor; JAMES; Labuan; Malay; Mr.; North; Raja; River; Sarawak; Singapore; Sir; Sultan; Sulu; West; chinese; european summary = Sketches of Brunai, Sarawak, Labuan, and North Borneo. has not been taken advantage of, the British North Borneo Company now the terms of its Charter, the British North Borneo Company is prohibited Borneo Company, the British Government no longer called for the North Borneo Company, and their hold on the rivers left to them has is of course considerable, and the British North Borneo Company obtained payment by British North Borneo to the Sultan of the State, under the Sultan for one he presented to the British North Borneo Company on his Governments of Sarawak and of British North Borneo to attract Chinese to obtained, with the assistance of the British North Borneo Company, a negotiation, to the British North Borneo Company and to Sarawak. Coast of Borneo, North of the Brunai river. good many have settled in British North Borneo under the Company''s in the country, before the British North Borneo Company was formed, have id = 51383 author = Trevelyan, George Otto title = Cawnpore date = keywords = Allahabad; Azimoolah; Bengal; Bithoor; Calcutta; Cavalry; Cawnpore; Colonel; Company; Delhi; Englishmen; General; God; Government; Hindoo; Hugh; India; Infantry; June; Lucknow; Maharaja; Major; Nana; Oude; Sahibs; Second; Sir; Wheeler; british; come; english; european; man summary = brought up the strength of the native force to three thousand men. the sepoy battalions; sixty men of the Eighty-fourth regiment of the party of native infantry on a night march presented an appearance, native officer:--"Ah Sahib!" said the veteran, "The army has ceased to be best to quote his own words: "The native officer at length ordered The native officer returned to me, stating that none of the men would there be seen an English officer doing his best to prevent his men on gala days were regarded with longing eyes by the Cawnpore ladies. The officer in command of the Cawnpore division was Major-General Sir by experienced sepoy officers, armed with English muskets, and trained A grape-shot passed through the body of Mr. Heberden, as he was handing some water to a lady. of the ladies went up to the native officer who commanded the guard, id = 44564 author = Turpin, F. H. (François Henri) title = History of the Kingdom of Siam and of the revolutions that have caused the overthrow of the empire, up to A. D. 1770 date = keywords = Ava; Bangkok; Bishop; Burmese; China; Chinese; Christians; Court; Faulcon; God; Indies; King; Kingdom; Mergui; Pitracha; Prince; Siam; Siamese; State; french summary = spare the lives of the King and his wife and children who were ordered The Siamese army commanded by the son of the King, (who was known as King enfeebled by debauchery was in danger of death, but his son, the In order to slight the priests, the King made as though to favour until the King of Siam had been converted to Christianity and to work made an attempt on his life, in order to place the King''s younger who come to Siam to serve the King, refuse to obey his commands. faith the King sent his two sons who had been at court up to that time your God, your King, and your country and be sure that your deaths death that the Crown Prince really became King. The Burmese King, having seized all the shipping and wealth of the gold, but the King of Siam had taken the precaution of having this id = 51066 author = Tyler, Sydney title = The Japan-Russia War: An Illustrated History of the War in the Far East date = keywords = Admiral; Army; Arthur; China; Commander; Czar; East; General; Government; Hill; Japan; Korea; Kuroki; Kuropatkin; Liao; Manchuria; Mukden; Oku; Oyama; Petersburg; Port; River; Sea; Sha; Togo; Vladivostock; Yalu; illustration; japanese; russian; sidenote summary = Russians Charging Japanese Trenches at Port Arthur 243 which the Japanese Admiral had dealt to the Russian fleet; the vessels Russian Disaster--Second Night Attack--Japanese Daring--Demons [Illustration: RUSSIAN FLEET TRYING TO LEAVE PORT ARTHUR.] [Illustration: RUSSIAN AND JAPANESE DESTROYERS AT CLOSE QUARTERS, MARCH Japanese Calculation--Bombardment at Long Range--Russian Ships fleet between the Russian Squadron and Port Arthur, there can be little sent a strong force to the left of the Russian position to turn General [Illustration: RUSSIANS CHARGING JAPANESE TRENCHES AT PORT ARTHUR.] the Russians at length gave up the attempt to force the Japanese lines [Illustration: JAPANESE ASSAULT ON A RUSSIAN POSITION AT LIAO-YANG.] fascination of Port Arthur was felt by Russian strategy, the Japanese Japanese armies, and while Oku and Nodzu attacked the Russians at The united Russian armies were commanded by General Kuropatkin. The commanders of the Japanese and Russian forces in Manchuria shall id = 12062 author = Van Doren, Alice B. (Alice Boucher) title = Lighted to Lighten: the Hope of India A Study of Conditions among Women in India date = keywords = Bagh; College; Dr.; God; Hindu; India; Lal; Madras; Medical; Miss; Mrs.; School; Vellore; american; christian; girl; illustration; life; student; woman summary = meet that need but the educated Indian Christian women whom God is then no women''s college in her part of India, she entered a Government Organized play is one of the gifts that school life brings to India. India, were forming a Society to help the women and girls of Christless "Why should an Indian girl want a college education?" queried Mary places, where educated women, married and home-making, yet let their classes of the first women''s college for India to possess residence co-education; and the place of the unmarried woman in New India. Muslim girls have come to Christian colleges and don''t observe purdah, then we college girls interested in social service work can form a FROM A STUDENT AT MADRAS WOMEN''S COLLEGE to the pioneer days before Madras Women''s Christian College and Vellore Home life and college women. School life of Indian girl, id = 29314 author = Van Dyke, Henry title = Out-of-Doors in the Holy Land: Impressions of Travel in Body and Spirit date = keywords = Arabs; Bethlehem; Christ; Church; Damascus; David; Galilee; Gilead; God; Hermon; Holy; Israel; Jericho; Jerusalem; Jesus; Jordan; Land; Lord; Mount; Nazareth; Palestine; Temple; Valley; city; hill; little summary = river-valley, a purple strip of high mountains rolling away to the the grassy hills of Galilee, looking upon the faces and the ways of the long, steep valley leading into the heart of the hills. cities are, after all, but a little longer-lasting tents and camps. Outside the gates we ride, for the roads which encircle the city wall _The cities are scattered over the world like ant-hills: the tents in a new place, on a hill opposite the Jaffa Gate, with a Northward, beyond the city-gate, the light fell softly on a little rocky hill, shaped like a skull, the ancient place of stoning for those whom Valley, runs the Jordan Bed, twisting like a big green serpent. our little stream plunges, and look down into the deep, grand valley of hills, and open to the cloudless sky which makes its water like a little THE CITY THAT A LITTLE RIVER MADE id = 9991 author = Van Loon, Hendrik Willem title = Ancient Man: The Beginning of Civilizations date = keywords = Asia; B.C.; Babylon; Egypt; Egyptians; Jews; King; Mesopotamia; Nile; illustration; man; people summary = This man lived hundreds of thousands of years ago. Until we reach the time of the famous Stone Age, when man learned the The old caves were deserted and the human race moved toward the water. couple of thousand years and pay a visit to Egypt and to western Asia. These ancient people of whom I shall now tell you lived in three They told the story of a queen who had lived to be eighty-two years old. the little Egyptian children knew the story of his wonderful life. Once upon a time, in the valley of the Nile, there lived a king called been a good year for the farmer and Fish got a great deal of money for But four thousand years ago a tribe of Semitic desert people called the In those days, the Jews, like all other people, worshipped many gods. language of the simple people of the old Mediterranean world. id = 38508 author = Vay, Péter title = Empires and Emperors of Russia, China, Korea, and Japan Notes and Recollections by Monsignor Count Vay de Vaya and Luskod date = keywords = Arthur; Asia; China; Court; East; Emperor; Empress; Europe; Far; Japan; Korea; Manchuria; Mukden; Palace; Pekin; Railway; Seoul; Siberia; Tokio; West; Yellow; chinese; english; european; great; illustration; imperial; japanese; russian; western summary = Japan, Korea, Manchuria, and the Siberian Railway have been described general condition of his country, and to prove a true and loving "Little Russian Court life entirely disappears when one comes to know the home a view to having a great commercial stronghold to command the Far East, Men like Prince Ching, the Foreign Minister of China and a near relative The railway station looked like a little island in Like all Chinese towns, it is regular in the principal lines. Naturally the Imperial Palace is a place of great interest. evidently quite at home in this far-away country, for the ways of life looked like a painting from the magic brush of some great Chinese Japan is at present engaged in building the great southern line as far of old Japan, to the modern streets, would understand how the new towns the first places visited by country people who come to Tokio. id = 41751 author = Vámbéry, Ármin title = Travels in Central Asia Being the Account of a Journey from Teheran Across the Turkoman Desert on the Eastern Shore of the Caspian to Khiva, Bokhara, and Samarcand date = keywords = 8vo; Afghans; Asia; Bilal; Bokhara; Central; Chinese; Constantinople; Edition; Emir; England; English; Etrek; Footnote; Gömüshtepe; Hadji; Herat; Kervanbashi; Khan; Khanat; Khiva; Khokand; Kirghis; Maymene; Mecca; Mehemmed; Mohammed; Mollah; Oxus; Persia; Persians; Rev.; Russia; Samarcand; Second; Shah; Sir; Sultan; Teheran; Tekke; Timour; Turkestan; Turkomans; Vols; Yomuts; author; dervish; european; history; turkish; Özbeg summary = part, a Hadji from Chinese Tartary (called also Little Bokhara), who the Great Desert, Khiva, and Bokhara was selected. sufferings of long years he reached the holy city, where he died. high an origin has to do amongst the Turkomans in Khiva and Bokhara.'' present day produces upon the traveller arriving from Persia an the Khan of Khiva, on a sort of elevation, or dais, with his left arm having passed the important place called Kaisar, we reached a little history of Khiva, a great part of them were forced by Allahkuli Khan of Central Asia: in his rear, in the cities of Khiva, Bokhara, and [Footnote 120: A place of public resort in the city of Bokhara.] Merv to Bokhara by the Emir Said Khan, when about the year 1810 he at the present day, when journeys, not only in Bokhara, {428} but even id = 50812 author = Vámbéry, Ármin title = The story of my struggles: the memoirs of Arminius Vambéry, Volume 1 date = keywords = Asia; Central; East; Effendi; England; Europe; French; Georghen; Hungary; Mr.; Pasha; Persia; Pest; St.; Teheran; Turkey; Turks; day; european; hungarian; jewish; oriental; time; turkish; western summary = world while my father sat at home in his study and took care of the husband was called, was a kind-hearted, easy-going man, but by no means might be seen on such days making their way past our house towards those the idea of having to leave home for good in a short time. me in his house for two days, and gave me money for a third-class time, full of hope that I should soon be able to speak French. the first time in my life I enjoyed the comfort of living free from came to Pest every year at the time of the two great general fairs, and time spent in study, I could not get a regular position or appointment private studies occupied at least six hours a day, one sees how little Little as was known in Europe of Central Asia in those days, my learned id = 50837 author = Vámbéry, Ármin title = The story of my struggles: the memoirs of Arminius Vambéry, Volume 2 date = keywords = Abdul; Asia; Central; East; England; English; Europe; Hamid; Hungary; India; London; Lord; Persia; Russia; Shah; Sultan; Turkey; West; asiatic; european; german; hungarian; oriental; turkish; western summary = long-bearded, bony head in speaking of Asia and criticising the politics and political literature of Central Asia--in fact, of the whole Moslemic Central Asiatic lands where I had resided for some considerable time, _Times_, and to enlighten the English public concerning the land and the in Central Asia, Persia, and Turkey in English, German, French, that the power gained in Asia might one day stand Russia in good stead his (the minister''s) attention had been called to a letter of Mr. Vambéry''s in the _Times_ of the 2nd of June relating to a new Russian then Secretary of State, replied in Parliament: "That he had read Mr. Vambéry''s letter with great interest, but that Government had not yet Islamic nations, either in Turkish or Persian, I received letters not My personal acquaintance with Sultan Abdul Hamid dates from the time Sultan a day of public rejoicing throughout Islamic lands, and in id = 43585 author = Wade, Mary Hazelton Blanchard title = Our Little Jewish Cousin date = keywords = Cousin=; David; Esther; Levi; Miriam; Rebecca; Solomon; little summary = "Mother told me a story, the other day," said Solomon, who had not "It is a noble story of noble people," said the children''s father. "I am anxious to see the dear little gazelle again," said Esther. "Esther and I saw a camp of Bedouins on our way here," said Solomon. "Do you want me to tell you a story of King Solomon?" asked Levi. Esther''s father told the story that evening, as though the children had "Let us take Esther up on the roof," said the little girl''s father, one "I wish father had a little farm," said Esther, as the two girls walked "Let us ask papa to tell us stories of old times to-night," said Esther. "WHICH way did you come?" asked Levi, as he helped the two little girls "Tell us stories about King David, won''t you, please Levi?" asked id = 43833 author = Wade, Mary Hazelton Blanchard title = Our Little Japanese Cousin date = keywords = Blossom; Japan; Lotus; Toyo; child; illustration; japanese; little summary = LOTUS BLOSSOM is the dearest little girl in the world. time one little yellow boy so far forgot himself as to call a lady bad The little Japanese girl''s clothes are pretty as well as comfortable. This was the way that Lotus Blossom''s little brother received his name. If her little brother should step on Lotus Blossom''s doll and break One morning not long after this, poor little Lotus Blossom woke up Lotus Blossom and Toyo are sure of a good time Lotus Blossom and Toyo start out every morning with little satchels Next best to New Year''s, our little girl cousin likes the Feast of Lotus Blossom and her little friends, as well as her father and Toyo enjoys the day as well as Lotus Blossom, but still he is looking A delightful story of a little boy who has many adventures by means of id = 43885 author = Wade, Mary Hazelton Blanchard title = Alila, Our Little Philippine Cousin date = keywords = Alila; CHAPTER; COLONEL; Cousin=; Magellan; Mark; Trade; father; little summary = ALILA Our Little Philippine Cousin The fact is, Alila''s father, who is not afraid of the wild buffalo nor grows right beside Alila''s home, and, now that he is a big boy, he Alila''s eyes watched the people eat with their fingers and looked at easily, too, from a bushrope-tree growing near Alila''s home. Alila thinks, as he longs for the time to come and looks up at the pair He heard that a party of men, one of whom was Alila''s father, were "Alila, is it not time to tap the cocoanut-trees? Tapping the trees for tuba is dangerous work, but Alila, you know, That would have ended our little Alila''s life in a SO it came to pass that Alila went to a new home. But what were Alila and his father doing all this time? pains from which my mother suffers," said Alila''s father. =THE LITTLE COLONEL GOOD TIMES BOOK= id = 43908 author = Wade, Mary Hazelton Blanchard title = Our Little Siamese Cousin date = keywords = Blanche; Chie; Chin; Cousin=; Siam; Sun; little; story; time summary = Chin''s father built the house, or the boat, just before he was married. When Chin is in the house during the day, he spends most of his time in he was a little boy, an English lady was his teacher for a long time, showing her love,--gentle little Chie Lo. Chin didn''t laugh, of course. When Chin grew a little older there would be a great celebration "But I love to hear you tell these stories, Chin. But people who stop to-day to buy from the little girl will not As for Chie Lo, what would she do when Chin went away from home? "I AM going to the city to-day to buy a new waist-cloth," said Chin''s "Father, look quickly," said Chin. "I HAVE had a lovely time to-day, too," said Chie Lo, when Chin had Chin had helped his father mend the roof of the little home. =THE LITTLE COLONEL GOOD TIMES BOOK= id = 2530 author = Wallace, Alfred Russel title = The Malay Archipelago, Volume 1 The Land of the Orang-utan and the Bird of Paradise; A Narrative of Travel, with Studies of Man and Nature date = keywords = Amboyna; Archipelago; Australia; Bali; Borneo; CHAPTER; Celebes; Dyaks; Europe; Government; India; Java; Lombock; Macassar; Malacca; Mias; Moluccas; Mr.; New; Rajah; Sarawak; Singapore; Sumatra; Timor; chinese; dutch; european; island; malay summary = perceive between Asia and Australia a number of large and small islands islands the years of the great earthquakes form the chronological is placed the large island of Borneo, in which no sign of recent connected the great islands of Sumatra, Java, and Borneo with the allied species of Java, the wild cattle of Borneo and the kind long islands of Java, Sumatra, and Borneo resemble in their natural In the interior of the island the Chinese cut down forest trees in the landing-place to the hill a Dyak road had been formed, which consisted Near the landing-place we found a fine house, 250 feet long, raised high the houses by little aqueducts formed of large Bamboos split in half peculiar species of birds and mammals in such an island as Banca is a The number of land birds in the island of Celebes is 128, and from these id = 2539 author = Wallace, Alfred Russel title = The Malay Archipelago, Volume 2 The Land of the Orang-utan and the Bird of Paradise; A Narrative of Travel, with Studies of Man and Nature date = keywords = Amboyna; Archipelago; Aru; Australia; Batchian; Birds; Bouru; Bugis; Ceram; Dobbo; Dorey; Gilolo; Goram; Guinea; Islands; Macassar; Moluccas; Mr.; Mysol; New; Papuan; Paradise; Ternate; Waigiou; european; malay; man summary = beautiful little long-tailed bird, ornamented with green, red, and a good place for birds, and as possessing a large population both of a completely new form of the Bird of Paradise, differing most remarkably island), where some Malays and Galela men have a small village, and have our resting-place there was a little bush-covered island in the middle number of species of birds at present known from the various islands of the small number of birds yet shot more than half were known New Guinea One day I get under a tree where a number of the Great Paradise birds day I went out, I obtained 10 new species; so that although I collected only two days'' water on board, and the small, rocky, volcanic island After three days, my man brought me the first bird--a very fine The large islands to the east of New Guinea are very little known, but id = 4732 author = Wellhausen, Julius title = Prolegomena to the History of Israel date = keywords = 2Kings; Aaron; Abraham; Amos; Baal; Book; Chronicles; Code; David; Deuteronomy; Egypt; Exodus; Ezekiel; Ezra; Genesis; God; Isaiah; Israel; Israelites; Jacob; Jehovah; Jehovist; Jeremiah; Jerusalem; Jews; Joshua; Josiah; Judah; Judaism; Judges; Law; Levites; Leviticus; Mosaic; Moses; Nehemiah; Pentateuch; Philistines; Priestly; Sabbath; Samuel; Saul; Solomon; Torah; jewish; king summary = great work accomplished by the prophets in destroying Old Israel shall come into force to the days of David and Solomon (1Kings time,--the Books of Judges, Samuel, and Kings on the one hand, and in the year shall all thy men appear before the Lord Jehovah, Jehovah thy God in the place which He shall choose: in the feast year shall the land keep a Sabbath of rest unto Jehovah: thy field "I said indeed, saith Jehovah the God of Israel, that thy house him king over Israel, according to the word of Jehovah by Samuel fact in the olden time the proper Israel, and Judah was merely a unto me, Nay, but a king shall reign over us, when Jehovah your God of the time, not that the people of Israel begins to appear on the "There is no God but Jehovah, and Israel is his prophet." id = 46151 author = Wheeler, James Talboys title = India Under British Rule from the Foundation of the East India Company date = keywords = Bengal; Bombay; Calcutta; Company; Delhi; East; General; Governor; Great; Hastings; Hindu; India; Lord; Madras; Mahratta; Mogul; Nawab; Oudh; Peishwa; Punjab; Sir; asiatic; british; european; sidenote summary = [Sidenote: SOUTHERN INDIA: Mohammedan Sultans and Hindu Rajas.] In those early days no British ladies were allowed to reside in India. [Sidenote: British territory and fortress at Madras, 1639.] [Sidenote: Hindu town under British rule.] [Sidenote: Wanted, a British army.] [Sidenote: British set up a Great Mogul.] [Sidenote: British rule in Bengal provinces.] territorial power of the East India Company from the British nation. The British army in India, Asiatic and European, will be brought under force of sepoys, drilled and commanded by British officers, which should [Sidenote: Sindia refuses British alliance against Afghans.] [Sidenote: British army in danger.] [Sidenote: Mixed government, Sikh and British.] [Sidenote: Three armies: Bengal, or Northern India.] [Sidenote: British and Mogul rule.] European and Asiatic in India, and a loss to the British empire. British India is a school for Asiatics in which Europeans are the [Sidenote: British Residents in Asiatic states.] id = 44417 author = Wigram, Edgar Thomas Ainger title = The Cradle of Mankind; Life in Eastern Kurdistan date = keywords = Agha; Amadia; Armenians; Assyrians; Baghdad; Barzan; Beg; Christians; Church; Consul; East; England; English; Englishman; Government; Kurdistan; Kurds; Mar; Mesopotamia; Moslem; Mosul; Nestorian; Nineveh; Ottoman; Patriarch; Persians; Rabbi; Sheikh; Shimun; Tigris; Tkhuma; Turkey; Turks; Tyari; Urfa; Urmi; Vali; Van; Yezidis; Zab; british; european; kurdish; oriental; roman; russian; turkish summary = "like men risen from the dead." By this time the city itself was almost Ali Beg was rather a big man, as men go in the mountain districts; Government servants, he had (like most of the younger men of his day) Kurds, plundered a Christian village that was "_rayat_" to the chief of Given a village of Christians, with Kurds in Originally the church in Urmi, like that in the mountains, was of that the land of the Armenian Christians, leaving the Assyrian or Nestorian way up; and it forms an ideal "High Place," like those of the Old Two or three days below Mosul the river passes by one point of great some great man in old days, but no inscription was found to explain it. Christians to their old lands and villages, and even to a half of the holy place long before the days either of Christians or Yezidis; and id = 38319 author = Wilkins, Louisa Jebb title = By Desert Ways to Baghdad date = keywords = Ali; Allah; Arten; Baghdad; East; Effendi; England; English; Evil; Hassan; Ibrahim; Kaimakam; Pasha; Rejeb; Zaptiehs; day; eastern; great; look; man; round; time; turkish summary = looked out on it, the muleteers, the Zaptiehs, and our men sat round Hassan and Rejeb, two silent men, talked together the whole night long Hassan went out to look for a place to pitch the tent, and came back to men''s little tent on to the big stones forming the wall of our house, "We must leave some for the men," she said, with a look of apology, as Arten would look nervously round, knowing from long habit that he the river wound its way slowly in and out round mud banks; the country "Yes," said X, "and a looking-glass hung on the wall of his tent, and "Arten," I said to him early in the day, "if you dare to give these men As we looked upon the great plain which stretched away all round until said; "we might stop at the next good place." I looked ahead id = 12970 author = Willcox, Cornélis De Witt title = The Head Hunters of Northern Luzon date = keywords = Archipelago; Bontok; Constabulary; Filipinos; Gallman; General; Government; Governor; Ifugaos; Igorot; Islands; Kiangan; Luzon; Manila; Mr.; Philippines; States; Worcester; american; chapter; people summary = _Igorrote_.--Trails.--The Mountain Province.--Nature of the country. these people--The forest trail.--Our first contact with the wild man. native Constabulary.--Visit of Ifugao chiefs to our quarters.--Dancing. life to missionary work among the hill-people, seeking in every way to hundred people had assembled, men, women, and children. Quite a number, both men and women, had a small cross-like in safety among these wild people, which proves a good many things, because one day, as he was going up the trail, an Ifugao threw a spear Day opens badly.--Ifugao houses.--The people, assemble.--Dancing. Day opens badly.--Ifugao houses.--The people, assemble.--Dancing. government; the people live in independent settlements (_rancherías_), we first saw the rice-terraces for which these mountain people are Many people came to see Governor Evans this day, among them a young man leaving the poor people just mentioned, we saw a man coming towards us is no such thing as a _Filipino people_. id = 53093 author = Wilson, T. F. (Thomas Fourness) title = The Defence of Lucknow A Diary Recording the Daily Events during the Siege of the European Residency, from 31st May to 25th September, 1857 date = keywords = A.M.; Captain; Cawnpore; General; Infantry; Lawrence; Lieutenant; Mr.; Mrs.; Native; P.M.; Residency; Sir summary = The commanding officer of the 71st Regiment Native Infantry reported the _July 1st._--The enemy threw in a very heavy fire of musketry all day The night was very dark, and the enemy fired a great fired many round shot into the Post-office, Dr. Fayrer''s, Mr. Gubbins''s during the afternoon; the enemy throwing in heavy shot, fired at a great _August 4th._--The enemy fired a great number of rounds from their guns course of the day, some few of the enemy were shot from Sago''s post. the enemy fired a great many round shot, and brought a new gun into _August 26th._--The enemy commenced the day with a very heavy fire of enemy, who fired heavily with two guns on Mr. Gubbins''s house; Post-office battery by an 18-pounder shot, which killed both. heavy cannonade from the Post-office on the battery in the square house Post-office opened on the enemy''s new 32-pounder battery, and knocked id = 35711 author = Wolf, Lucien title = The myth of the Jewish menace in world affairs or, The truth about the forged protocols of the elders of Zion date = keywords = Bolshevism; Jews; Lenin; Marx; Morning; Nilus; Post; Protocols; german; jewish; russian summary = Christian order of things and to found in its place a universal Jewish these writers was the hypothesis of a secret Jewish Government, certain meetings of the Secret Directory of the Jewish people held in The general suggestion of the _Morning Post_ that the Jewish Community the alleged author of the Russian original of "The Jewish Peril." actual statement of secret Jewish teaching by a Jew--but that they are as it is anti-Jewish, and that it was published in December, 1905, Europe is a Jewish conspiracy for the subversion of Christianity and know it, and that if the alleged Jewishness of Bolshevism rests on the The anti-Semitic impression that Bolshevism is largely Jewish is, of "Jewish Commissars," and I find a notorious German anti-Semitic Government only 13 are Russians, while 300 are Jews."[63] What are the Russian Bolshevism as Jewish because one member of Lenin''s Council of id = 39421 author = Wollaston, A. F. R. (Alexander Frederick Richmond) title = Mount Everest, the Reconnaissance, 1921 date = keywords = Alpine; Bullock; Chang; Dzong; East; Everest; Expedition; Glacier; Himalaya; India; Jongpen; July; Kama; Kharta; Makalu; Mallory; Morshead; Mount; Nepal; North; Rongbuk; September; South; Tibet; Tingri; Valley; West; Wheeler; Wollaston; tibetan summary = Summit of Mount Everest and North Peak from the Island, West Rongbuk Mount Everest from the Rongbuk Glacier, nine miles north-west 214 Mount Everest from the 20,000-foot camp--wind blowing snow off the Mount Everest at sunset from the 20,000-foot camp, Kharta Valley 316 descended nearly 5,000 feet by the time that we reached the P.W.D. bungalow at Peshoke, which was situated in a clearing in the forest. glacier that swept down from below the rock walls of Cho-Uyo. On arriving at the end of the moraine, the boots that my coolie was lovely views of Mount Everest and that great group of snow peaks of Mount Everest and its great ridges filled up the head of the valley. way I climbed 1,000 feet up among the rocks opposite to the big glacier possible way up Mount Everest from this valley, but at present the snow-covered hill to the West of the camp, about 21,000 feet, I had some id = 12077 author = Worcester, Dean C. (Dean Conant) title = The Philippines: Past and Present (Volume 1 of 2) date = keywords = Admiral; Aguinaldo; August; Baguio; Benguet; Blount; Cavite; Commission; Dewey; Filipinos; General; Government; Governor; Hongkong; Ibid; Insurgent; Islands; January; July; Manila; Mr.; Otis; P.I.R.; Philippines; Pratt; President; San; September; Spain; Spaniards; States; Taylor; United; Villa; american; spanish summary = in force in the Philippine Islands since the American occupation, with the man who introduced General Aguinaldo to the American government generous help which the United States was giving the Filipino general and military and political commanders of the United States the Bay of Manila; by receiving the said General Aguinaldo Aguinaldo sent this letter by a staff officer to General Anderson the United States Government, the city of Manila, involves the Americans be attacked, and that on August 17 Aguinaldo stated" officers, as soon as the Filipino attack begins the Americans of Manila under the government of the Americans, in many cases idea did the Americans form of the government of Aguinaldo, between Aguinaldo''s government and the American authorities. The establishment of civil government in the Philippine Islands under The establishment of civil government in the Philippine Islands under islands, officered in part by Americans and in part by Filipinos, and id = 41918 author = Worcester, Dean C. (Dean Conant) title = The Philippines: Past and Present (Volume 2 of 2) date = keywords = Act; Assembly; August; Benguet; Bill; Blount; Bontoc; Bukidnon; Bureau; Cagayan; Commission; Congress; Filipinos; General; Governor; Ifugaos; Igorots; Islands; July; Luzón; Manila; Moros; Mr.; Nueva; Palawan; Philippines; Province; River; States; United; Vizcaya; american; christian; spanish summary = Author of "The Philippine Islands and Their People" and organizing it under the Special Provincial Government Act. Finally, on August 18, 1908, the Mountain Province was established The province of Mindoro includes numerous small islands, all peopled the Moro Province, having brought these people down and ordered them "The Philippine Assembly, representing the whole Filipino people, human slavery exists at this time in the Philippine Islands and American people into believing that the Filipinos were ever united in of civil government in the Philippine Islands, had provided for the of civil government in the Philippine Islands, had provided for the The Public Land Act of the Philippine Commission, passed under the The commission desire to assure the people of the Philippine Islands to all the people of the Philippine Islands. to all the people of the Philippine Islands. of Lands of the Government of the Philippine Islands and that acting id = 27152 author = Worsfold, W. Basil (William Basil) title = A Visit to Java With an Account of the Founding of Singapore date = keywords = Archipelago; Batavia; Buitenzorg; Dutch; East; Footnote; General; Government; Governor; Hindu; India; Java; Javanese; Kavi; Malay; Mr.; Raffles; Singapore; english; european; illustration; native summary = My general indebtedness to standard works, such as Raffles'' "Java," and railway time tables and in the Dutch accounts of the island, I have kept to the Dutch titles of Javanese works as closely as possible; but I of an immigration from the western lands about the Red Sea. Sir Stamford Raffles, in his exhaustive history of Java, gives the names Governor-General, a place which is to Dutch India what Simla is to Batavia, the capital of Java and the seat of government of the Dutch appointed from among the chief Dutch residents in the island of Java. Speaking generally, the native population of Java is but little inferior manifested by the Dutch to give the natives of Java full opportunities Of the temple ruins of Java, considered generally, Mr. Wallace says, "It The Dutch Government gardens in Java, known to the scientific world as native princes, and the Government resulted in establishing the fact id = 48111 author = Young, Ernest title = The Kingdom of the Yellow Robe Being Sketches of the Domestic and Religious Rites and Ceremonies of the Siamese date = keywords = Bangkok; Brahmin; Buddha; Buddhist; CHAPTER; Crown; East; Government; India; King; Majesty; Minister; Mr.; Siam; Vessantara; ceremony; child; chinese; day; european; great; illustration; long; man; native; people; place; priest; rice; siamese; temple; time; water summary = small hours of the morning, the busy streets of Siam''s capital present way effective, by this time the present generation of children should getting home in time for meals; lie down in shady places to rest; collected a large number they place them, two at a time, in small jars priesthood, the ceremony takes place a year or so before the time when may be seen at times round the palace or city walls, serving a similar third time, placing his head on a cushion on the floor of the dais. But not many years ago the present king ordered a new issue of villages on the coast at times when boats cannot pass from place to presenting their gifts to the priests, the people hold a great aquatic custom, the King, taking a princely offering of priests'' time, in Buddha''s day, the custom was for the priests to id = 57253 author = Young, Ernest title = Peeps at Many Lands: Siam date = keywords = Buddha; Colour; King; STORY; Siam; child; elephant; illustration; man; page; siamese; time; water summary = Now, in the same way, the people who live in Siam at the present time Some of the people who live on the water do not inhabit floating houses, never forsake the water till life is over and they set out on that long does fall into the water it matters but little, for there is no Siamese brown faces, strike the white man as being rather funny-looking little Siamese children, when very young, are but little troubled by either men who live to a great age become weak in mind and body, just like the number of little boys playing about in the cool, shady grounds who are up; the people form a kind of procession, and walk round the child five In Lower Siam fish forms an important part of the food of the people. Once a year each elephant is sprinkled with holy water by the priests, id = 39642 author = Younghusband, Francis Edward, Sir title = Kashmir, described by Sir Francis Younghusband, painted by Major E. Molyneux date = keywords = Bagh; Dal; Government; Gulab; Gulmarg; India; Jhelum; Kashmir; Lake; Maharaja; Mr.; Parbat; Pass; Punjab; River; Sind; Singh; Srinagar; State; british; european; illustration; mountain summary = Coal Measures--Great reptiles--Mammals--Kashmir valley a combination of lake and mountain in which, I think, it excels Kashmir. revealing the mountain peaks; and the green of the little valley Irises and roses are the two especial beauties of Kashmir villages and looking away from the lake, there are views over the Kashmir valley to beauty in spring-time when the Kashmir lilac and the fruit trees are of Kashmir, then along the range of snowy mountains on the north, and Kashmir valley and the snowy mountains on either hand. All over the Kashmir valley there are remains of temples remarkable length both of the smiling Kashmir valley and of the snowy ranges In such a country as Kashmir, with a great river flowing through it, The mountain ranges which encircle the valley of Kashmir on those lovely Kashmir mountains, and on the mighty peaks which rise Kashmir mountains of the present day. id = 16808 author = Younghusband, G. J. (George John) title = The Story of the Guides date = keywords = Abdul; Colonel; Dilawur; General; Guides; Hamilton; Infantry; Kabul; Khan; Lord; Lumsden; Mooltan; Punjab; Sahib; Shah; Sikh; Sir; Sowar; british; man summary = of Mooltan--Guides capture twelve guns--Ressaldar Fatteh Khan, infantry--British determine to capture it--Rasul Khan and Guides'' twenty-seven miles a day--Arrival at Delhi--Every officer killed or could, at a moment''s notice, act as guides to troops in the field; men sweltering day in June the Guides joined the little force which was Ahead of the troops from Mooltan went Lumsden and the Guides'' cavalry, The first night''s march took the Guides sixteen miles to Nowshera, where hot weather and a great many of the British officers of the Guides, began,--four British officers and some seventy of the Guides, against native officers of the Guides, was now dead, and Kelly''s whole time was During the next two days the Guides'' infantry took part in the great [21] Now Colonel Sir Arthur Hammond, V.C., D.S.O., K.C.B. No less than twelve men of the Guides also received the Order of Merit Several officers of the Guides'' cavalry id = 47611 author = Younghusband, G. J. (George John) title = The Relief of Chitral date = keywords = Captain; Chitral; Chitralis; Colonel; Edwardes; Government; India; Kashmir; Kelly; Khan; Lieutenant; Mastuj; Umra; british summary = to induce or force the British officers from Chitral territory, and before Chitral, an action took place in which one British officer was fort could resist an attack from Umra Khan and Sher Afzul''s forces, officer and several men were wounded, and the enemy were gaining ground the Chitralis rushed the place, killed numbers of the men, and carried Lieutenant Edwardes to ask one of the officers in the fort to come up Barwa, Umra Khan''s chief fort, crossing the Jhanbatai Pass, 7,000 feet himself with Umra Khan, had advanced against the British officers British officers in Chitral fort that Sher Afzul, with a large force, officers commenced the defence of the Chitral fort against an enemy towards Chitral, for the British officers in the fort there had now Amongst the enemy were some forty of Umra Khan''s men, men of the country not employed before the fort of Chitral were id = 44261 author = Yüan, Yung-lun title = History of the Pirates Who Infested the China Sea From 1807 to 1810 date = keywords = Canton; Chang; China; Governor; Hae; Kwang; Ladrones; Macao; Paou; Yuen; chinese; history; pirate; sidenote; vessel summary = watchful Chang paou was on every side, the pirates took great care to pirates visited this place whenever they passed it with their vessels, killed about ten hands in attacking this vessel, and the pirates retired Chang paou ordered his vessels to remove to Shaou ting, and his men till he saw the Chang lung, or government vessels come on. Chang paou following and attacking them, the foreign vessels sustained a vessels, and joined the foreigners to attack the pirates. he met the pirates near Nan gaou, and prepared his vessels[86] to attack pirate vessels, our commander attacked them. vessel of the pirate, and cried out: "I Chang paou am come," and at the Governor-general ordered one of his officers to kill[104] the pirate [1] The Chinese have particular histories of the robbers and pirates [112] We know by the "History of the Chinese Pirates," that these id = 20631 author = Zangwill, Israel title = Chosen Peoples Being the First "Arthur Davis Memorial Lecture" delivered before the Jewish Historical Society at University College on Easter-Passover Sunday, 1918/5678 date = keywords = Bible; England; Germany; God; Israel; Jews; Judaism; Lord; Mr.; jewish summary = Lord." And this German God, like the popular idea of Jehovah, is a Thou shalt suck the milk of nations." "The Lord said unto me," says nations but they shall not rule over thee." "Our Father, our King," he "God''s witnesses," "a light of the nations," "a suffering servant," "a chosen Israel from all peoples and given him the Law." Here is no unto Me a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation." A chosen people is for world-service, for that spiritual mission for which Israel when Abrahams in his profound little book on "Judaism" that "God, in the of the Bible, "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth," A Chassidic Rabbi, quoted by Mr. Wassilevsky, teaches in the same spirit that God and Israel, like began to call herself "God''s own country," but her National Anthem, That national self-consciousness which to-day gives itself the mission id = 40579 author = Zwaardecroon, Hendrick title = Memoir of Hendrick Zwaardecroon, commandeur of Jaffnapatam (afterwards Governor-General of Nederlands India) 1697. For the guidance of the council of Jaffnapatam, during his absence at the coast of Malabar. date = keywords = Batavia; Colombo; Commandement; Commandeur; Company; Council; December; Dessave; Excellency; Governor; India; Jaffnapatam; Manaar; Mr.; honour summary = August this year, on the occasion of my being ordered to Colombo, this account that His Excellency van Mydregt gave special orders in Company with regard to the capture of elephants as the Wanni; but Your Honours to strictly follow the orders of His Excellency the as was ordered in a letter from Colombo to Jaffnapatam of March 23, Governor at Colombo, Your Honours will no doubt receive orders from The palmyra timber required by the Company for Colombo and Jaffnapatam so that the Company received this year Rds. 4,056 1/2 more than last year''s account shows that in this Commandement the Company made a Council of Colombo have authorized Your Honours in their letter of of His Excellency van Mydregt that at such times the Company''s stores Company received from there a large number of elephants, besides the The orders will be sent in time from Colombo before the next id = 15658 author = Zwemer, Amy E. title = Topsy-Turvy Land: Arabia Pictured for Children date = keywords = Arabia; Arabs; Bahrein; Bible; Christ; God; Jesus; Mohammed; Moslem; boy; illustration; topsy summary = This is a book of pictures and stories for big children and small grown-up travel strange in Topsy-turvy Land, even the time of the day is all upside higher place and a better lot than the poor girls and women of Arabia! right across Arabia, and they kept it a long time until the people of produces the finest coffee in the world, but I think the Arabs know how When the hours of prayer come around (the Moslems you know pray five times men who go about in the coffee shops of Arabia to tell stories, just as Will you not pray for western Arabia, and also for the Arab Some little missionaries came to Arabia a few years before any of the coasts of Arabia and the ignorant Arabs learn of other lands and peoples The story of mission work in Arabia is not very long, but it is full of id = 12635 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 — Volume 04 of 55 1576-1582 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Borney; China; Chinese; Don; España; Francisco; God; Indians; Juan; Limasancay; Lopez; Majesty; Manila; Mindanao; Moros; Ribera; Sande; Spaniards summary = many pieces of artillery at his Majesty''s said fleet and soldiers: the letters given them for the said king of Borney, to whom he gave witness said that many Spaniards remained in Manila, for ships came ordered them to be placed in the said galley without this witness Majesty''s notary, certify by order of the said governor that after the said river of Borney, where at present he is lodged, he ordered the said natives flee to the mountains, you shall order that certain governor was sending to the said king of Borney with letters of peace, large galley at the said city and river of Borney, with people and said peace, ordered all the soldiers and the other Indians of the fleet of the said town that his Grace was coming, by order of his Majesty, governor and captain-general for his Majesty of these said islands, id = 13120 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 06 of 55 1583-1588 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Catholic; China; Chinese; Don; España; Felipe; Filipinas; God; Indians; Islands; June; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Nueva; Philippines; Spaniards; lordship; spanish summary = Majesty''s command in the city of Manila, of the island of Luzon, city stated that, in order that his Majesty might be informed of the Majesty''s royal exchequer in this city and the Philipinas islands-under kingdom of Mexico, his Majesty ordered him to fit out a large fleet in islands in obedience to his Majesty''s orders, and have preached order come._ Sixth: This declares to his Majesty the great need for the encomiendas that his Majesty orders to be given to the soldiers, of the captains._ Ninth: His Majesty should order great caution to be of the said disorders, that his Majesty order the governor of Manila, of the royal Audiencia of these islands, and his Majesty''s fiscal of here before your Majesty ordered the royal Audiencia to come to these By your Majesty''s order, the soldiers usually come from your Majesty orders that this Audiencia endeavor to maintain great id = 13255 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 — Volume 01 of 55 1493-1529 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Antonio; April; Cape; Castilla; Don; February; Fernando; God; Indians; Islands; Juan; King; Madrid; Magalhães; Magellan; Maluco; Manila; March; Moluccas; Navarrete; Philippines; Portugal; Queen; San; September; Spain; Verde; catholic; christian; portuguese; spanish summary = or shall be discovered by the said King and Queen of Castilla, Aragon, said King of Portugal, such mainlands or islands shall pertain to and etc., and their heirs, and the said King of Portugal shall cause such within the said time, shall determine the order of procedure and the Maluco Islands, you shall reply to the said most serene King that, by ships of the King of Portugal, as is required by the said treaty, this day and for all time, to the said King of Portugal, for him and natives, and subjects of the said emperor and king of Castilla shall navigating within the said line, such islands or lands shall belong said King of Portugal, or his justices, shall have been presented. said King of Portugal shall not build nor order built for himself, and islands and which he sells to the said King of Portugal in the id = 13280 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 — Volume 02 of 55 1521-1569 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Andres; Cebú; Don; España; Fernando; God; Indians; Juan; Legazpi; Lopez; Lord; Mexico; Miguel; New; Nueva; Pero; Philippines; Portuguese; Riquel; San; Spain; Spaniards; Urdaneta; Villalobos summary = order the said vessels to the Filipina Island without showing some the expedition--the entire fleet, if Legazpi deem best--shall return, vessel despatched to New Spain, but Legazpi said this would be acting Therefore on Easter Day the fleet set sail for this island, that was given in these islands to his majesty." All the natives of fleet being anchored near a large island, which the natives indicated this fleet for the king our sovereign, copied the summons of the said captain-general for his majesty over his people and royal fleet for oblige the king our lord to order ships and a fleet to be given to majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and royal fleet majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and royal fleet governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the people and fleet governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the royal fleet for id = 13616 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 — Volume 03 of 55 1569-1576 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = China; Chinese; España; Felipe; God; Indians; Juan; June; Legazpi; Lopez; Lord; Luzon; Majesty; Manila; Miguel; Moros; Nueva; Portuguese; Spain; Spaniards; island; spanish summary = many ships come every year to these islands, from Bornei and Luzon, and regarded as our captain-general of the said island and settlement, be founded in the cities, towns, and villages of the said island, offices as our governor and captain-general of the said island and his Majesty''s master-of-camp in these Western Islands, declared before The ships having arrived at the said island of Panay, orders were given the royal ships that were built to send aid to the said islands; the Your Majesty orders that no Portuguese shall go to the islands; yet I had given orders that, when any ship should come from the islands, In the year of seventy, your Majesty''s camp being in the island of possessed by the said islands, in order that your Majesty may be best Sande, governor and captain-general for his Majesty of these islands governor and captain-general for his Majesty in these islands of the id = 13701 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 07 of 55 1588-1591 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; China; Chinese; Christians; Don; España; God; Indians; Juan; June; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Nueva; Salazar; Sangleys; Spaniards; lordship summary = its place is sent a royal governor; the instructions given to him royal orders to increase the rate of tribute paid by the Indians, great necessity for instruction in these islands, I ask, and, in order order that your Majesty may see clearly the great need for ministers your Majesty send decrees and orders charging good treatment of the Your Majesty''s governor and royal Audiencia in these islands look well islands in the said ships granted annually to this royal treasury should your Majesty order your viceroy of Nueva España to send a doctor ministers of instruction in the said islands is so great that many needed to pay the said soldiers, you shall order that it be collected paid from the said royal treasury of Mexico--in order that the country Indians become vacant in the said islands, you shall apportion some and order the officials of my royal estate of the said islands that, id = 13742 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 08 of 55 1591-1593 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Alonso; Captain; China; Chinese; Dasmariñas; Don; God; Gomez; Indians; Juan; June; Macan; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Pedro; Perez; Spaniards; St.; Zambales; lordship summary = pacified encomiendas which possess justice and religious instruction; have neither justice nor religious instruction, no tribute shall be collected until such time as God shall order the affairs of these islands; and his Majesty, informed of their condition, shall make His Majesty orders and charges me, by his royal instructions and Majesty: therefore, in order that the said island may be pacified, his Majesty collects there one thousand tributes, which means four belonging to his Majesty, pays one thousand tributes, which means two religious of the order of St. Francis in the said encomienda, your Majesty''s service for many years, pay their tributes, declare of God and of your Majesty that there be religious present when said tributes (for all the encomiendas belong to your Majesty); and these king, our lord, in these islands; and his Lordship ordered that the of this city of Manila, and by order of the said governor, on June id = 14265 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 09 of 55 1593-1597 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Captain; China; Dasmariñas; Don; Faranda; Fray; God; Indians; Japanese; Japon; Juan; June; Lord; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; Perez; Spaniards; lordship summary = in order to go to see, protect, and serve the said father Fray Joan master presented a petition to the Japanese king, by order of father 6. The said father Fray Francisco de Ortega informs your Majesty that of God our Lord, and of your Majesty--considering that, if the said be very advisable for your Majesty to order the island of Bindanao Majesty should send an order to the bishop of Great China at Macan, and or arise, in said islands, you shall proceed in the form and order captain-general of said islands, and as soon as it shall be shown to be effective, and in order that the said king shall be able to given him as soon as he shall report that the said island is pacified, said city of Manila in the Filipinas Islands, a shield which shall and I order the officials of my royal exchequer of the said islands to id = 14266 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 10 of 55 1597-1599 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Captain; China; Don; España; Francisco; God; Indians; Joan; June; Lord; Luis; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Spaniards; Tello; order summary = and will be a thing of great service to God and your Majesty, the and of his royal Majesty; the good, profit, and relief of many poor, to God our Lord by this, and to the royal Majesty, and the good this matter whatever you think best for your Majesty''s royal service. accounts, and royal officials--all without his Majesty''s orders and desirable that your Majesty order your governor and royal officials, In a royal decree, your Majesty orders me not to ask from and your Majesty; for in the year 1596 a religious of the Order order of his Majesty in clause 17 of the royal instruction_. Your Majesty has ordered that the Indians shall not be punished In accordance with what your Majesty orders me in his royal his royal Audiencia shall reside: therefore, in order that the said that his Majesty orders and commands in the said royal ordinance is id = 14685 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 11 of 55 1599-1602 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Antonio; Audiencia; Desquibel; Doctor; Don; España; Francisco; God; Indians; Islands; January; Majesty; Manila; Morga; Nueva; Pedro; Philipinas; Tello summary = auditors of the royal Audiencia of the said islands declared that, that those appointed to the office by the said royal officials shall The said royal officials shall cause this to be bringing these suits they shall notify this royal Audiencia--in order a _traslado_, [3] the said magistrate shall order the Indian sued this royal Audiencia, protector of the natives of these said islands, said royal Audiencia: therefore it is necessary in this matter to order that the said alcaldes-in-ordinary of this city shall keep royal Audiencia, shall audit the accounts of the city for the past Morga, auditor of this royal Audiencia, to audit the said accounts, ordering that this said Audiencia attend to the matter: they declared governor and captain-general of these islands, the said enemy must the said islands during the last year, there arrived here your royal the investigations made in the royal Audiencia of the said islands, id = 15022 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 12 of 55 1601-1604 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Antonio; Audiencia; China; Chinese; Don; España; Father; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Jesus; Juan; July; Lord; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Mindanao; Nueva; Pedro; Society; Spaniards; St.; christian summary = viceroy of Mexico has ordered an increased duty on goods coming occasion, all the people of the island of Maripipi come to the fathers in great need of assistance from these islands in men, provisions, In the city of Manila, on the third of October of the said year, I, By the ships that left these islands this year for Nueva Hespaña I In the ships which came this year to these islands from Nueva España, Of the ships which this year set out from these islands for Nueva Majesty, advised you by the ships which left these islands for Nueva and these islands of your Majesty have been so many years, because great service to God and to your Majesty, whom may our Lord protect sent his royal Audiencia to the islands in the year 1583; and as its place in the islands, the exercises were received with great favor, id = 15157 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 16 of 55 1609 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Acuña; Audiencia; China; Chinese; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; Indians; Islands; Japanese; Japon; Juan; Luzon; Madrid; Majesty; Maluco; Manila; Mindanao; Morga; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; Portuguese; Sangleys; Spaniards; St.; Ternate; spanish summary = people thought that Chinese vessels would not come to the islands the merchant vessels, an armed fleet would attack Manila, in order the provinces of Manila, in this great island of Luzon, both along to Spaniards, and is located in the island of Mindanao--the natives etc.] are large islands containing many settlements of natives and certain natives of the island of Borneo began to go thither to trade, there are now in all the islands--a great number of baptized natives, Most of the Spaniards of the Filipinas Islands reside in the city vessels) generally come from Great China to Manila, laden with First, the governor and captain-general of all the islands, who any of the many islands--which are called Filipinas in honor of King Therefore, we order the governors of those islands "We order our governors of the Filipinas Islands, and charge the "The governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands shall id = 15184 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 13 of 55 1604-1605 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of The Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Chinese; Christians; Don; España; Father; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Jesus; Lord; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Nueva; Pedro; Sangleys; Society; Spaniards summary = certain man to receive baptism, following the advice of his father, having no fear of death, said: "Father, as yet I have sufficient to the Lord that he had permitted the father to arrive at such a time; He received holy baptism, and soon afterward our Lord granted people were present, the father took in his hands the feet of a poor to baptize his people, saying that they all desired to receive holy in the church, he fell upon his knees and said: ''Father, baptize me, The father gave orders that this man be brought to our Lord for having brought me to that place for the great good of so villages until those people could have fathers to maintain them in of the persons who go every year from Nueva España to the said islands Chinese were among these Indians, and that the said lord governor sent id = 15445 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 14 of 55 1606-1609 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of The Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Acuña; Audiencia; China; Chinese; Council; Don; España; Fray; God; Indians; Japon; July; Luis; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; Philipinas; Sangleys; Spaniards summary = and by order of the said Audiencia, considering the great necessity of year, 1603, I was advised that your Majesty had given commands for the said royal council, shall be necessary and sufficient for the accountants of his Majesty who aid this Council shall receive and Majesty; in order that these be accepted a great number of requirements Spaniards and one thousand Indians, by order of Governor Don Pedro it has been considered a new order which your Majesty commands to be in command, and the officers of the said ships, shall have in the your Majesty), the Audiencia has commanded that this year one thousand rice be given the said religious annually for four years, for the Your Majesty will order what shall be most for the royal of my governor and captain-general of the said Philipinas Islands, his Majesty to order the governor and captain-general, the Audiencia, id = 15530 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 17 of 55 1609-1616 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = April; Audiencia; August; December; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; God; III; Indians; Juan; July; June; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Philippines; San; September; Silva; Spaniards; felipe; order; spanish summary = Filipinas Islands, China, Nueva España, and Perú." [1] The various laws or send them with persons who shall come from the said islands. governor and captain-general with the council of the city of Manila We order that the governors of Filipinas shall not allow slaves to We order the viceroy of Nueva España and the governor of Filipinas, The inspection of ships sailing from Nueva España to Filipinas shall The governor of Filipinas shall send the viceroy of Nueva España a The governor and captain-general of Filipinas shall furnish the ships He shall order each ship to carry a person to whose the governor and captain-general shall take measures with the Indians religious of the said province and order of our father St. Dominic, your Majesty might order the governor of these islands to assign some our royal Audiencia resident in the city of Manila shall govern them id = 15564 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 18 of 55 1617-1620 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; China; Chinese; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; God; Hollanders; Indians; Islands; Item; Japon; Juan; Majesty; Maluco; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; San; Silva; highness; spanish summary = the fleet which your Majesty has ordered to come by way of the cape vex the ships, he ordered the return, and, arriving at these islands, important in order that those ships which are to sail to Nueva España mean time the Dutch have new galleons every year, and the islands The nails and iron shipped to the said islands from Nueva España cost Lead is also shipped from Nueva España to the said islands. governor and captain-general of the said islands, that in case galleons natives of the said Filipinas Islands are shipped and returned to Majesty to order that no ships be built in them, since there are so royal treasury, it needs only your Majesty''s orders to make slaves of He petitions your Majesty to order the royal Audiencia of Manila, there is so great need of them, he petitions your Majesty to order id = 16086 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 19 of 55 1620-1621 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Audiencia; China; Chinese; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; God; Indians; Islands; Japon; Juan; Lord; Majesty; Maluco; Manila; Marginal; Nueva; Pedro; Silva; St. summary = year to inform your Majesty and your royal Council of the Indias, I petition your Majesty to order that this matter be considered, sally out, the Dutch ships withdrew in good order, carrying with The number of ships which have come this year to these islands from of the said states of his Majesty, by reason of the building of ships relief, either with royal decrees or orders from your Majesty--or in any other way--by your Majesty ordering the said governor that the your Majesty to order this matter to be examined and considered, ships, the aid in silver and reals that has come on your Majesty''s your Majesty so that you may order your governor to remedy that matter, that, as no ship had come from Nueva España that year, the royal that it costs your Majesty a great deal, with the ships and men that id = 16133 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 20 of 55 1621-1624 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Alonso; Audiencia; Dominic; Don; Dutch; España; Fajardo; God; Indians; Juan; Legaspi; Licentiate; Majesty; Manila; Messa; Nueva; St.; Ygolotes; order summary = and having observed the order and decree of his Majesty, I present this city has requested your Majesty several times to order--namely, the orders of your Majesty''s royal decrees, for that was the care thinking that they comply with your Majesty''s said order by clothing religious, in order to pass over here--whereby your Majesty''s royal Majesty--especially when the said auditors compel this province to of the governor, no attention is paid to your Majesty''s royal orders, said above to your Majesty, the governor can do whatever he wishes. having been threatened, it is said, by order of the governor, after that your Majesty sent to the Audiencia ordering the investigation Will your Majesty order those goods to be sequestered--as is said First, I left the city of Manila by order of the said governor and his Majesty''s council and his auditor in the said royal Audiencia, id = 16203 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 21 of 55 1624 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Audiencia; Don; España; Fray; God; Holiness; Indians; Islands; Joan; Juan; King; Lord; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Miguel; Pedro; Philipinas; San; Santa; Spaniards; St.; order summary = given to ministers or missions, and shall order the encomenderos and has advised the father guardian of the said convent thereof, in order which it is ordered that the said religious be immediately subject so aged, learned, grave, and holy religious of all the orders present advisable in examining the said religious missionaries, in order to visit the missions and their ministers of the said my order in this Having received that reply, the archbishop "declared the said father, by the religious of the said order, the royal aid shall be petitioned the said father Fray Joan de San Geronimo to take twelve religious "The discalced religious of the Order of our father St. Augustine have our holy faith through the preaching of the religious of this order it the great number of convents that the religious of your order have on the general history of the said islands by order of his Majesty, id = 16297 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 22 of 55 1625-29 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Audiencia; August; Captain; China; Chinese; Don; Dutch; España; Fernando; Filipinas; Hermosa; Indians; Japon; Juan; Macan; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Silva; Spaniards; spanish summary = the order of the Audiencia, he took command of the ships of the fleet the said city of Manila, for the present, for each of ten years, duty that your Majesty ordered to be paid on the goods sent to Nueba it with the said governor, as your Majesty orders, as soon as this to send me a royal decree, ordering the governors of these islands to your Majesty grant favor to the said religious, for six years, of the in those islands, that the said Chinese, in order to avoid the the cause this year of very few ships coming to these islands to trade; in the ships which left this island for Nueva España in the year six a reasonable time before, as is ordered by the said royal decree and has served your Majesty many years in these islands. and has served your Majesty many years in these islands. id = 16451 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 23 of 55 1629-30 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Audiencia; Council; Diego; Don; España; Father; Fernando; Filipinas; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; Juan; Lord; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; San; Spaniards; Urdaneta; order summary = The city of Manila has made steady progress, and the religious orders and the convents of the religious orders have given them the loan By order of the said lord governor and captain-general, the present month and year, in which he ordered that the said fiscal to whom and to my royal Audiencia of the said islands, I order no the said islands in order to make your voyage, they shall not take shall possess in the said islands, notwithstanding any royal orders in order that the said lord governor and captain-general may declare the said lord governor and captain-general, I ordered to be drawn Father Urdaneta said mass in these Ladrones Islands, and gave his Majesty ordered the Filipinas Islands to be colonized, so that, The father provincial established religious in the island of Panay, islands with Bishop Fray Domingo de Salazar, of the order of our father id = 16501 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 — Volume 05 of 55 1582-1583 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Cagayan; Don; España; God; Holy; Indians; Island; Item; Majesty; Manila; Moros; Nueva; Office; Panay; Pintados; Rio; Spaniards; case; esta; los; por; que; shall; spanish; ysla; Çubu summary = your Majesty ordered the liberation of all Indian slaves held by çien hombres, todas estas yslas qe E diçho son de los encomenderos como treçientos yndios y estas dos son de vno de los encomenderos that a few years ago the natives peopled these islands in order to Since your Majesty orders, by your royal decree, that in case the _Item_: Our Audiencia shall appoint no judge in cases of residencia it, in such case they shall send one person to obtain the necessary auditor shall hold or try the said cases in his own house without being _Item_: We command that our president of the said Audiencia shall _Item_: We command that in our said Audiencia there shall be a _Item_: Our said president and auditors shall always take great We command that our said president and auditors shall take great 93 _Item_: The said alguazil-mayor shall present before the Audiencia id = 17003 author = nan title = Indiscreet Letters From Peking Being the Notes of an Eye-Witness, Which Set Forth in Some Detail, from Day to Day, the Real Story of the Siege and Sack of a Distressed Capital in 1900—The Year of Great Tribulation date = keywords = Boxers; British; China; Empress; Gate; Government; Legation; Manchu; Minister; Palace; Peking; Prince; S----; Street; Tartar; Tientsin; Wall; Yamen; american; chinese; french; german; imperial; italian; japanese; man; russian summary = Peking--shows clearly how the lust for loot gains all men, and hand in point was that men had been allowed to come through--that the Chinese great Ch''ien Men Gate--the Legations run as follows: Dutch, American, little too far away; but for the time being a triple line of this little affair, we pushed on, and came upon other men working able bodied men, armed with rifles, are hiding away in corners so that will allow of an inrush of Chinese troops and Boxers makes men fight their men along the Tartar Wall, and command the Legations that crouch That work on the British Legation lines confined me for some time to four thousand feet away--the men said it was like an earthquake. coming a Chinese barricade gave way; our men emptied their magazines the loss of a Chinese general and a great number of his men at the id = 18102 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 24 of 55 1630-34 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Alonso; Audiencia; Catálogo; China; Diego; Don; España; Father; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Juan; Lord; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; Pérez; San summary = of religious orders to send missionaries to the countries and islands who came as visitor was father Master Fray Diego de Guevara, who died 9. Father Fray Juan Boan came four years ago. securing a fine company, whom he sent in charge of father Fray Juan de Majesty appointed them as bishops--our father Fray Miguel García, The enemy left the islands after that, whereupon father Fray Juan de of the vicar-provincial of the island, the father commissary, Fray The [time for the] chapter arrived in which our father Fray Vicente father Fray Juan de Lecea--to place themselves in a little house, and The little boat which the father vicar-provincial, Fray Juan In the following year of 1618, with these religious he sent father who, as we have said above, was sent by our father Fray Juan Enríquez accordance with the orders given from the time of Governor Don Juan id = 19118 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 25 of 55 1635-36 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Chinese; Corcuera; Council; Diego; Don; España; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; Juan; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; Portuguese; Society; St.; lordship; order summary = We order the governor and captain-general of those islands Salamanca, my governor _ad interim_ of the said islands, on a matter of of that obliges the said city of Manila and its other islands to be the governor, the Audiencia, and the archbishop of the said islands said Sangleys to this city at their own account and risk in order to last few years, having agreed to the said pancada, and in order to China to buy merchandise from the Chinese, ordered the said decree father commissary, by an act that he issued today, ordered the said same penalties, he orders the said governor not to make any further of the said four orders went to consult the governor. The archbishop ordered the said the archbishop of this city of Manila, and the orders of St. Dominic, my governor of the said islands whenever such cases shall occur to id = 19453 author = nan title = The Shield date = keywords = Christ; Jackson; Jews; Mak; Mr.; Pale; Semitism; german; jewish; life; people; question; right; russian; time summary = over a large part of the Russian Jews in this country to the German cities far within the Jewish Pale and do not know the Russian people M. BERNATZKY, The Jews and Russian Economic Life 77 The situation of the Jews in Russia, which is a disgrace to Russian useful--to give the Jew equal rights with the Russians; it is rights of the Jews as members of our common Russian commonwealth. the present phrase of Russian social life the Jewish problem has again only owing to the help of the Jew that the Russian people freed THE JEWS AND RUSSIAN ECONOMIC LIFE THE JEWS AND RUSSIAN ECONOMIC LIFE The Jewish people has grown to be a living part of Russia''s economic Let the Jews remember that the Jewish question is a Russian to the Russian state consent to be treated as the Jews are in Russia? id = 25930 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 28 of 55 1637-38 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Augustinians; Bohol; Cebú; Don; España; Father; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; Jesus; Juan; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Mindanao; Misericordia; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; Recollects; San; Santa; Society; Spaniards; St.; lordship; order; spanish summary = religious orders in the islands, besides the colleges of each in year 29, in which this said province received a brief from his Holiness we order that the religious who shall go to the said islands at our provinces in their charge among the religious of the orders, in such We order our governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands that rights of the islands, we order our governor and captain-general The island of Manila and the Tagál province College of San Ignacio last few years to this great island, and since our fathers have always In the province of Tongdo, this order has charge of the village that city the order of the great father St. Augustine has a convent, The Recollect Augustinian religious arrived at Manila in the year [The villages and missions in charge in this province are as follows: province of San Nicolás of the Philippine Islands numbered, in 1879, id = 26004 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 — Volume 27 of 55 1636-37 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Captain; China; Corcuera; Corralat; Don; Dutch; España; Father; Filipinas; Francisco; God; Indias; Juan; Majesty; Maluco; Manila; Mindanao; Moros; Nueva; Pedro; Spaniards; lordship summary = governor and captain-general of these islands, had nominated the said Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of my Filipinas Islands, Alcántara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, ordered my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands to and loyal city of Manila, capital of the Filipinas Islands, in regard to carry in the ship, in order to escape the royal duties. silver that was sent to the islands from the Indias on that account, to certain churches, your Majesty pays in the Filipinas Islands "Inasmuch as his Majesty has ordered the governor of these islands to audit the account of the royal official judges of the islands annually, for the said accounts each year, in order to give him that profit Majesty and of the said governor in his royal name; and orders that the accounts of the said Filipinas Islands, of sending a person to visit id = 27127 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 26 of 55, 1636 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Audiencia; Captain; Cavite; Corcuera; Don; Francisco; Fray; God; Hurtado; Juan; June; Majesty; Manila; Pedro; Society; St.; order summary = grant favor to the said convent by ordering the royal officials to six or seven thousand pesos, in order that with it the said nuns may proper a work, to order the governor and royal officials to pay the to have your royal decree promulgated, ordering the governor to pay us your Majesty to send a decree to the governor, ordering that, when the said orders preach in this manner, he shall advise their provincial, the said my Audiencia as royal decrees, ordering that the tenor of the The field captain of the said forts shall receive an annual pay of The apothecary of the royal hospital in this said city of Manila shall The captain of the said galleys shall receive an annual pay of two with thirty thousand pesos a year, until your Majesty shall command Majesty has ordered in other royal decrees; or else, if they are not id = 28899 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898—Volume 39 of 55, 1683-1690 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of The Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Audiencia; Captain; Diaz; Don; English; Father; Fray; General; Island; Juan; Majesty; Manila; Men; Mindanao; Pardo; Sea; Society; Spaniards; St.; Sultan; Swan; Vargas; Water; day; dominican; lordship; man summary = the Indias by the governor and royal Audiencia of the islands, and souls, continued to send to the said islands religious of the Order of This royal decree was accordingly issued, and the said acting bishop governor gave occasion for the issue of a royal decree that the said the royal aid against the archbishop on account of the acts of fuerza fact that the said archbishop had at his side a religious of the Order and a royal decree was issued for him that the said archbishop must order that the said archbishop should send them the acts, so that it acts of the said royal Audiencia ordering that all who were interested royal Audiencia sent a decree to the cabildo, ordering that they should royal decree commanding the said archbishop to correct the scandalous this royal decree arrived at Manila when the said archbishop was [former] royal Audiencia and its governor and captain-general, under id = 30253 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 - Volume 40 of 55, 1690-1691 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Agustin; Antonio; Chinese; Combés; Delgado; Don; España; Father; Filipinos; Gaspar; God; Indians; Joló; Juan; Lutaos; Madrid; Manila; Mas; Mindanao; Moros; Pastells; Philippines; Retana; San; Spaniards; St.; Tagálog; Visayans; Vol; christian; great; island; man; spanish summary = of men who dress and act like women, and practice strict celibacy; San Antonio, the Indians secretly pay them tribute, in order to avoid chief, they called it "the feast of the great god." The method of times this power caused all this island to pay tribute to the king of the Lutao said: "Do not pay any attention to these people, Father, ordered that he be given more than six times its value, the Indian that, if the Spaniards had not come to these islands, the Indians At other times those people did not allow the Indians Indian chiefs, both men and women, of these islands. Thus do we live in these islands, Spaniards and Indians, reads: "the Indians making use of a whole year in order to hear what the Tagálog Indians who live among Spaniards in Manila "The natives of these islands are generally called Indians, id = 30350 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 36, 1649-1666 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Audiencia; Chinese; Don; Dutch; España; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; Indians; Islands; Jesus; Juan; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Parián; Philippines; San; Sangleys; Santa; Society; Spaniards; St.; lordship; order summary = the Order of the Society of Jesus, which came to these islands many said order, recognizing its extremely great need of religious, has those islands in the year 1633, which was followed by a general to all the villages of the said island, five in number, called Loboc, province of the Philippine Islands, makes the following declaration, as well as the natives of the said village, are in charge of religious The village of San Matheo is in charge of religious of the Society returned to Manila, and finally died in the mission of the island of three religious for each mission in the form ordered by the king can are so many missions, what order can present three times the number of The Order of St. Augustine entered the islands in the year 565; all the orders during a hundred years in the islands will merit some id = 30397 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 - Volume 41 of 55, 1691-1700 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Antonio; Christians; Corralat; Don; España; Father; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Joló; Joseph; Juan; Manila; Mindanao; Moros; Philipinas; Recollects; San; Santa; Spaniards; catholic; order; spanish summary = Alonso de San Agustin, in the year 1612), was father Fray Francisco de their families and possessions went to another village; father Fray our Recollect family, founding there villages and convents in order their chapter and father Fray Juan de San Phelipe, a native of Nueva priests of our said order who live continually in the villages, own times; for as says father Fray Juan Francisco de San Antonio, the Recollect fathers were to be taken from their villages, in order "our discalced religious having received the great island of Mindòro, in the year 1738, when father Fray Juan Francisco de San Antonio Father Fray Juan de la Madre de Dios founds a village of Indians, Finally matters having been arranged, fathers Fray Juan de San later (namely, the year 1738, when father Fray Juan Francisco de The Recollect fathers had received the island of Mindoro as a id = 34384 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 42, 1670-1700 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Antonio; Audiencia; China; Council; Diego; Don; España; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; General; God; Holiness; Indians; José; Juan; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Manuel; Nueva; San; Society; St.; Vargas; order summary = that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of The said holy religious orders, having declined, religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your for that occupation, so much to the service of God. These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward, All the three years'' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray Before father Fray Álvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor id = 35391 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 43, 1670-1700 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Bagobos; Cagayan; Census; Christians; Datu; December; Domingo; Dávao; Father; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; Joseph; Juan; Mandayas; Manila; Mindanao; Moros; Pablo; Pedro; Philippines; Reverence; San; Santa; Sooloo; Spaniards; Sultan; chinese; spanish summary = the Moros and peoples of Mindanao, the chief things to note are on the Cagayan coast with people from those islands, but an order Father Fray Juan de Santa Cruz, of the convent of San Estevan, Father Fray Joseph Vila, son of the said convent. Father Fray Juan Yñiguez, son of the convent of San Pablo, of Sevilla. Father Fray Juan de Todos Santos, son of the said convent. and father Fray Domingo de Escalera to the place called Buquil. With that order the said father, Fray Pedro Ximenez, went to villages, and now by the aid of the alcalde and his men father Fray The said father, Fray Jacinto Jorva, son of the convent of Santa Babuyanes Islands, the father arrives there at the time when a volcano built by order, and under the general conditions of the Moro villages The Moros who live about this large gulf, Father, are the remains of id = 38748 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 29 of 55, 1638–40 Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of the Catholic Missions, as Related in Contemporaneous Books and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of the Nineteenth Century date = keywords = Captain; Chinese; Corcuera; Don; España; Father; Filipinas; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; Jolo; Juan; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Mindanao; Moros; Nueva; Pedro; Sangleys; Sebastian; Spaniards; order summary = on the religious orders in the islands, and permits the governor to newly-appointed governor of the islands, Diego Fajardo, is ordered to for his province, and sent to Manila the father rector, Fray Francisco escaped, and left the island in great dudgeon at the king. A few days ago the governor introduced in this royal camp of Manila a new order in the royal books, and to furnish the papers to the said The chief cause for the ruin of these islands is the great trade that in the city of Manila of the Filipinas Islands: it has been reported in Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, The Spaniards of the Manilas trade throughout the islands of that id = 45101 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 35, 1640-1649 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = China; Diego; Don; Dutch; España; Father; Filipinas; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Japon; Juan; Majesty; Manila; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; San; Santa; Spaniards; St.; order; spanish summary = of the year''s events sent from the Jesuit house at Manila, relates April 6 of the said year, on St. John''s day arrived two ships from same place; father Fray Juan Mallen, son of [the convent of] Santa Cruz Santa Cruz at Segovia; father Fray Pedro de Messa, son of [the convent father Fray Gabriel de Montenegro, son of [the convent of] San Pablo at Cordova; father Fray Pedro de Chaves, son of [the convent of] San father Fray Francisco de Hoyos, son of [the convent of] San Pablo at During those five years five fathers of our order lived in the convent have ordered my said governor and captain-general of those islands, of the Order of St. Dominic went to those islands in the former year At that time the father prior of Bayug, Fray Juan de San Nicolàs, was to the river of Butuan with an order to kill father Fray Juan de San id = 47953 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 37, 1669-1676 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Catálogo; Diego; Domingo; Don; España; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Juan; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Manuel; Mexico; Nueva; Pedro; Philippines; Pérez; Salcedo; San; Santo; St. summary = father Fray Juan Pabon, son of our convent at Truxillo, and native the life of father Fray Francisco Diaz, who died in the year 1646. same city; father Fray Benito Perez, son of [the convent of] San Pablo son of [the convent of] San Pablo in Sevilla; father Fray Francisco year the province sent as definitor to the general chapter father Fray In the year 1658, when the father commissary Fray Juan de los Angeles his house; father Fray Pedro de Santo Domingo, son of [the convent of] father Fray Diego de San Roman, son of [the convent of] Santo Domingo in order of age are as follows: father Fray Juan de Velasco, son of said year, when the reverend father Fray Juan Camacho was elected The three years of the prudent government of our father, Fray Diego de and son of our Manila convent San Pablo; he was a religious of great id = 50111 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 38, 1674-1683 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Alonso; Captain; Diaz; Don; East; Father; Francisco; Fray; Fruit; God; Ilocos; Indians; Island; Juan; Manila; Mindanao; Pangasinán; Pedro; Philippines; Sabiniano; Spaniards; St.; Tree; VOL; Zambals; spanish summary = church and house of the father minister were burned, and the people Indian chief named Don Francisco Maniago, a native of the village of orders to cut off the head of the governor of that village, named with a troop of Indians from that province to set free the fathers, Father Fray Juan warned the Spaniards of the Zambals'' there were fathers and Spaniards in the entire province, in order to father Fray Francisco de Mesa--a native of the city of Manila, to come to the place where father Fray Francisco was. that time we had sailed 20 Days, our Men seeing we made such great very excellent Fruit; and sent an order to the Indians that lived so near the Island, and the Indians go off and fish there every day, came to the islands in 1666, and in the following year was sent to id = 50151 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 44, 1700-1736 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century. date = keywords = Acapulco; Audiencia; Bustamante; China; Council; Don; España; Father; God; Indians; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Mindanao; Nueva; Philipinas; San; Society; Spaniards; St.; chinese; christian; grace; spanish summary = (March 1, 1654), great good results from it--within Manila alone, more this fervent minister that a mission was sent to the said island; In the year 1713 the minister of that village was Father Juan order that the great number of people that were in that region might In these provinces near Manila there are a great number of Indians that at the same time there may come an order to the governor to been commanded by laws, decrees, and royal orders, and for many meaning of the royal orders issued in the year 1702. and orders given by his Majesty in the year 1718 prohibiting the the result of the failure of the Manila merchants to ship goods to the commerce of Manila." The foreigners bring back these silk goods years past no money had been sent to the islands--on account of poor id = 50245 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 45, 1736 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Acapulco; Cadiz; Council; Don; España; Felipe; Filipinas; Indias; José; Juan; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Nueva; Philippines; San; Santo; Society; Tomás; chinese; order; spanish summary = that no religious order be allowed to establish a university in Manila the college of San José from its foundation to the present time, institution in the Philippines--the royal college of San Felipe de Royal decree ordering the teaching of Spanish in native Royal decree ordering the teaching of Spanish in native Royal decree ordering the teaching of Spanish in native foundation of the said college of San Joseph of this city of Manila, said college seminary is to be founded in the said city of Manila the royal Audiencia at Manila, July 10, 1606, ordering "information a university in said college of Santo Tomás of Manila. with a royal decree dated June 16, 1643, ordering the former college ROYAL DECREE ORDERING THE TEACHING OF SPANISH IN NATIVE SCHOOLS college and royal university is in charge of the Dominican religious, college of San José, devoted to that purpose by several royal orders, id = 52681 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898; Volume 46, 1721-1739 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Administration; Castilian; Civil; Cáceres; December; Filipinas; General; Indians; July; June; Majesty; Manila; March; November; Nueva; Philippines; San; Santa; Spaniards; art; christian; school; spanish; teacher summary = for the normal school of teachers for primary instruction end Aliaga''s REGULATIONS FOR THE NORMAL SCHOOL FOR TEACHERS OF PRIMARY INSTRUCTION Education in the normal school shall comprise the following duties for ten years as teachers in the schools of primary instruction school for women teachers, and shall, at the same time, serve as The normal school for women teachers in Nueva-Cáceres shall interior regulations of the normal school for women teachers shall The board shall visit the normal school for women teachers in ROYAL DECREE CREATING IN MANILA A NORMAL SCHOOL FOR WOMEN TEACHERS The teachers'' certificate which shall be given in this school REGULATIONS OF THE SUPERIOR NORMAL SCHOOL FOR WOMEN TEACHERS IN MANILA REGULATIONS OF THE SUPERIOR NORMAL SCHOOL FOR WOMEN TEACHERS IN MANILA The superior normal school for women teachers in Manila shall teachers with certificates from the normal school, who shall have had id = 54041 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898; Volume 47, 1728-1759 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Acapulco; Antonio; Cavite; Don; Dutch; España; Francisco; Fray; God; Indians; Islands; John; Joseph; Juan; Majesty; Maldonado; Manila; Misericordia; Nueva; Philipinas; Santa; Spaniards; St.; order; spanish summary = the house of Santa Misericordia has given to the royal treasury of orders general prayers said in all the churches of the islands for the said sum given to the royal treasury in six payments of 12,305 pesos, his Majesty in order to succor the need of the said royal treasury: of Santa Misericordia in order to obtain forty thousand pesos, which of the said order located in the church of their convent; 150 pesos of pesos received by the holy cathedral church and the sacred orders and the remainder is held in the said royal treasury, in order with of wine and oil in virtue of the said royal decree, and 50 pesos in said order are at present built were the houses which belonged to paid up, the said order paying the amount due every year to this same In the said royal hospital, without a special order id = 54740 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume 48, 1751-1765 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the Catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Acapulco; Cadiz; Cagayan; China; Christians; Don; Dutch; English; España; Fray; Hist; Indians; Joló; Majesty; Manila; Mexico; Moros; Mozo; Nueva; Pampanga; Philipinas; San; Señor; Spaniards; St.; Viana; dominican; order; spanish summary = Islands; and that order takes charge of the Isinay missions in Luzón, in order that the Indians of the said villages may not be molested alcaldes-mayor of the provinces of these islands, in order that, ordered by his Majesty in the said royal decree--the alcaldes sending present year, the two missionary religious of the said my order account to the governor of the islands in the year 1738, when he had at the same time to rule as governor [of the islands]; for the king''s not gainsay this royal order, but he said that there was no person Spaniards attempted to land in that island, and the Moros received them Spaniards, in order that the chiefs in that island should not compel In the year 1596, commerce with these islands was established in through companies, in order that by the said work, and by what I have id = 56778 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898; Volume 49 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Anda; Audiencia; Capt; Cavite; Cornish; Don; Draper; East; English; Excellency; Francisco; General; Indians; Islands; July; London; Majesty; Manila; November; October; San; Sitio; Spaniards; Vidal; british; letter; order; spanish summary = this day delivered up Manila, one of the richest cities and islands his Excellency, Archbishop Roxo, governor and captain-general, gave on Having been informed of everything, our captain-general gave the orders [The archbishop answers this letter under date of Manila, October 10, [The archbishop answers Anda''s letter on the twenty-third, ordering archbishop and governor, he informs them that the city of Manila has by the English governor of Manila, asks for secret audience with Anda [Anda writes a letter to the English governor Drake, in which he the general said that since Cornish was giving time, the archbishop short time a hasty message from the general to the archbishop, ordering The city, orders, and Spaniards having been summoned to the royal said letter, in order that the general might not happen to see it, The reason of the archbishop not having used said letters which as royal Audiencia, governor, and captain-general of said islands, in id = 57189 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898; Volume 50 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Anda; Audiencia; Cavite; Chinese; Don; English; España; Filipinas; Indians; Jesuits; Madrid; Majesty; Manila; Raón; Recopilación; San; Santa; Society; Spain; Spaniards; Tavera; Viana; order; spanish summary = and by royal decree of December 19, 1769, order was given to send plan to the Spanish government; and by a royal order of February 9, "The zealous governor visited the provinces in person, in order to orders in these islands receive enormous amounts of money every year Second, that in order to aid the Indians the royal revenue Spaniard to the Indian, the council, and the king, in order that the To command that the laws and decrees which order the Indians to be to his Majesty; for the religious orders, the Indians, the Spaniards, royal crown, the alcaldes-mayor shall notify the superior government last of this year, I sent orders generally to all the alcaldes-mayor Indians or the royal treasury shall incur a fine of four times the ordered that the Indians were to pay the tribute in their own villages, instructions of the royal officials, and the orders of the superior id = 57304 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 51, 1801-1840 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Acapulco; April; Audiencia; August; China; Chinese; Cortes; December; España; February; Filipinas; Indians; Islands; January; July; June; Madrid; Manila; March; Mexico; Montero; November; Nueva; October; Philippines; September; Spain; Spaniards; Vidal; european; spanish summary = brought to Filipinas, a school of commerce is established at Manila writer proceeds to describe the government of the islands, general, and unlimited commerce between Spain and the islands, government colony of Filipinas; the municipal council of Manila decided to pay years later, orders from the Spanish government were received at On August 4, 1837, arrived at Manila the new governor of the islands, REMARKS ON THE PHILLIPPINE ISLANDS AND ON THEIR CAPITAL MANILA, The Filipinas Islands, on account of their great extent, their islands in conferring ecclesiastical orders on the Indians and mestizos is necessary in order that the natives can pay the government taxes; Of the agriculture of the Filipinas Islands, in general, and of their these foreign goods shall pay ten per cent duty at Manila, and ten per have carried only Spanish goods to Filipinas and Philippine products During that time the island was governed id = 57431 author = nan title = The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 52, 1841-1898 Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century date = keywords = Council; España; Filipinas; Filipino; God; Indias; Islands; July; Katipunan; Liga; Madrid; Manila; Mas; October; Pardo; Peninsula; Philippines; Retana; Rivera; Rizal; Spain; Spaniards; Tavera; VOL; american; chinese; spanish; volume summary = the friars; and, in order that they may conserve Spanish interests, important to have a respectable and moral Spanish force in the islands, case the Spanish government decides to emancipate the Philippines, the the Spanish government, and throughout the document is noted the brought against the friars from both Spanish and Philippine sources; grandsons of government employes, Filipino-Spaniards, receive but Filipino or mestizo meets a Spaniard, the former shall be obliged to islands, would come out as a defender of the Philippine friars and Spanish periodicals of Manila for the political history of these years, large list of publications of the present Philippine government''s number of Spaniards in the Philippines at the end of Spanish rule [77] Spanish Public Land Laws in the Philippine Islands and their but both in the Filipino and the Spanish press of Manila since 1898 [98] Note especially Military Governor of the Philippine Islands on